6-K 1 hsbc6kgroupinterimdoc.htm 6-K HSBC IR LIVE FILING 6K GROUP INTERIM REPORT 2019 Combined Document


FORM 6-K
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
 
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
Report of Foreign Private Issuer
 
Pursuant to Rule 13a - 16 or 15d - 16 of
 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
For the month of August 2019

Commission File Number: 001-14930

HSBC Holdings plc
 
42nd Floor, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ, England
 
(Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F).
 
Form 20-F   X             Form 40-F ......
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):   ______
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):   ______


(Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).
 
Yes.......             No    X
 
(If “Yes” is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b): 82- ..............).
 
 
 
This Report on Form 6-K with respect to our interim results for the first half of 2019 is hereby incorporated by reference in the following HSBC Holdings plc registration statements: Registration Statements on Form F-3 (Nos. 333-92024, 333-135007, 333-158065, 333-180288, 333-202420, 333-223191) and Registration Statement on Form F-4 (No. 333-126531) and Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-103887, 333-104203, 333-109288, 333-113427, 333-127327, 333-143639, 333-145859, 333-155338, 333-162565, 333-170525, 333-176732, 333-183806, 333-197839, 333-220458).

Neither our website referred to herein, nor any of the information contained on our website, is incorporated by reference in the Form 6-K.                                                                                          






Connecting customers to opportunities

HSBC aims to be where the growth is, enabling businesses to thrive and economies to prosper, and ultimately helping people to fulfil their hopes and realise their ambitions.






None of the websites referred to in this Interim Report on Form 6-K for the half-year ended June 30, 2019 (the ‘Form 6-K’), including where a link is provided, nor any of the information contained on such websites is incorporated by reference in the Form 6-K.

Cover image
Our global marketing campaign explores how HSBC helps people prosper. The Group’s iconic hexagon becomes a lens through which to look at the world, showing how we help individuals, businesses and communities to grow and flourish. This includes our commitment to the development of renewable energy sources that can support the global transition to a low-carbon economy. We have pledged to provide $100 billion in sustainable financing and investments by 2025.

Inside front cover image
We are investing in digital technology to improve the service we provide to our customers. Our award-winning mobile apps are one of the ways we help them manage their money more quickly, conveniently and safely. This picture was taken by Terry Tam, who works for HSBC as an IT developer.

Employee photos
All the photos on the inside pages of this report were taken by people working for HSBC in locations including the UK, China, India and Bangladesh. Many more employees across the Group’s international network have contributed to HSBC Now Photo, an ongoing project that allows them to demonstrate their talent as photographers and show the diversity of the world around them.



Our values
Our values define who we are as an organisation and make us distinctive.

Dependable
We are dependable, standing firm for what is right and delivering on commitments.

Open
We are open to different ideas and cultures, and value diverse perspectives.

Connected
We are connected to our customers, communities, regulators and each other, caring about individuals and their progress.


As a reminder
Reporting currency
We use US dollars.

Adjusted measures
We supplement our IFRS figures with adjusted measures used by management internally. These measures are highlighted with the following symbol: <>





Further explanation may be found on page 18.

In this document we use the following abbreviations to refer to reporting periods.
1H19    First half of 2019
2H18    Second half of 2018
1H18    First half of 2018

For a full list of abbreviations see page 119.


Unless stated otherwise, risk-weighted assets (‘RWAs’) and capital are calculated and presented on a transitional basis in accordance with the Capital Requirements Regulation.


Contents

Overview

1a    Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements
1b    Certain defined terms
2    Highlights
4    Our strategy
6    Financial overview
10     Global businesses
15    How we do business
16    Risk overview

Interim Management Report
18    Financial summary
29    Global businesses
38    Geographical regions
48    Reconciliations of return on equity and return on tangible equity
51    Risk
51    Areas of special interest
51    Key developments in the first half of 2019
51    Credit risk profile
72    Liquidity and funding risk profile
74    Market risk profile
77    Operational risk profile
77    Insurance manufacturing operations risk profile
80    Capital
80    Capital overview
80    Capital management
81    Own funds
82    Risk-weighted assets
83    Leverage ratio
83    Regulatory disclosures


Financial Statements
84    Financial statements
91    Notes on the financial statements

Additional Information
112    Shareholder information
119    Abbreviations

HSBC Holdings plc
1






Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements

This Form 6-K contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to HSBC’s financial condition, results of operations and business, including the strategic priorities and 2020 financial, investment and capital targets described herein.
Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about HSBC’s beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Words such as ‘expects’, ‘targets’, ‘anticipates’, ‘intends’, ‘plans’, ‘believes’, ‘seeks’, ‘estimates’, ‘potential’ and ‘reasonably possible’, variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current plans, estimates and projections, and therefore undue reliance should not be placed on them. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. HSBC makes no commitment to revise or update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring or existing after the date of any forward-looking statements.
Written and/or oral forward-looking statements may also be made in the periodic reports to the US Securities and Exchange Commission, summary financial statements to shareholders, proxy statements, offering circulars and prospectuses, press releases and other written materials, and in oral statements made by HSBC’s Directors, officers or employees to third parties, including financial analysts.
Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Readers are cautioned that a number of factors could cause actual results to differ, in some instances materially, from those anticipated or implied in any forward-looking statement. These include, but are not limited to:
changes in general economic conditions in the markets in which we operate, such as continuing or deepening recessions and fluctuations in employment beyond those factored into consensus forecasts; changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates; volatility in equity markets; lack of liquidity in wholesale funding markets; illiquidity and downward price pressure in national real estate markets; adverse changes in central banks’ policies with respect to the provision of liquidity support to financial markets; heightened market concerns over sovereign creditworthiness in over-indebted countries; adverse changes in the funding status of public or private defined benefit pensions; consumer perception as to the continuing availability of credit and price competition in the market segments we serve; and deviations from the market and economic assumptions that form the basis for our ECL measurements;
changes in government policy and regulation, including the monetary, interest rate and other policies of central banks and other regulatory authorities; initiatives to change the size, scope of activities and interconnectedness of financial institutions in connection with the implementation of stricter regulation of financial institutions in key markets worldwide; revised capital and liquidity benchmarks, which could serve to deleverage bank balance sheets and lower returns available from the current business model and portfolio mix; imposition of levies or taxes designed to change business mix and risk appetite; the practices, pricing or responsibilities of financial institutions serving their consumer markets; expropriation, nationalisation, confiscation of assets and changes in legislation relating to foreign ownership; changes in bankruptcy legislation in the principal markets in which we operate and the consequences thereof; general changes in government policy that may significantly influence investor decisions; extraordinary government actions as a result of current market turmoil; other unfavourable political or diplomatic developments producing social instability or legal uncertainty, which in turn may affect demand for our products and services; the costs, effects and outcomes of product regulatory reviews, actions or litigation, including any additional compliance requirements; and the effects of competition in the markets where we operate including increased competition from non-bank financial services companies, including securities firms; and
factors specific to HSBC, including our success in adequately identifying the risks we face, such as the incidence of loan losses or delinquency, and managing those risks (through account management, hedging and other techniques). Effective risk management depends on, among other things, our ability through stress testing and other techniques to prepare for events that cannot be captured by the statistical models it uses; our success in addressing operational, legal and regulatory, and litigation challenges; and the other risks and uncertainties we identify in ‘Top and emerging risks’ on pages 16 and 17.




1a
HSBC Holdings plc





Certain defined terms
Unless the context requires otherwise, ‘HSBC Holdings’ means HSBC Holdings plc and ‘HSBC’, the ‘Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ refer to HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiaries. Within this document the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China is referred to as ‘Hong Kong’. When used in the terms ‘shareholders’ equity’ and ‘total shareholders’ equity’, ‘shareholders’ means holders of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and those preference shares and capital securities issued by HSBC Holdings classified as equity. The abbreviations ‘$m’, ‘$bn’ and ‘$tn’ represent millions, billions (thousands of millions) and trillions of US dollars, respectively.



HSBC Holdings plc
1b


Highlights

Our international network, access to high-growth markets, and balance sheet strength deliver long-term value for customers and shareholders.



Strong revenue momentum in 1H19 in Retail Banking and Wealth Management (‘RBWM’), as we won new customers and increased lending, and in Commercial Banking (‘CMB’), with growth in all major products and all regions. Global Banking and Markets (‘GB&M’) revenue lower.
Continuing growth in Asia, although outlook is less certain. Reported revenue in Asia up 7% compared with 1H18. Reported lending in Asia up $23bn or 5% compared with the end of 2018.
Investments of $2.2bn in 1H19, up 17% compared with 1H18, on near- and medium-term initiatives to grow the business and enhance digital capabilities.
Improved customer satisfaction in scale markets in RBWM and CMB.

Group Chief Executive
On 5 August 2019, John Flint stepped down as Group Chief Executive and as a Director of HSBC Holdings. Noel Quinn was appointed as interim Group Chief Executive and as a Director of HSBC Holdings.
Financial performance (vs 1H18)
Reported profit after tax up 18.1% to $9.9bn.
Reported profit before tax up 15.8% to $12.4bn, including an $828m dilution gain recognised on the completion of the merger of our associate The Saudi British Bank (‘SABB’) with Alawwal bank in Saudi Arabia. It also included a provision of $615m in respect of the mis-selling of payment protection insurance (‘PPI’), and $248m of severance costs arising from cost efficiency measures across our global businesses and functions. Adjusted profit before tax up 6.8% to $12.5bn.
Reported revenue up 7.6%. Adjusted revenue up 8.0%, with strong performances in RBWM and CMB. Adjusted revenue down 3% in GB&M, which suffered from lower market activity due to ongoing economic uncertainty, and spread compression.
Reported operating expenses down 2.3%. Adjusted operating expenses up 3.5%, with significant work undertaken in 1H19 to reduce 2020 run-rate. Positive adjusted jaws of 4.5%, supported by favourable market impacts in insurance manufacturing, the non-recurrence of a 1H18 adverse swap mark-to-market loss in Corporate Centre and disposal gains in Latin America.
Earnings per share of $0.42. Return on average tangible equity (annualised) (‘RoTE’) up 150 basis points (‘bps’) to 11.2%, including c.120bps favourable impact of the SABB dilution gain.
Common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) ratio up 30bps from 31 December 2018 to 14.3%.
We intend to initiate a share buy-back of up to $1bn, which we expect to commence shortly.

Progress on 2020 financial targets




The outlook has changed. Interest rates in the US dollar bloc are now expected to fall rather than rise, and geopolitical issues could impact a significant number of our major markets. In the near term, the nature and impact of the UK’s departure from the European Union remain highly uncertain. Given the prevailing outlook for interest rates and revenue headwinds in GB&M and RBWM, we do not expect to achieve our 6% RoTE target in the US by 2020.
We are managing operating expenses and investment spending in line with the increased risks to revenue.
We expect some recovery from first-half market conditions in GB&M in the second half of 2019 and into next year, and continue to target a RoTE above 11% in 2020, but we will not take short-term decisions that could jeopardise the long-term health of the business.
About HSBC


With assets of $2.8tn at 30 June 2019, HSBC is one of the world’s largest banking and financial services organisations.

More than
40 million
customers bank with us

We employ around
238,000
people around the world (full-time equivalent staff)

We have around
200,000
shareholders in 129 countries and territories

2
HSBC Holdings plc

Key financial metrics




 
Half-year to
Reported results
30 June 2019

30 June 2018

31 December 2018

Reported revenue ($m)
29,372

27,287

26,493

Reported profit before tax ($m)
12,407

10,712

9,178

Reported profit after tax ($m)
9,937

8,416

6,609

Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company ($m)
8,507

7,173

5,435

Basic earnings per share ($)
0.42

0.36

0.27

Diluted earnings per share ($)
0.42

0.36

0.27

Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity (annualised) (%)
10.4

8.7

6.7

Return on average tangible equity (annualised) (%)1
11.2

9.7

8.6

Net interest margin (%)1
1.61

1.66

1.66

Adjusted results






Adjusted revenue ($m)
28,495

26,381

26,333

Adjusted profit before tax ($m)
12,516

11,723

9,593

Adjusted jaws (%)
4.5



Cost efficiency ratio (%)
56.7

59.2

62.8

Expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘ECL’) as % of average gross loans and advances to customers (%)
0.23

0.08

0.27

 
 
At
 
Balance sheet
30 June 2019

30 June 2018

31 December 2018

Total assets ($m)
2,751,273

2,607,314

2,558,124

Net loans and advances to customers ($m)
1,021,632

973,443

981,696

Customer accounts ($m)
1,380,124

1,356,307

1,362,643

Average interest-earning assets ($m)1
1,912,708

1,839,603

1,839,346

Loans and advances to customers as % of customer accounts (%)
74.0

71.8

72.0

Total shareholders’ equity ($m)
192,676

183,607

186,253

Tangible ordinary shareholders’ equity ($m)
145,441

139,754

140,056

Net asset value per ordinary share at period end ($)2,3
8.35

8.10

8.13

Tangible net asset value per ordinary share at period end ($)3
7.19

7.00

7.01

Capital, leverage and liquidity
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio (%)
14.3

14.2

14.0

Risk-weighted assets ($m)
885,971

865,467

865,318

Total capital ratio (%)4
20.1

20.4

20.0

Leverage ratio (%)
5.4

5.4

5.5

High-quality liquid assets (liquidity value) ($bn)
533

540

567

Liquidity coverage ratio (%)
136

158

154

Share count
 
 
 
Period end basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding (millions)
20,221

19,963

19,981

Period end basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding and dilutive potential ordinary shares (millions)
20,286

20,045

20,059

Average basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding (millions)
20,124

19,998

19,786

Dividend per ordinary share (declared in the period) ($)
0.31

0.31

0.20


1    For these metrics, half-year to 31 December 2018 is calculated on a full-year basis and not a 2H18 basis.
2    The definition of net asset value per ordinary share is total shareholders’ equity less non-cumulative preference shares and capital securities, divided by the number of ordinary shares in issue excluding shares the company has purchased and are held in treasury.
3    Excludes impact of $0.10 per share 1Q19 dividend, following a June 2019 change in accounting practice on the recognition of interim dividends, from the date of declaration to the date of payment.
4    Total capital ratio at 30 June 2019 was calculated in accordance with the revisions to the Capital Requirements Regulation (‘CRR II’) on a transitional basis. Prior period ratios were calculated under the Capital Requirements Regulation and Directive (‘CRD IV’) on a transitional basis.




HSBC Holdings plc
3

Our strategy

Our strategy enables us to connect customers to opportunities. It is supported by our distinct combination of strategic advantages.

Strategic advantages


Leading international bank
More than half of Group client revenue linked to international clients; global leader in transaction banking.

Broad access to high-growth markets
Exceptional access to high-growth developing markets in Asia, the Middle East and Latin America.

Balance sheet strength
Strong capital, funding and liquidity position with a diversified business model.







Progress on our strategic priorities

At our June 2018 Strategy Update, we outlined eight strategic priorities to deliver growth from areas of strength, turn around low-returning businesses, enhance our customer experience, and empower our people. The table opposite contains a summary of our progress, with additional details provided below.
Growth from areas of strength
Our Asia franchise grew adjusted revenue 9% compared with 1H18, driven by strong performance in Hong Kong, the Pearl River Delta and Singapore. In the Greater Bay Area, we launched our GBA+ Technology Fund, which will provide nearly $1bn of debt financing to high-growth, early stage companies. In sustainable finance, we were awarded ‘World’s Best Bank for Sustainable Finance’ by Euromoney. Our UK ring-fenced bank, HSBC UK, grew adjusted revenue by 7% compared with 1H18, supported by 8% growth in the lending book. We released our first HSBC UK Community Report, which outlined our approach to building a sustainable business model. For clients in our international network, Global Liquidity and Cash Management (‘GLCM’) enhanced digital capabilities and customer journeys by improving real-time payment capabilities; Global Trade and Receivables Finance (‘GTRF’) improved its net promoter score to its highest recorded level; and Securities Services enhanced client experience through, for example, robotic process automation of 33,000 transactions a month, thereby increasing processing speeds for our clients.
Turnaround of low-return businesses
Our US turnaround continues to be our most challenging strategic priority. Adjusted revenue was down 5% compared with 1H18, primarily due to unfavourable changes in the interest rate environment and revenue headwinds in GB&M and RBWM. The business responded by taking action in areas within our control, but we do not expect to achieve our 6% US RoTE target by 2020.
Putting the customer at the centre
Customer centricity and customer service is fundamental to our return to growth and value creation. In our eight scale markets, we achieved a top three ranking and/or improved by two ranks in customer satisfaction in six of our RBWM markets and five of our CMB markets compared with 2017. In RBWM, 84% of customer accounts in the UK, US, UAE and Malaysia are opened within the same day, and 76% of customers are able to open their accounts digitally. In Hong Kong, we have partnered with BlackRock to launch ’Aladdin’, a platform that allows our wealth customers to manage their portfolios more effectively.
Empowering our people




We are making progress with simplifying the organisation and investing in future skills. Employee engagement, which measures the number of employees who recommend HSBC as a great place to work, remained at 66% in 1H19 compared with our 4Q18 survey.
We are on track with our commitment to reach 30% women in senior leadership roles, defined as positions within HSBC’s global career bands of 0 to 3, by 2020.
We are reviewing how to best report our environmental, social and governance (‘ESG’) target as our ratings provider, Sustainalytics, has introduced a new rating methodology, which will replace its previous methodology.
4
HSBC Holdings plc



This page is intentionally left blank



HSBC Holdings plc
5

Financial overview

Reported results

 
Half-year to
Reported results
30 Jun 2019
$m
30 Jun 2018
 $m
31 Dec 2018
$m
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘revenue’)
29,372

27,287

26,493

ECL
(1,140
)
(407
)
(1,360
)
Net operating income
28,232

26,880

25,133

Total operating expenses
(17,149
)
(17,549
)
(17,110
)
Operating profit
11,083

9,331

8,023

Share of profit in associates
and joint ventures
1,324

1,381

1,155

Profit before tax
12,407

10,712

9,178

Tax expense
(2,470
)
(2,296
)
(2,569
)
Profit after tax
9,937

8,416

6,609


This table shows our reported results for the last three half-years, ended 30 June 2019 (‘1H19’), 31 December 2018 (‘2H18’) and 30 June 2018 (‘1H18’).
Reported profit
Reported profit after tax of $9.9bn in 1H19 was $1.5bn or 18% higher than in 1H18.
Reported profit before tax of $12.4bn was $1.7bn or 16% higher. This increase reflected a rise in revenue of $2.1bn, primarily in RBWM from balance sheet growth and wider margins in Retail Banking, and in CMB from growth in all our major products, although revenue in GB&M fell. Revenue growth included an $828m dilution gain recognised on the completion of the merger of our associate The Saudi British Bank (‘SABB’) with Alawwal bank in Saudi Arabia. It also included the favourable effects of market impacts in 1H19 of $152m in insurance manufacturing in RBWM (1H18: $92m adverse), the non-recurrence of a 1H18 adverse swap mark-to-market loss of $177m on a bond reclassification in Corporate Centre, and 1H19 disposal gains in RBWM and CMB of $157m.
Reported operating expenses were $0.4bn lower, including favourable foreign currency translation differences of $0.8bn and net favourable movements in significant items of $0.2bn, which included higher charges related to the mis-selling of payment protection insurance (‘PPI’). Significant items also included higher restructuring and other related costs, primarily $248m of severance costs arising from cost efficiency measures across our global businesses and functions. Excluding significant items and foreign currency translation differences, operating expenses increased. This reflected higher expenditure on investments to grow the business, including the enhancement of our digital capabilities, inflation and higher staff costs. Expected credit losses




and other credit impairment charges (‘ECL’) increased by $0.7bn, largely from charges against a small number of wholesale exposures in 1H19.
Excluding net favourable movements in significant items of $1.3bn and adverse foreign currency translation differences of $0.4bn, profit before tax increased by $0.8bn or 7%.
Reported revenue
Reported revenue of $29.4bn was $2.1bn or 8% higher than in 1H18, reflecting growth in RBWM and CMB, as discussed above, partly offset by lower revenue from GB&M.
Net favourable movements in significant items of $1.1bn, which largely comprised the $828m dilution gain recognised on the merger of SABB with Alawwal bank, were broadly offset by adverse foreign currency translation differences of $1.2bn.
Excluding foreign currency translation differences and significant items, revenue increased by $2.1bn or 8%.
Reported ECL
Reported ECL of $1.1bn were $0.7bn higher than in 1H18, mainly in CMB, driven by increased charges in HSBC UK. There were also increases in Asia, notably in Hong Kong and mainland China. ECL increased in GB&M, reflecting charges in 1H19 compared with net releases in 1H18.
The effect of foreign currency translation differences between the periods was minimal.
Reported operating expenses 
Reported operating expenses of $17.1bn were $0.4bn or 2% lower than in 1H18 and included favourable foreign currency translation differences of $0.8bn and net favourable movements in significant items of $0.2bn, which included:
the non-recurrence of settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters of $0.8bn in 1H18; and
structural reform costs of $0.1bn in 1H19, compared with $0.2bn in 1H18.
These were partly offset by:
customer redress programme costs in respect of PPI of $0.6bn in 1H19, compared with $0.1bn in 1H18; and
restructuring and other related costs of $0.3bn in 1H19, which included $248m of severance costs arising from cost efficiency measures across our global businesses and functions.
Excluding significant items and foreign currency translation differences, operating expenses increased by $0.5bn or 3.5%. This growth rate slowed from 5.6% for the year ended 31 December 2018 as compared with the year ended 31 December 2017.
Reported share of profit in associates and joint ventures
Reported share of profit in associates of $1.3bn was $57m or 4% lower, driven by adverse foreign currency translation differences of $67m. Excluding these differences, our share of profit in associates and joint ventures increased by $10m.
Tax expense
The effective tax rate for 1H19 of 19.9% was lower than the 21.4% for 1H18, primarily due to the non-taxable dilution gain in 1H19.

6
HSBC Holdings plc

Adjusted performance

Our reported results are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as detailed in the financial statements on page 224 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
We also present alternative performance measures. Adjusted performance is an alternative performance measure used to align internal and external reporting, identify and quantify items management believes to be significant, and provide insight into how management assesses period-on-period performance. Alternative performance measures are highlighted with the following symbol: <>
To derive adjusted performance, we adjust for:
- the year-on-year effects of foreign currency translation differences; and
- the effect of significant items that distort year-on-year comparisons, which are excluded in order to improve understanding of the underlying trends in the business.

For reconciliations of our reported results to an adjusted basis, including lists of significant items, see page
31.
Adjusted results <> 
This table summarises our adjusted results for 1H19 and 1H18. These are discussed in more detail on the following pages.




Adjusted results <>
Half-year to
 
Movements compared with 1H18
30 Jun 2019
$m

30 Jun 2018
 $m

 
Adverse
$m

Favourable
$m

%

Revenue
28,495

26,381

 
 
2,114

8

ECL
(1,140
)
(357
)
 
(783
)
 
>(100)

Total operating expenses
(16,163
)
(15,615
)
 
(548
)
 
(4
)
Operating profit
11,192

10,409

 


783

8

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
1,324

1,314

 


10

1

Profit before tax
12,516

11,723

 
 
793

7

Adjusted profit before tax <>
Adjusted profit before tax of $12.5bn was $0.8bn or 7% higher than in 1H18. Adjusted revenue increased by $2.1bn, primarily reflecting continued growth momentum in RBWM and CMB, notably in Asia, although revenue in GB&M fell, reflecting lower market activity due to ongoing economic uncertainty, and spread compression. The increase in revenue was partly offset by higher adjusted ECL (up $0.8bn) and an increase in adjusted operating expenses of $0.5bn, which included investments to grow the business and investments in digital capabilities.
From 1 July 2018, Argentina was deemed a hyperinflationary economy for accounting purposes. The impact of applying IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’ from 1 July 2018 and presenting in accordance with IAS 21 ‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ resulted in a $62m decrease in profit before tax in 1H19. The effects of hyperinflation accounting in Argentina have not been deemed a significant item and are therefore included within adjusted results.
Reconciliation of reported to adjusted profit before tax

 
Half-year to
30 Jun 2019
$m

30 Jun 2018
$m

Adjusted profit before tax
12,516

11,723

Currency translation
 
407

Significant items:
(109
)
(1,418
)
– customer redress programmes
(610
)
(54
)
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses
827

(145
)
– fair value movements on financial instruments
50

(152
)
– costs of structural reform
(91
)
(211
)
– restructuring and other related costs
(287
)
(24
)
– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters
2

(841
)
– currency translation on significant items
 
9

Reported profit before tax
12,407

10,712


HSBC Holdings plc
7


Adjusted revenue <>
Adjusted revenue of $28.5bn was $2.1bn or 8% higher than in 1H18, reflecting continued growth momentum in RBWM and CMB, notably in Asia. Adjusted revenue also increased in Global Private Banking (‘GPB’) and Corporate Centre. These increases were partly offset by lower revenue in GB&M.
In RBWM, revenue increased by $1.3bn or 12%, mainly in Retail Banking, reflecting growth in deposit and lending balances, primarily in Hong Kong and the UK. We also benefited from wider margins due to interest rate rises. In Wealth Management, revenue growth reflected higher insurance manufacturing revenue, which included favourable market impacts in 1H19 of $152m (1H18: $92m adverse). This increase was partly offset by lower investment distribution revenue.
In CMB, revenue increased by $0.7bn or 9%, with growth in all major products and regions. Growth was primarily in Global Liquidity and Cash Management (‘GLCM’), arising from wider deposit margins, notably in Hong Kong and the UK, and higher average balances in the UK. Revenue increased in Credit and Lending (‘C&L’) due to balance sheet growth in most markets, partly offset by margin compression. Revenue also grew in Global Trade and Receivables Finance (‘GTRF’).
In GB&M, revenue decreased by $0.2bn or 3%. Global Markets revenue was lower due to historically low volatility and spread compression in Foreign Exchange (‘FX’) and Equities. Lower revenue in Global Banking was largely due




to 1H18 gains on corporate lending restructuring, and lower event-driven activity in 1H19. These decreases were partly offset by strong performances in transaction banking products, notably in GLCM and Securities Services.
In GPB, revenue increased by $17m or 2%, mainly reflecting growth in Asia and income related to our Monaco business, which we wound down in 1H19. These increases were partly offset by lower revenue in the US following repositioning actions.
In Corporate Centre, revenue increased by $0.4bn. This was mainly in Central Treasury from favourable fair value movements in 1H19 of $0.1bn relating to the economic hedging of interest rate and exchange rate risk on our long-term debt with long-term derivatives (1H18: $0.2bn adverse), and from a 1H18 swap mark-to-market loss on a bond reclassification of $177m.

Adjusted revenue <>
Half-year to
 
 
30 Jun 2019
$m

30 Jun 2018
$m

Variance
$m

%

RBWM
11,919

10,668

1,251

12

CMB
7,816

7,140

676

9

GB&M
7,706

7,916

(210
)
(3
)
GPB
924

907

17

2

Corporate Centre
130

(250
)
380

>100

Total
28,495

26,381

2,114

8


Adjusted ECL <>
Adjusted ECL of $1.1bn were $0.8bn higher than in 1H18. This increase was largely related to charges against a small number of wholesale exposures in 1H19.
In CMB, ECL increased by $0.5bn. This increase was mainly in HSBC UK relating to a small number of exposures. In addition, there were ECL charges in 1H19 compared with net releases in 1H18, in both Asia and North America.
In GB&M, ECL of $0.1bn in 1H19 related to specific corporate exposures, notably in Europe. This compared with net releases of $0.1bn in 1H18, mainly in the US against the oil and gas sector.
In Corporate Centre, ECL rose by $0.1bn, reflecting lower net releases related to our legacy credit portfolio.
Adjusted ECL as a percentage of average gross loans and advances to customers was 0.23%, compared with 0.08% at 1H18.
Adjusted operating expenses <>
Adjusted operating expenses of $16.2bn were $0.5bn or 4% higher than in 1H18. This increase included higher expenditure on investments (up $0.3bn), notably investments to grow the business, mainly in RBWM and CMB, as well as continued investment in our digital capabilities across all global businesses. In addition, performance-related pay increased by $0.1bn and volume-related growth increased by $0.1bn. Cost inflation was broadly offset by the impact of our cost-saving efficiencies.
The number of employees expressed in full-time equivalent staff (‘FTE’) at 30 June 2019 was 237,685, an increase of 2,468 compared with 31 December 2018. This was driven by investments in business growth programmes, notably in RBWM and CMB.
Adjusted share of profit in associates and joint ventures<>
Adjusted share of profit from associates of $1.3bn was $10m or 1% higher than in 1H18.






chart-8ee030f04a0fbc44f9d.jpg
* 1Q18 and 1H18 include a charge of $41m in respect of the UK bank levy

^ Quarterly adjusted operating expenses are presented at average 2Q19 exchange rates

8
HSBC Holdings plc





Balance sheet and capital



Balance sheet strength

Total assets of $2.8tn were $193bn or 8% higher than at 31 December 2018 on a reported basis, and 7% higher on a constant currency basis. We continued our targeted asset growth, notably in Asia.

Distributable reserves

The distributable reserves of HSBC Holdings at 30 June 2019 were $33.5bn, compared with $30.7bn at 31 December 2018. The increase was primarily driven by profits generated of $7.2bn net of distributions to shareholders of $4.9bn. Distributions to shareholders excluded the first interim dividend following the change in accounting practice on the recognition of interim dividends.
 
Capital position
We actively manage the Group’s capital position to support our business strategy and meet our regulatory requirements at all times, including under stress, while optimising our capital efficiency. To do this, we monitor our capital position using a number of measures, including capital ratios.
Our common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) ratio at 30 June 2019 was 14.3%, up from 14.0% at 31 December 2018. This increase was primarily driven by capital generation.
Liquidity position
We also actively manage the Group’s liquidity and funding to support our business strategy and meet regulatory requirements at all times, including under stress. To do this, we monitor our position using a number of risk appetite measures, including the liquidity cover ratio (‘LCR’) and the net stable funding ratio (‘NSFR’). At 30 June 2019, we held high-quality liquid assets of $533bn.


Delivery against Group financial targets


Return on tangible equity <>
Our target is to achieve a reported return on tangible equity (’RoTE’) of more than 11% by the end of 2020, which is broadly equivalent to a reported return on equity (’RoE’) of 10%. We intend to do this while maintaining a CET1 ratio of greater than 14%.
In 1H19, we achieved a RoTE (annualised) of 11.2% compared with 9.7% in 1H18. This included the c.120bps favourable impact of an $828m dilution gain recognised on the completion of the merger of our associate SABB with Alawwal bank in Saudi Arabia.
The outlook for the rest of 2019 has changed. Interest rates in the US dollar bloc are now expected to fall rather than rise, and geopolitical issues could impact a significant number of our major markets. In the near term, the nature and impact of the UK’s departure from the European Union remain highly uncertain. We are managing operating expenses and investment spending in line with the increased risks to revenue.

We expect some recovery from first-half market conditions in GB&M in the second half of 2019 and into next year, and continue to target a RoTE above 11% in 2020.




chart-6c2d34701b340d0b776.jpg






Adjusted jaws <>
Our target is to maintain positive adjusted jaws on an annual basis, while noting the sensitivity of the metric to unexpected movements in revenue or operating expenses growth.
Positive adjusted jaws occurs when the percentage change in adjusted revenue is higher than, or less negative than, the corresponding rate for adjusted operating expenses.
In 1H19, adjusted revenue increased by 8.0% and adjusted operating expenses increased by 3.5%. Adjusted jaws was therefore positive 4.5%.
Adjusted jaws in 1H19 was supported by favourable market impacts in life insurance manufacturing, the non-recurrence of a 1H18 swap mark-to-market loss on a bond reclassification and 1H19 disposal gains in Latin America.

Adjusted revenue up 8.0%
Adjusted jaws 4.5%
Adjusted operating expenses up 3.5%


Dividends
We plan to sustain the annual dividend in respect of the year at its current level for the foreseeable future. Growing our dividend will depend on the overall profitability of the Group, delivering further release of less efficiently deployed capital and meeting regulatory capital requirements in a timely manner.

chart-31e091c91a07f7bda36.jpg

HSBC Holdings plc
9




Global businesses

We manage our products and services globally through our global businesses.



Our operating model consists of four global businesses and a Corporate Centre, supported by HSBC Operations, Services and Technology, and 11 global functions, including risk, finance, compliance, legal, marketing and human resources.
Corporate Centre comprises Central Treasury, including Balance Sheet Management (‘BSM’), our legacy businesses, interests in our associates and joint ventures, central stewardship costs and the UK bank levy.





Retail Banking and Wealth Management (‘RBWM’)
Commercial Banking (‘CMB’)
Global Banking and Markets (‘GB&M’)
Global Private Banking (‘GPB’)
We help more than 38 million customers across the world to manage their finances, buy their homes, and save and invest for the future.
Our HSBC Premier and Advance propositions are aimed at mass affluent and emerging affluent customers who value international connectivity. For customers with simpler banking needs, we offer a full range of products and services reflecting local requirements.

We support approximately 1.5 million business customers in 53 countries and territories, ranging from small enterprises focused primarily on their domestic markets, through to large companies operating globally.
Our services include working capital, term loans, payment services and international trade facilitation, as well as expertise in mergers and acquisitions, and access to financial markets.


We serve approximately 4,400 clients in more than 50 countries and territories. We support major government, corporate and institutional clients worldwide.
Our product specialists continue to deliver a comprehensive range of transaction banking, financing, advisory, capital markets and risk management services.

We serve high net worth and ultra high net worth individuals and families, including those with international banking needs.
Services provided include Investment Management, which includes advisory and brokerage services, and Private Wealth Solutions, which comprises trusts and estate planning, to protect and preserve wealth for future generations.

Adjusted profit before tax <>
$4.4bn
$4.0bn

$2.8bn
$0.2bn
(1H18: $3.6bn)

(1H18: $4.0bn)
(1H18: $3.4bn)
(1H18: $0.2bn)
Adjusted risk-weighted assets <>
$129.0bn
$327.6bn
$284.5bn
$16.5bn
(31 Dec 2018: $126.9bn)
(31 Dec 2018: $321.7bn)
(31 Dec 2018: $281.3bn)
(31 Dec 2018: $16.8bn)

<>
Our global businesses are presented on an adjusted basis, which is consistent with the way in which we manage and assess the performance of our global businesses. The ’Management view of adjusted revenue’ tables provide a breakdown of adjusted revenue by major products, and reflect the basis on which each business is managed and assessed.

10
HSBC Holdings plc

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

Key events
In RBWM, we grew the number of active customers by more than 700,000 in 1H19 through targeted acquisition in key markets and continued improvements to customer service and onboarding journeys. The largest growth was seen in Mexico, the UK and Hong Kong.
In the UK and Hong Kong, we increased our lending by $10bn and customer deposits by $11bn in 1H19 compared with the end of 2018, further strengthening our competitive positions in these markets.
We continued to invest in improving our digital banking offerings. In 1H19, we introduced over 90 new features to improve our customers’ online and mobile banking experience. We accelerated the deployment of the improved mobile banking app with launches in three new markets, bringing improvements to eight markets. The PayMe app in Hong Kong continued to attract new users. In 1H19, it had 1.6 million accounts and around 23 million peer-to-peer transactions.
Our Wealth business in Asia focused on enhancing our products, and improving our customer service and channels. We increased Jade active customers by more than 6% since December 2018. In insurance manufacturing, annualised new premiums grew 10% compared with 1H18 to $1.7bn. Global Asset Management in Asia increased funds under management by 7% compared with 1H18.

Financial performance 
Adjusted profit before tax of $4.4bn in 1H19 was $0.9bn or 24% higher than in 1H18. This increase reflected strong balance sheet growth and the impact of higher interest rates on margins in Retail Banking, favourable market impacts in life insurance manufacturing, and disposal gains in Argentina and Mexico. This was partly offset by higher adjusted operating expenses as we invested in the business.
Adjusted revenue of $11.9bn was $1.3bn or 12% higher.
In Retail Banking, revenue of $7.9bn was up $0.7bn or 10%. The increase reflected deposit balance growth of $32bn or 5%, particularly in Hong Kong and the UK, and lending balance growth of $31bn or 9% compared with 1H18, notably in mortgages in the UK and Hong Kong. In addition, margins improved from higher interest rates.




In Wealth Management, revenue of $3.6bn was up $0.3bn or 10%, reflecting:
higher life insurance manufacturing revenue (up $0.5bn or 54%), mostly from net favourable market impacts of $0.2bn (a favourable movement of $152m in 1H19, compared with an adverse movement of $92m in 1H18) and the growth in value of new business written (up 21% to $0.7bn).
This was partly offset by:
lower investment distribution revenue (down $0.2bn or 8%), driven by less favourable market conditions in Hong Kong compared with 1H18. This was partly offset by growth in mainland China and Mexico.
Revenue in 1H19 also included disposal gains in Argentina and Mexico of $133m.
Adjusted ECL of $0.5bn were 5% higher than in 1H18, primarily driven by unsecured lending growth, notably in the UK and US, and economic uncertainty in the UK. The ECL charge in 1H19 remained low compared with historical levels, with ECL as a percentage of average gross loans of 29bps.

Adjusted operating expenses of $7.0bn were $0.4bn or 6% higher. This was mainly driven by higher staff costs and inflation (up $0.2bn), particularly in Asia, and the impact of investment (up $0.1bn) in technology and digital capabilities, and in strategic initiatives to grow the Wealth Management business in Asia.

Management view of adjusted revenue <>
Half-year to
 
1H19 vs 1H18
30 Jun 2019
$m

30 Jun 2018 $m

31 Dec 2018
$m

 
$m

%

Retail Banking
7,871

7,130

7,829

 
741

10

Current accounts, savings and deposits
4,646

3,763

4,634

 
883

23

Personal lending
3,225

3,367

3,195

 
(142
)
(4
)
– mortgages
840

1,046

837

 
(206
)
(20
)
– credit cards
1,476

1,396

1,426

 
80

6

– other personal lending
909

925

932

 
(16
)
(2
)
Wealth Management
3,613

3,297

2,711

 
316

10

– investment distribution
1,709

1,864

1,471

 
(155
)
(8
)
– life insurance manufacturing
1,383

899

732

 
484

54

– asset management
521

534

508

 
(13
)
(2
)
Other11
435

241

294

 
194

80

Net operating income 12
11,919

10,668

10,834

 
1,251

12

RoTE excluding significant items and UK bank levy (%)
23.5

21.3

21.0

 
 
 
For footnotes, see page 50.
chart-89c3cce1034c51c0974.jpg
Change in adjusted profit before tax
+24%

The reported results of our RBWM business include customer redress programme costs in respect of the mis-selling of payment protection insurance (‘PPI’). This is excluded from our adjusted performance. For further details, see Note 10 on the financial statements.

HSBC Holdings plc
11













Commercial Banking


Key events
In CMB, we continued to improve customer journeys and develop digital solutions to make banking with us easier. We reduced the average onboarding time for our relationship-managed customers by nearly two-thirds from 23 days in January 2018 to eight days in June 2019. Improvement of cross-border onboarding times has been a key area of focus with a 27% reduction during 1H19.
In Hong Kong, we migrated over 360,000 customers onto a new digital business banking platform and our new Business Express app now allows mobile push authentication, removing the need for a physical security device, as well as in-app chat to provide customer support. At June 2019, the Apple App Store rating was 4.0 out of 5 stars. In the UK, we launched our new HSBC UK Business Banking app, introducing new features such as biometric logins and the ability to create a new payee. The Apple App Store rating increased from 1.4 for the previous app to 4.6 out of 5 stars for the new app in June 2019.
We launched the PayMe for Business app in Hong Kong in March 2019, and have since onboarded more than 3,000 merchants, allowing them to connect with 1.6 million PayMe users.
We announced with Walmart the roll-out of a sustainable supply chain finance programme that pegs a supplier’s financing rate to its sustainability performance. Under this scheme, Walmart’s suppliers who demonstrate progress in their sustainability credentials will be able to apply for improved financing terms from HSBC.
Financial performance
Adjusted profit before tax of $4.0bn was $50m or 1% higher than in 1H18. Broad-based adjusted revenue growth in GLCM, C&L and GTRF was partly offset by higher adjusted ECL charges and higher adjusted operating expenses, notably as we continued to invest.
We grew our loans and advances to customers by 4% during 1H19, while risk-weighted assets (‘RWAs’) increased by 2%. Customer accounts were flat compared with 31 December 2018, although balances increased by 2% compared with 30 June 2018.
Adjusted revenue of $7.8bn was $0.7bn or 9% higher, with growth in all major products and regions.
In GLCM, revenue was $0.4bn or 14% higher, with growth in all regions. The increase was mainly in Hong Kong from wider margins, and in the UK reflecting wider margins and higher average deposit balances from growth campaigns.
In C&L, revenue growth of $0.2bn or 8% reflected continued balance sheet growth in most countries, partly offset by the effects of margin compression.
GTRF revenue increased by $37m or 4%, which included fee growth in MENA from higher customer transactions and balance growth in the UK from asset growth initiatives.
Revenue was $79m higher in ‘Other’ products, and included a disposal gain of $24m in Latin America.
Corporate customer value from our international subsidiary banking proposition grew by 8%.
(This relates to corporate client income, which includes total income from GB&M synergy products, including FX and debt capital markets. This measure differs from reported revenue in that it excludes Business Banking and Other and internal cost of funds.)
CMB revenue growth continued to be broadly based, with increases in all regions, and particularly in our largest markets, Hong Kong (up 9%) and the UK (up 8%).
Adjusted ECL of $0.5bn were $0.5bn higher than in 1H18. The increase was driven by higher ECL in HSBC UK relating to a small number of exposures. In addition, there were ECL charges in 1H19 compared with net releases in 1H18 in both Asia and North America.
Adjusted operating expenses of $3.3bn were $0.2bn or 5% higher, reflecting increased staff costs and investment-related expenditure. This included an increase in our investment in digital capabilities (up $0.2bn), designed to enable us to provide simpler and faster customer experience.




Management view of adjusted revenue <>
Half-year to
 
1H19 vs 1H18
30 Jun 2019
$m

30 Jun 2018 $m

31 Dec 2018
$m

 
$m

%
Global Trade and
Receivables Finance
948

911

921

 
37

4
Credit and Lending
2,746

2,550

2,654

 
196

8
Global Liquidity and
Cash Management
3,048

2,684

2,998

 
364

14
Markets products, Insurance and Investments, and Other13
1,074

995

847

 
79

8
Net operating income 12
7,816

7,140

7,420

 
676

9
RoTE excluding significant items and UK bank levy (%)

14.0

15.1

14.0

 
 
 
For footnotes, see page 50.
chart-8f64c8160d295cceac5.jpg

Change in adjusted profit before tax
+1%


12
HSBC Holdings plc








Global Banking and Markets

Key events
In GB&M, we continued to drive our sustainable finance agenda. We acted as joint bookrunner for Latin America’s first sovereign green bond, were the sole green structuring adviser on the first green convertible bond in the real estate sector, and were joint bookrunner for the world’s first green bond in the telecommunications sector.
We continued to invest in digital to enhance and personalise our client experience. We are building digital capabilities and tools to improve efficiency and provide value to our clients.
Financial performance
Adjusted profit before tax of $2.8bn was $0.6bn lower than in 1H18. Adjusted revenue fell in Global Markets and Global Banking as economic uncertainty resulted in lower market activity, compared with continued revenue growth in our transaction banking products. The fall in adjusted profit before tax also reflected higher adjusted ECL from charges relating to specific exposures compared with releases in 1H18, and from higher adjusted operating expenses due to continued investment to protect and grow our businesses.
Adjusted revenue of $7.7bn fell by $0.2bn compared with 1H18.
Global Markets revenue decreased by $0.3bn or 8% due to historically low volatility and spread compression in Foreign Exchange and Equities, partly offset by increased flow in Rates.
Global Banking revenue fell $0.2bn or 8%, reflecting gains in 1H18 on corporate lending restructuring, lower event-driven activity and the impact of tightening credit spreads on portfolio hedges.
We grew revenue in our transaction banking products. GLCM rose by $0.2bn or 12%, primarily from the impact of higher interest rates, notably in the UK and Hong Kong, and higher average deposit balances. Securities Services revenue increased by $54m or 6% from continued growth in average assets under custody and average assets under administration (both up 4%), as well as higher interest rates. GTRF revenue increased by $31m or 8% from growth in lending and higher fees from commodity and structured trade deals, particularly in MENA, while we continued to reduce RWAs.
Adjusted ECL were $95m, up $198m compared with 1H18. The charges in 1H19 primarily related to specific corporate exposures, notably in Europe. Net releases in 1H18 largely related to the US against the oil and gas sector, partly offset by charges in the UK against exposures in the retail and construction sectors.
Adjusted operating expenses of $4.8bn were $0.2bn or 4% higher, driven by investments in people to support growth across our businesses, regulatory programmes and technology platforms to improve client experience.
Management view of adjusted revenue <>
Half-year to
 
1H19 vs 1H18
30 Jun 2019
$m

30 Jun 2018
$m

31 Dec 2018
$m

 
$m

%

Global Markets
3,164

3,435

2,895

 
(271
)
(8
)
– FICC
2,552

2,750

2,392

 
(198
)
(7
)
Foreign Exchange
1,308

1,506

1,439

 
(198
)
(13
)
Rates
889

822

622

 
67

8

Credit
355

422

331

 
(67
)
(16
)
– Equities
612

685

503

 
(73
)
(11
)
Securities Services
1,002

948

985

 
54

6

Global Banking
1,931

2,110

1,920

 
(179
)
(8
)
Global Liquidity and
Cash Management
1,387

1,234

1,363

 
153

12

Global Trade and
Receivables Finance
413

382

415

 
31

8

Principal Investments
122

170

50

 
(48
)
(28
)
Credit and funding
valuation adjustments
14

(40
)
(139
)
 
54

135

Other14
(327
)
(323
)
(259
)
 
(4
)
(1
)
Net operating income12
7,706

7,916

7,230

 
(210
)
(3
)
RoTE excluding significant items and UK bank levy (%)
9.9

12.3

10.5

 
 
 
For footnotes, see page 50.




chart-1606ce398e4e5492a8f.jpg
Change in adjusted profit before tax
-18%



HSBC Holdings plc
13








Global Private Banking

Key events
In GPB, we were named ‘Best Asia Private Bank’ at the WealthBriefingAsia Awards 2019.
We had net new money inflows of $14bn in 1H19, the highest half-year net inflow since 2008.
More than 60% of our 1H19 net new money inflows came from collaboration with our other global businesses. The number of clients referred from other global businesses increased by more than 30% compared with 1H18, demonstrating increased engagement and focus on collaboration.
Financial performance
Adjusted profit before tax of $196m increased by $9m or 5% compared with 1H18, from lower adjusted operating expenses and adjusted revenue growth, mainly in Asia where we continued to invest in business growth initiatives.
Adjusted revenue of $924m increased by $17m or 2%, mainly reflecting growth in Asia and income related to our Monaco business, which we wound down in 1H19. These increases were partly offset by lower revenue in the US following repositioning actions.
Lending revenue increased by $8m, notably in Asia due to balance growth. Lending revenue also increased in most markets in Europe, with the exception of the UK, which suffered from margin compression. Investment revenue increased by $2m, as higher annuity fee income in Asia, following an increase in discretionary client mandates, was partly offset by lower client activity in Switzerland. Deposit revenue was broadly unchanged as growth in Asia from wider margins and balance growth was offset by lower revenue in the US, notably following repositioning actions.
Adjusted ECL were $19m, mainly in the UK. This compared with a net release of $4m in 1H18, mainly in the US.
Adjusted operating expenses of $709m were $15m or 2% lower. This was mainly due to the partial release of a provision associated with the wind-down of our operations in Monaco, savings in the US to mitigate lower revenue, and lower operations and compliance costs. These reductions were partly offset by an increase in Asia, driven by investments to support business growth.

Management view of adjusted revenue <>
Half-year to
 
1H19 vs 1H18
30 Jun 2019
$m

30 Jun 2018
$m

31 Dec 2018
$m

 
$m

%

Investment revenue
382

380

327

 
2

1

Lending
204

196

188

 
8

4

Deposit
240

241

251

 
(1
)

Other
98

90

88

 
8

9

Net operating income12
924

907

854

 
17

2

RoTE excluding significant items and UK bank levy (%)

11.2

11.2

9.9

 
 
 
For footnotes, see page 50.
chart-a6ece413da325c899f9.jpg
Change in adjusted profit before tax
+5%

Corporate Centre


Financial performance
Adjusted profit before tax of $1.0bn was $0.5bn higher than in 1H18.
Adjusted revenue of $0.1bn compared with negative adjusted revenue of $0.3bn in 1H18, largely reflecting higher revenue in Central Treasury.




Central Treasury revenue of $0.6bn was $0.4bn higher than in 1H18 and included:
favourable fair value movements of $0.1bn in 1H19, compared with adverse movements of $0.2bn in 1H18, relating to the economic hedging of interest rate and exchange rate risk on our long-term debt with long-term derivatives; and
the non-recurrence of a $177m loss arising from adverse swap mark-to-market movements following a bond reclassification under IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ in 1H18.
These increases were partly offset by higher interest expense on debt issued by HSBC Holdings, as the average cost of debt issued increased.
Other income decreased by $61m. This included lease expenses of $85m following the adoption of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ from 1 January 2019. In 1H18, lease expenses were recorded within operating expenses.
A net release of adjusted ECL of $8m compared with a net release of $87m in 1H18, both relating to our legacy portfolios.
Adjusted operating expenses of $0.4bn decreased by $0.2bn or 34%, partly reflecting a change in the allocation of certain costs to global businesses, which reduced costs retained in Corporate Centre. In addition, costs relating to our legacy portfolios reduced, while 1H18 also included a $41m charge in relation to the 2017 UK bank levy.
Adjusted income from associates of $1.3bn decreased by $16m or 1%.

Management view of adjusted revenue <>
Half-year to
 
1H19 vs 1H18
30 Jun 2019
$m

30 Jun 2018
$m

31 Dec 2018
$m

 
$m

%

Central Treasury15
605

183

404

 
422

231

Legacy portfolios
(84
)
(103
)
13

 
19

18

Other
(391
)
(330
)
(422
)
 
(61
)
(18
)
Net operating income12
130

(250
)
(5
)
 
380

>100

RoTE excluding significant items and UK bank levy (%)
(4.1
)
(3.9
)
(5.7
)
 
 
 
For footnotes, see page 50.

14
HSBC Holdings plc







How we do business

Supporting sustainable growth


We conduct our business intent on supporting the sustained success of our customers, people and communities.

Overview

Our purpose is to be where the growth is, connecting customers to opportunities. We help businesses to thrive and economies to prosper, helping people fulfil their hopes and dreams and realise their ambitions.
To achieve our purpose, we need to build strong relationships with all of our stakeholders. This will help enable us to deliver our strategy and operate in a way that is sustainable.
Our latest
Environmental, Social and Governance Update, published in April 2019, provided an update on how we are supporting the global transition to a low-carbon economy, while putting the customer at the centre and maintaining high standards of governance.
It forms part of our strategic priority to achieve an ESG rating of ‘outperformer’ based on Sustainalytics methodology. Sustainalytics is replacing its ESG rating with a new risk rating methodology. We intend to update our strategic priority accordingly by the year-end.

The ESG Update is available on our website at www.hsbc.com/our-approach/esg-information/esg-reporting-and-policies.

Customers
We create value by providing the products and services our customers need, and aim to do so in a way that fits seamlessly into their lives. This helps us to build long-lasting relationships with our customers. We maintain trust by striving to protect our customers’ data and information, and delivering fair outcomes for them – and if things go wrong, we need to address complaints in a timely way.
Our approach to our customers links to our strategic priority to enhance customer centricity and customer service.
Employees
Our people span many cultures, communities and continents. We want to build trusted relationships, where our people feel empowered in their roles and inspired to grow.
We understand the importance of building a diverse and inclusive workforce, valuing individuals and their contribution.
We published our latest UK Gender Pay Gap Report in June 2019. The biggest driver of our UK gender pay gap is the shape of our workforce. We have a predominance of women at the more junior levels with fewer women in senior leadership roles. We are committed to improving gender balance and are taking a number of specific steps to have a positive impact in the UK over time.
> For the full report, see www.hsbc.com/our-approach/esg-information/esg-reporting-and-policies.

Supporting sustainable growth
Our actions have an impact on the communities where we do business and the wider environment.
Since the start of 2017, we have achieved $36.7bn of our commitment to provide and facilitate $100bn of sustainable financing and investment by 2025. This figure is based on our progress reported at the end of 2018, in addition to green, social and sustainability bonds recorded by Dealogic in 1H19.
We were recognised as the ‘World’s Best Bank for Sustainable Finance’ in the Euromoney Awards for Excellence 2019. HSBC Asset Management was awarded an A+, the highest possible rating, for all categories except one in the latest Principles for Responsible Investment annual assessment.
Our second Task Force for Climate-related Financial Disclosures (’TCFD’) disclosure was published on page 29 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
A responsible business culture
Our purpose is to connect people with opportunities. With this purpose comes the responsibility to protect our customers, our communities and the integrity of the financial system.
We seek to pay our fair share of tax in the jurisdictions in which we operate and to minimise the likelihood of customers using our products to avoid or evade tax.

HSBC Holdings plc
15


Risk overview





We actively manage risk to help protect and enable the business.

Managing risk

We have maintained a conservative and consistent approach to risk throughout our history, helping to ensure we protect customers’ funds, lend responsibly and support economies. By carefully aligning our risk appetite to our strategy, we aim to deliver sustainable long-term shareholder returns.
All employees are responsible for the management of risk, with the ultimate accountability residing with the Board. We have a strong risk culture, which is embedded through clear and consistent communication and appropriate training for all employees. A comprehensive risk management framework is applied throughout the Group, with governance and corresponding risk management tools. This framework is underpinned by our risk culture and reinforced by the HSBC Values.
Our Global Risk function oversees the framework and is led by the Group Chief Risk Officer, an executive Director. It is independent from the global businesses, including our sales and trading functions, to provide challenge, appropriate oversight and balance in risk/reward decisions.
Our risk appetite defines our desired forward-looking risk profile, and informs the strategic and financial planning process. It is articulated in our risk appetite statement, which is approved by the Board. Key elements include:
- risks that we accept as part of doing business, such as credit risk and market risk;
- risks that we incur as part of doing business, such as operational risk, which are actively managed to remain below an acceptable tolerance; and
- risks for which we have zero tolerance, such as knowingly engaging in activities where foreseeable reputational risk has not been considered.
We operate a wide-ranging stress testing programme undertaking both internal and regulatory stress tests. In 2018, we participated in the Bank of England’s (’BoE’) annual stress test, which showed that our capital ratios, after taking account of CRD IV restrictions and strategic management actions, exceeded the BoE’s requirements. We also participated in the 2019 BoE stress test. The result of that test is due to be published in December.
Internal stress tests are an important element in our risk management and capital management frameworks. They assess the impacts of potential adverse macroeconomic, geopolitical and other HSBC-specific events. The selection of scenarios reflects our top and emerging risks identification process and our risk appetite. Stress testing analysis helps management understand the nature and extent of vulnerabilities to which the Group is exposed.

Our risk management framework and risks associated with our banking and insurance manufacturing operations are described on pages 73 and 77 of the
Annual Report and Accounts 2018, respectively.

Top and emerging risks

Our top and emerging risks framework helps enable us to identify forward-looking risks so that we may take action either to prevent them materialising or limit their effect.
Top risks are those that may have a material impact on the financial results, reputation or business model of the Group in the year ahead. Emerging risks are those that have large unknown components and may form beyond a one-year horizon. If any of these risks were to occur, they could have a material effect on HSBC.
During 1H19, we made no changes to our top and emerging risks, although continue to monitor existing risks closely and assess their potential impacts on the Group.
Update on Ibor risks
The impact of the replacement of interbank offered rates (‘Ibors’) with alternative risk-free rates on our products and services remains a key area of focus. We have a significant and growing volume of contracts referencing Ibors, such as Libor and Eonia, extending past 2021 when it is likely that these Ibors will cease being published. The global programme to coordinate our transition activities aims to minimise the volume of such contracts outstanding upon the cessation of these Ibors, and therefore the associated disruption to financial flows and potential economic losses. The programme is significant in terms of scale and complexity and will impact all global businesses and jurisdictions as well as multiple products, currencies, systems and processes. In addition to the consequent execution risks, the process of adopting new reference rates exposes the Group to a wide range of material conduct, operational and financial risks, such as earnings volatility resulting from contract modifications and changes in hedge accounting. We continue to engage with industry participants, the official sector and our clients to support an orderly transition and the mitigation of the risks resulting from the transition.

Our current top and emerging risks are summarised on the next page and discussed in more detail on page 69 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
Our approach to identifying and monitoring top and emerging risks is described on page 75 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.




16
HSBC Holdings plc





 
Risk
Trend
Mitigants
 
Externally driven
 
 
 
Economic outlook and capital flows

^
 
We actively monitor our credit and trading portfolios, including undertaking stress tests, to identify sectors and clients that may come under stress due to: escalating tariffs and other trade restrictions; an economic slowdown in the eurozone and mainland China; and adverse outcomes of negotiations concerning the UK’s exit from the EU.

 
Geopolitical risk

^
 
We continually assess the impact of geopolitical events on our businesses and exposures, and take steps to mitigate them, where required, to help ensure we remain within our risk appetite. We have also strengthened physical security at our premises where the risk of terrorism is heightened. In the first half of 2019, we closely monitored the potential impact of geopolitical risks relating to, among others, the impact of the UK’s exit from the EU, tensions between the US and China in trade and other areas, and the current situation in Hong Kong.

 
The credit cycle

>
 
We undertake detailed reviews of our portfolios and are assessing proactively customers and sectors likely to come under stress as a result of geopolitical or macroeconomic events, reducing limits where appropriate.

 
Cyber threat and unauthorised access

to systems

>

We continue to further strengthen our controls to prevent, detect and respond to increasingly sophisticated cybersecurity threats. This includes threat detection, systems and network access controls, payment systems controls, data protection, and back-up and recovery.


Regulatory developments including conduct, with

adverse impact on business model and profitability

>
 
We engage with regulators to help ensure new regulatory requirements are effectively implemented, and work with them in relation to their investigations into historical activities.


 
Financial crime risk environment

>
 
In the first half of 2019, we continued to implement the final elements of our Global Standards programme to integrate our anti-money laundering and sanctions capabilities into our day-to-day operations. We continue to enhance our financial crime risk management capabilities and the effectiveness of our financial crime controls, and we are maintaining our investment in the next generation of tools to fight financial crime through the application of advanced analytics and artificial intelligence.

 
Ibor transition
>

 We continue to engage with industry participants, the official sector and our clients to support an orderly transition and the mitigation of the risks resulting from the transition.

 
Climate-related risks

^
We are committed to supporting our customers in the transition to a low-carbon economy and have pledged to provide $100bn of sustainable financing, facilitation and investment by 2025. We continue to assess the impact of physical and transition risk on our clients, embed climate-related risks in risk management processes, enhance our climate-related disclosures and develop scenario analysis.

 
Internally driven

 
 
IT systems infrastructure and resilience

>
 
We continue to monitor and improve service resilience across our technology infrastructure, enhancing our problem diagnosis/resolution and change execution capabilities to reduce service disruption to our customers.
 
Risks associated with workforce capability, capacity and environmental factors with potential impact on growth
>
 
We are monitoring the health of our organisation and the workforce capacity and capability requirements in line with our growth strategy. We horizon-scan for emerging issues that could impact our workforce such as immigration or tax rules as well as industry-wide regulatory changes.
 
Risks arising from the receipt of services from third parties

>
 
We continue to strengthen and embed third-party risk management governance and oversight processes on how we actively identify, assess, mitigate and manage risks across the range of third parties with which we do business.
 
Enhanced model risk management expectations

^


We continue to evolve our capability and practice with regard to the risk management of our model risk governance framework in line with regulatory expectations and industry best practice.
 
Data management


^


We continue to improve our insights, data aggregation, reporting and decisions through ongoing improvement of our data governance, data quality, data privacy, data infrastructure and architecture framework.

^ Risk heightened during 2019
> Risk remained at the same level as 2018





UK withdrawal from the European Union





The UK was due to leave the European Union (‘EU’) in March 2019, but after agreeing an extension with the EU it is now due to leave in October 2019. There is no certainty on the future relationship between the UK and the EU or indeed an implementation period. The terms of the UK’s departure will be negotiated by the new prime minister, Boris Johnson, after Theresa May announced her resignation in May 2019. This creates market volatility and economic risk, particularly in the UK. Our Group’s global presence and diversified client base should help to mitigate the impact of the UK’s withdrawal from the EU. While there may be some changes to the provision of products and services for our clients and employees based in the UK and EU, we are taking mitigating actions to help minimise any potential disruption. These include expanding our product offerings available in our European entities, migrating customers where necessary and transferring some of our European branch network from HSBC Bank plc to our subsidiary in France. Our programme to manage the impact of the UK leaving the EU was set up in 2017 and has now been broadly completed. Our existing footprint in the EU, and in particular our subsidiary in France, has provided a strong foundation for us to build upon. As part of our 2018 stress testing programme, a number of internal macroeconomic and event-driven scenarios were considered alongside a scenario set by the Bank of England to support our planning for, and assessment of, the impact of the UK’s withdrawal from the EU. The results confirmed that we are well positioned in the event of potential shocks.

Our approach to the UK’s withdrawal from the EU is described in more detail in ‘Areas of special interest’ on page
51.
HSBC Holdings plc
17


 

Financial summary
 
Page
Use of non-GAAP financial measures
Adjusted performance
Significant items
Foreign currency translation differences
Changes from 1 January 2019
Summary consolidated income statement
Group performance by income and expense item
Net interest income
Net fee income
Net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit and loss
Gains less losses from financial investments
Net insurance premium income
Other operating income
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
Operating expenses
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
Tax expense
Summary consolidated balance sheet
Balance sheet commentary compared with 31 December 2018

Use of non-GAAP financial measures
Our reported results are prepared in accordance with IFRSs as detailed in the financial statements starting on page 84.
To measure our performance we also use non-GAAP financial measures, including those derived from our reported results that eliminate factors that distort period-on-period comparisons. The ‘adjusted performance’ measure used throughout this report is described below, and where others are used they are described. All non-GAAP financial measures are reconciled to the closest reported financial measure.
The global business segmental results on pages 29 to 32 are presented on an adjusted basis in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ as detailed in ‘Basis of preparation’ on 
page
29.
Adjusted performance
Adjusted performance is computed by adjusting reported results for the effects of foreign currency translation differences and significant items, which both distort period-on-period comparisons.
We consider adjusted performance provides useful information for investors by aligning internal and external reporting, identifying and quantifying items management believes to be significant, and providing insight into how management assesses period-on-period performance.
Significant items
‘Significant items’ refers collectively to the items that management and investors would ordinarily identify and consider separately to understand better the underlying trends in the business.
The tables on pages 32 to 34 and pages 40 to 45 detail the effects of significant items on each of our global business segments, geographical regions and selected countries/territories in 1H19, and 1H18 and 2H18.
 
Foreign currency translation differences
Foreign currency translation differences reflect the movements of the US dollar against most major currencies during 2019.
We exclude them to derive constant currency data, allowing us to assess balance sheet and income statement performance on a like-for-like basis and to understand better the underlying trends in the business.
Foreign currency translation differences
Foreign currency translation differences for the half-year to 30 June 2019 are computed by retranslating into US dollars for non-US dollar branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates:
the income statements for the half-years to 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2018 at the average rates of exchange for the half-year to 30 June 2019; and
the balance sheets at 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2018 at the prevailing rates of exchange on 30 June 2019.
No adjustment has been made to the exchange rates used to translate foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities into the functional currencies of any HSBC branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates. The constant currency data of HSBC’s Argentina subsidiaries has not been adjusted further for the impacts of hyperinflation. When reference is made to foreign currency translation differences in tables or commentaries, comparative data reported in the functional currencies of HSBC’s operations have been translated at the appropriate exchange rates applied in the current period on the basis described above.
Changes from 1 January 2019
IFRS 16 ‘Leases’
On 1 January 2019, HSBC adopted the requirements of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ retrospectively, with the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard recognised as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings at that date. Comparatives were not restated. The adoption of the standard increased assets by $5bn and increased financial liabilities by the same amount with no effect on net assets or retained earnings.
IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’
An amendment to IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’ was issued in December 2017 as part of the annual improvement cycle. The amendment clarifies that an entity should recognise the tax consequences of dividends where the transactions or events that generated the distributable profits are recognised. This amendment was applied on 1 January 2019, and had no material impact. Comparatives have not been restated.


HSBC Holdings plc
18


Financial summary

Summary consolidated income statement

 
Half-year to
 
 
30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


 
2019

2018

2018


Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

Net interest income
 
15,240

15,100

15,389

Net fee income
 
6,124

6,767

5,853

Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
 
5,331

4,883

4,648

Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss
 
2,196

(222
)
(1,266
)
Changes in fair value of long-term debt and related derivatives
 
88

(126
)
29

Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
 
457

345

350

Gains less losses from financial investments

 
201

124

94

Dividend income
 
38

41

34

Net insurance premium income
 
6,323

5,776

4,883

Other operating income
 
2,034

359

526

Total operating income
 
38,032

33,047

30,540

Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders
 
(8,660
)
(5,760
)
(4,047
)
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
12
29,372

27,287

26,493

Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
 
(1,140
)
(407
)
(1,360
)
Net operating income
 
28,232

26,880

25,133

Total operating expenses
 
(17,149
)
(17,549
)
(17,110
)
Operating profit
 
11,083

9,331

8,023

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
 
1,324

1,381

1,155

Profit before tax
 
12,407

10,712

9,178

Tax expense
 
(2,470
)
(2,296
)
(2,569
)
Profit for the period
 
9,937

8,416

6,609

Attributable to:
 






– ordinary shareholders of the parent company
 
8,507

7,173

5,435

– preference shareholders of the parent company
 
45

45

45

– other equity holders
 
664

530

499

– non-controlling interests
 
721

668

630

Profit for the period
 
9,937

8,416

6,609

 
 
$

$

$

Basic earnings per share
 
0.42

0.36

0.27

Diluted earnings per share
 
0.42

0.36

0.27

Dividend per ordinary share (declared in the period)
 
0.31

0.31

0.20

 
 
%

%

%

Post-tax return on average total assets (annualised)
 
0.7

0.6

0.5

Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity (annualised)
 
10.4

8.7

6.7

Return on average tangible equity (annualised)
16
11.2

9.7

8.6

For footnotes, see page 50.
Group performance by income and expense item
For further financial performance data of our global business segments, see pages 31 to 37. For further financial performance data by geographical regions and selected countries/territories, see pages 38 to 45.
Net interest income


Half-year to
Full-year to



30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec



2019

2018

2018


Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

Interest income

27,750

23,422

49,609

Interest expense

(12,510
)
(8,322
)
(19,120
)
Net interest income
17
15,240

15,100

30,489

Average interest-earning assets

1,912,708

1,839,603

1,839,346



%

%

%

Gross interest yield
18
2.93

2.57

2.70

Less: cost of funds
18
(1.55
)
(1.07
)
(1.21
)
Net interest spread
19
1.38

1.50

1.49

Net interest margin
20
1.61

1.66

1.66

For footnotes, see page 50.
    

19
HSBC Holdings plc


Summary of interest income by type of asset


Half-year to
Full-year to


30 Jun 2019
30 Jun 2018
31 Dec 2018


Average
balance

Interest
income

Yield
Average
balance

Interest
income

Yield
Average
balance

Interest
income

Yield

Footnotes
$m

$m

%
$m

$m

%
$m

$m

%
Short-term funds and loans and advances to banks

217,474

1,285

1.19
240,804

1,116

0.93
233,637

2,475

1.06
Loans and advances to customers

1,011,928

17,833

3.55
966,481

16,036

3.35
972,963

33,285

3.42
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading

231,308

2,635

2.30
198,154

1,589

1.62
205,427

3,739

1.82
Financial investments

408,673

5,380

2.65
385,907

4,220

2.21
386,230

9,166

2.37
Other interest-earning assets

43,325

617

2.87
48,257

461

1.93
41,089

944

2.30
Total interest-earning assets

1,912,708

27,750

2.93
1,839,603

23,422

2.57
1,839,346

49,609

2.70
Trading assets and financial assets designated or mandatorily measured at fair value
21, 22
213,627

2,751

2.60
201,696

2,775

2.77
195,922

5,215

2.66
Expected credit losses provision

(8,502
)



(7,739
)



(7,816
)



Non-interest-earning assets

555,264




617,148




584,524




Total

2,673,097

30,501

2.30
2,650,708

26,197

1.99
2,611,976

54,824

2.10
For footnotes, see page 50.
Summary of interest expense by type of liability and equity


Half-year to
Full-year to


30 Jun 2019
30 Jun 2018
31 Dec 2018


Average
balance

Interest
expense

Cost
Average
balance

Interest
expense

Cost
Average
balance

Interest
expense

Cost

Footnotes
$m

$m

%
$m

$m

%
$m

$m

%
Deposits by banks

51,199

370

1.46
45,142

226

1.01
44,530

506

1.14
Customer accounts

1,138,196

5,637

1.00
1,138,617

3,463

0.61
1,138,620

8,287

0.73
Repurchase agreements – non-trading

170,342

2,320

2.75
159,293

1,488

1.88
161,204

3,409

2.11
Debt securities in issue – non-trading
23
205,192

3,361

3.30
179,903

2,654

2.97
183,434

5,675

3.09
Other interest-bearing liabilities

59,266

822

2.80
48,649

491

2.04
53,731

1,243

2.31
Total interest-bearing liabilities

1,624,195

12,510

1.55
1,571,604

8,322

1.07
1,581,519

19,120

1.21
Trading liabilities and financial liabilities designated at fair value (excluding own debt issued)
23, 24
149,814

1,872

2.52
140,485

1,804

2.59
142,184

3,524

2.48
Non-interest-bearing current accounts

228,524



211,839



211,815



Total equity and other non-interest-bearing liabilities

670,564



726,780



676,458



Total

2,673,097

14,382

1.08
2,650,708

10,126

0.77
2,611,976

22,644

0.87
For footnotes, see page 50.
Significant items and currency translation

Half-year to
Full-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Significant items

43

50

– customer redress programmes

46

53

– currency translation on significant items


(3
)
(3
)
Currency translation


581

631

Total

624

681

Reported net interest income (’NII’) for 1H19 was $15.2bn, an increase of $0.1bn or 1% compared with 1H18. This reflected an increase in average interest-earning assets (’AIEA’) of 4%, largely offset by a decline in net interest margin (’NIM’) of 5 basis points (‘bps’).
The increase in NII in 1H19 included $0.6bn relating to the adverse effects of foreign currency translation differences. In 1H18, there was a $43m release related to customer redress programmes. Excluding the effects of significant items and foreign currency translation differences, net interest income increased by $0.8bn or 5%.
Interest income
Interest income increased by $4.3bn compared with 1H18, reflecting rising interest rates, with the yield on AIEA increasing by 36bps. This increase included $1.0bn related to the adverse
 
effects of foreign currency translation differences in 1H19 and the favourable effects of customer redress programmes in 1H18. Excluding the effects of significant items and foreign currency translation differences, interest income increased by $5.3bn, driven by higher income from loans and advances to customers, surplus liquidity and reverse repurchase agreements.
Interest income on loans and advances to customers was $1.8bn higher, mainly from rising interest rates with the yield on AIEA increasing by 20bps, and volume growth of 5% in AIEA. These were mainly in Asia, notably in term lending and mortgages in Hong Kong.
Interest income on surplus liquidity rose by $1.3bn, primarily in Asia following interest rate increases. It was also higher in Europe, driven by a build-up of liquidity due to the formation of the non-ring-fenced bank in 2H18.

HSBC Holdings plc
20


Financial summary

Interest income on reverse repurchase agreements was $1.0bn higher, driven by rising interest rates in North America and Europe.
Interest expense
Reported interest expense increased by $4.2bn compared with 1H18, including $0.3bn from the favourable effects of foreign currency translation differences. Excluding the effect of foreign currency translation differences, interest expense increased by $4.5bn. This reflected the impact of rising interest rates across average interest-bearing liabilities (‘AIBL’), which increased cost by 48bps, predominantly in customer accounts.
Interest expense on customer accounts increased by $2.2bn, mainly in Asia, reflecting the effect of rate rises and a shift in funding mix from current accounts towards term deposits. This was partly offset by growth in non-interest-bearing current accounts, mainly in Europe.
 
Interest expense on repurchase agreements rose by $0.8bn, reflecting rising interest rates in North America and Europe.
Interest expense on debt issued rose by $0.7bn. This was mainly as a result of debt issuances by HSBC Holdings to meet regulatory requirements, which contributed $0.4bn towards the increase.
Net interest margin
Net interest margin of 1.61% decreased by 5bps compared with 2018. The higher yield on AIEA (up 23bps), was more than offset by the rise in funding costs of AIBL (up 34bps).
The decrease in 1H19 included the adverse effects of foreign currency translation differences, which contributed to a decrease of 1bp. Net interest margin, excluding the effects of significant items and foreign currency translation differences, decreased by 4bps.

Net fee income

Half-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Funds under management
1,067

1,149

1,072

Account services
1,034

1,156

1,021

Cards
968

965

991

Credit facilities
805

897

826

Unit trusts
546

613

425

Broking income
544

710

500

Underwriting
446

431

292

Remittances
373

361

417

Global custody
342

378

358

Imports/exports
338

362

347

Insurance agency commission
200

233

171

Other
1,141

1,214

1,155

Fee income
7,804

8,469

7,575

Less: fee expense
(1,680
)
(1,702
)
(1,722
)
Net fee income
6,124

6,767

5,853

Significant items and currency translation

Half-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Significant items



Currency translation


229

27

Total

229

27

Net fee income of $6.1bn was $0.6bn lower compared with 1H18. This included adverse foreign currency translation differences of $0.2bn. This decrease reflected the effects of weaker market sentiment on investment-related income, mainly in Hong Kong, as well as lower event-driven activity in our investment banking business.
Fee income from broking and unit trusts decreased by $0.2bn, primarily in RBWM in Hong Kong from lower volumes, due to the non-recurrence in 1H19 of exceptional market conditions in the prior year. In addition, fee income from funds under management fell by $0.1bn, mainly in RBWM in Hong Kong, driven by a change in the product mix towards lower margin fixed income products.
 
Corporate Finance fee income (disclosed within ‘other’) decreased by $0.1bn. This was primarily in GB&M in our Global Banking business in Europe, reflecting lower event-driven activity.
Account services fee income fell by $0.1bn compared with 1H18. This reduction was mainly in the US due to a reclassification of wire transfer fees from ‘account services’ to ‘remittances’ from the fourth quarter of 2018.

21
HSBC Holdings plc


Net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit and loss
 
 
Half-year to
 
 
30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec

 
 
2019

2018

2018

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

Trading activities
 
9,226

5,190

2,044

Other trading income – hedge ineffectiveness
 
23

(17
)
(28
)
– on cash flow hedges
 
2

(8
)

– on fair value hedges
 
21

(9
)
(28
)
Fair value movement on non-qualifying hedges
25
93

(210
)
3

Other instruments designated and managed on a fair value basis and related derivatives
 
(4,011
)
(80
)
2,629

Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
 
5,331

4,883

4,648

Financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts
 
2,438

(240
)
(1,345
)
Liabilities to customers under investment contracts
 
(242
)
18

79

Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss
 
2,196

(222
)
(1,266
)
Changes in fair value of long-term debt and related derivatives
 
88

(126
)
29

Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
 
457

345

350

Net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss
 
8,072

4,880

3,761

For footnotes, see page 50.
Significant items and currency translation

Half-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Significant items
50

(163
)
52

– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses

(8
)

– fair value movement on financial instruments
50

(152
)
52

– currency translation on significant items


(3
)

Currency translation


301

57

Total
50

138

109

Net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit and loss of $8.1bn was $3.2bn higher than in 1H18. It included adverse foreign currency translation differences of $0.3bn and net favourable movements in significant items of $0.2bn, mainly reflecting net favourable fair value movements on financial instruments, including non-qualifying hedges and debit valuation adjustments.
The increase in reported net income from financial instruments measured at fair value reflected the following:
’Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis’ increased by $0.4bn and included a favourable fair value movement on non-qualifying hedges of $0.1bn in 1H19, compared with an adverse movement of $0.2bn in 1H18.
Income from trading activities was $4.0bn higher, mainly reflecting favourable movements on derivatives held as hedges against structured notes. This increase was broadly offset in ‘Other instruments designated and managed on a fair value basis and related derivatives’ (down $3.9bn), as the structured notes and the related hedges are closely matched.
Income from trading activities also increased in Asia, primarily from revaluation gains on funding swaps due to favourable movements on yield curves.
These increases were partly offset by lower trading income in Global Markets, notably in Europe.
 
’Financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts’ increased by $2.7bn as favourable fair value movements of $2.4bn in 1H19 compared with adverse movements of $0.2bn in 1H18. This increase was primarily in Hong Kong, France and Singapore, as improved equity market performance in 1H19 compared with 1H18 led to revaluation gains on equity portfolios and funds supporting insurance and investment contracts. Offsetting movements were recorded in liabilities to customers, reflecting the extent to which they participate in the investment performance of these assets. These offsetting movements can be seen in ‘Net income/(expense) arising from liabilities to customers under investment contracts’ and ‘Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders’.
’Changes in fair value of long-term debt and related derivatives’ reflected a favourable movement of $0.1bn in 1H19, compared with an adverse movement of $0.1bn in 1H18.
These movements were driven by changes in interest rates between the periods, notably in US dollars, euros and pounds sterling.
The majority of our financial liabilities designated at fair value are fixed-rate, long-term debt issuances, and are managed in conjunction with interest rate swaps as part of our interest rate management strategy. These liabilities are discussed further on page 28.


HSBC Holdings plc
22


Financial summary

Gains less losses from financial investments
 
Half-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Net gains from disposal
201

124

94

– debt securities
197

114

106

– other financial investments
4

10

(12
)
Gains less losses from financial investments
201

124

94

Significant items and currency translation

Half-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Significant items



– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses



– currency translation on significant items




Currency translation


3

1

Total

3

1

Gains less losses from financial investments of $201m increased by $77m compared with 1H18, reflecting higher gains from the disposal of debt securities.
The increase was mainly in Corporate Centre, notably in the UK, from net gains on the sale of debt securities in legacy credit in
 
1H19 compared with net losses in 1H18. In addition, we recorded higher gains in Australia and the US.
This was partly offset in RBWM from the non-recurrence of a 1H18 gain following the restructuring of the annuities portfolio in Mexico.

Net insurance premium income

Half-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Gross insurance premium income
6,683

6,078

5,260

Reinsurance premiums
(360
)
(302
)
(377
)
Net insurance premium income
6,323

5,776

4,883

Significant items and currency translation

Half-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Significant items



Currency translation

136

26

Total

136

26

Net insurance premium income of $6.3bn was $0.5bn higher compared with 1H18, and included adverse foreign currency translation differences.
 
This was driven by higher new business volumes, particularly in Hong Kong and France, partly offset by higher reinsurance ceded in Hong Kong.

Other operating income

Half-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Rent received
78

84

68

Gains/(losses) recognised on assets held for sale
51

(30
)
42

Gains on investment properties
41

23

59

Gains on disposal of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and non-financial investments
926

6

27

Change in present value of in-force long-term insurance business
912

363

318

Other
26

(87
)
12

Other operating income
2,034

359

526


23
HSBC Holdings plc


Significant items and currency translation

Half-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Significant items
827

(134
)
27

– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses
827

(134
)
27

– currency translation on significant items




Currency translation


99

(36
)
Total
827

(35
)
(9
)
Other operating income of $2.0bn increased by $1.7bn compared with 1H18. The increase included a 1H19 dilution gain of $0.8bn, recognised on the completion of the merger of our associate The Saudi British Bank (‘SABB’) with Alawwal bank in Saudi Arabia, presented within ‘Gains on disposal of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and non-financial investments’ in the table above. The increase also included a $0.5bn increase in favourable movements in the present value of in-force long-term insurance business (‘PVIF’).
The favourable change in PVIF reflected a $0.5bn increase in ‘assumption changes and experience variances’, mainly in Hong Kong from the effect of interest rate changes on the valuation of the liabilities under insurance contracts, and a $0.1bn increase of the value of new business written in 1H19 compared with 1H18.
 
We recorded net gains on assets held for sale in 1H19, compared with net losses in 1H18. The movement largely related to 1H19 gains in Argentina following the sale of a stake in the payment processing company Prisma Medios de Pago SA.
In ‘Other’, in 1H19 we recorded a gain in Mexico associated with the launch of a merchant acquiring services joint venture with Global Payments Inc. This gain was partly offset by the adverse effects of hyperinflation accounting in Argentina. By contrast, in 1H18 we recorded a loss of $95m on the early redemption of subordinated debt linked to the US run-off portfolio.

Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders

Half-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Gross
9,032

5,879

4,342

Less reinsurers’ share
(372
)
(119
)
(295
)
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders
8,660

5,760

4,047

Significant items and currency translation

Half-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Significant items



Currency translation


195

48

Total

195

48

‘Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders’ of $8.7bn were $2.9bn higher than in 1H18, and included adverse foreign currency translation differences.
This was primarily due to higher returns on the financial assets supporting policyholders where the policyholder is subject to part or all of the investment risk. This reflected favourable equity market performances in Hong Kong, France and Singapore compared with 1H18.
 
The gains or losses recognised on the financial assets measured at fair value that are held to support these insurance contract liabilities are reported in ‘Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss’ on page 22.
The increase also reflected the impact of higher new business volumes in Hong Kong, France and Singapore, partly offset by higher reinsurance ceded in Hong Kong.


Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
 
Half-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Loans and advances to banks and customers
1,180

508

1,388

– new allowances net of allowance releases
1,381

769

1,535

– recoveries of amounts previously written off
(201
)
(261
)
(147
)
Loan commitments and guarantees
(44
)
(7
)
4

Other financial assets
9

(5
)
(16
)
Debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
(5
)
(89
)
(16
)
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
1,140

407

1,360


HSBC Holdings plc
24


Financial summary

Significant items and currency translation

Half-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Significant items



Currency translation


50

4

Total

50

4

Changes in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘ECL’) of $1.1bn in 1H19 comprised ’new allowances net of allowance releases’ of $1.4bn, partly offset by $0.2bn of ’recoveries of amounts previously written off’. ’New allowances net of allowance releases’ included changes in risk parameters of $1.7bn and new financial assets originated or purchased of $0.4bn, which were partly offset by assets derecognised of $0.8bn.
ECL in 1H19 of $1.1bn were $0.7bn higher compared with 1H18, primarily driven by higher charges in CMB and GB&M. The effects of foreign currency translation differences between the periods were minimal.
In CMB, ECL charges of $0.5bn were $0.4bn higher due to an increase in charges in Europe, Asia and North America. In Europe, ECL charges were mainly in HSBC UK relating to a
 
small number of exposures. In addition, there were ECL charges in 1H19 compared with net releases in 1H18, in both Asia and North America.
In GB&M, we recorded net ECL charges of $0.1bn, notably relating to specific corporate exposures in Europe. In 1H18, there were net releases of $0.1bn largely related to a small number of clients in the US, notably within the oil and gas sector, partly offset by charges in the UK against exposures in the retail and construction sectors.
In Corporate Centre, we recorded a lower net ECL release, primarily related to our legacy portfolios in the UK.
On a constant currency basis, ECL as a percentage of average gross loans and advances to customers was 0.23%, compared with 0.08% at 1H18.

Operating expenses
Operating expenses
 
 
Half-year to

 
30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


 
2019

2018

2018


Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

By expense category
 






Employee compensation and benefits
 
9,255

8,836

8,537

Premises and equipment (excluding depreciation and impairment)
 
1,240

1,733

1,689

General and administrative expenses
 
5,132

6,034

5,897

Administrative expenses
 
15,627

16,603

16,123

Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets
26
1,010

568

551

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets
 
512

378

436

Operating expenses
 
17,149

17,549

17,110

For footnotes, see page 50.
Staff numbers (full-time equivalents)
 
At
 
30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec

 
2019

2018

2018

Global businesses
 
 
 
Retail Banking and Wealth Management
135,768

129,999

133,644

Commercial Banking
45,010

43,529

44,805

Global Banking and Markets
48,673

47,298

48,500

Global Private Banking
6,921

6,922

6,819

Corporate Centre
1,313

1,447

1,449

Total staff numbers
237,685

229,195

235,217

Significant items and currency translation

Half-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Significant items
986

1,164

488

– costs of structural reform
91

211

150

– customer redress programmes
610

100

46

– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses

3

49

– past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation


228

restructuring and other related costs
287

24

42

– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters
(2
)
841

(25
)
  currency translation on significant items


(15
)
(2
)
Currency translation


770

72

Total
986

1,934

560


25
HSBC Holdings plc


Reported operating expenses of $17.1bn were $0.4bn or 2% lower than in 1H18 and included favourable foreign currency translation differences of $0.8bn and a net favourable movement in significant items of $0.2bn.
Significant items included:
the non-recurrence of settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters of $0.8bn in 1H18; and
structural reform costs of $0.1bn in 1H19, which included costs associated with the UK’s withdrawal from the European Union. This compared with structural reform costs of $0.2bn in 1H18.
These were partly offset by:
customer redress programme costs in respect of the mis-selling of payment protection insurance (‘PPI’) of $0.6bn in 1H19, compared with $0.1bn in 1H18. For further details, see Note 10 on the financial statements; and
restructuring and other related costs of $0.3bn in 1H19, primarily reflecting $248m of severance costs arising from cost efficiency measures across our global businesses and functions. We expect total severance costs in 2H19 to be moderately higher than the year-to-date cost, and we expect total cost savings in 2020 from these measures to be approximately equal to 2019 severance costs.
Excluding significant items and foreign currency translation differences, operating expenses of $16.2bn were $0.5bn or 4% higher than in 1H18. The increase primarily reflected investments to grow the business (up $0.3bn), notably in RBWM and CMB, as well as continued investment in digital capabilities across all of our global businesses.
 
Performance-related pay was higher by $0.1bn and volume-related growth increased by $0.1bn. The impact of our cost-saving efficiencies broadly offset inflation.
The effect of hyperinflation accounting in Argentina increased adjusted operating expenses in 1H19 by $19m.
In 1H19, we maintained our momentum to grow the business.
In RBWM, we continued to invest in key strategic initiatives, including enhancing our digital capabilities, growing our Wealth Management business in Asia, and driving growth in key markets, notably in Hong Kong, the UK, the US and Mexico, through lending products.
In CMB, we introduced enhanced features for our Digital Business Bank UK mobile app, including biometrics. In GTRF, we made progress in our investment programme, as we improved capabilities in structured trade and increased automation.
The number of employees expressed in full-time equivalent staff (‘FTEs’) at 30 June 2019 was 237,685, an increase of 2,468 from 31 December 2018. This was mainly driven by investments in business growth programmes across RBWM and CMB, and continued investment in digital across all global businesses. Additionally, the number of contractors at 30 June 2019 was 9,647, a decrease of 1,207 from 31 December 2018.

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
 
Half-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Share of profit in associates
1,306

1,371

1,148

Share of profit in joint ventures
18

10

7

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
1,324

1,381

1,155

Our share of profit in associates and joint ventures was $1.3bn in 1H19, a decrease of $57m or 4%. This reduction primarily reflected adverse foreign currency translation differences of $67m. Excluding foreign currency translation differences, our share of profit in associates and joint ventures increased by $10m.
At 30 June 2019, we performed an impairment review of our investment in Bank of Communications Co., Limited (‘BoCom’) and concluded that it was not impaired, based on our value-in-use (‘VIU’) calculation. For more information on the key assumptions in our VIU calculation, including the sensitivity of the VIU to each key assumption, see Note 9 on the financial statements.
 
As discussed in Note 9 on the financial statements, in future periods the VIU may increase or decrease depending on the effect of changes to model inputs. It is expected that the carrying amount will increase due to retained profits earned by BoCom. At the point where the carrying amount exceeds the VIU, impairment would be recognised. We would continue to recognise our share of BoCom’s profit or loss, but the carrying amount would be reduced to equal the VIU, with a corresponding reduction in income. An impairment review would continue to be performed at each subsequent reporting period, with the carrying amount and income adjusted accordingly.
Tax expense
 
Half-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Profit before tax
12,407

10,712

9,178

Tax expense
(2,470
)
(2,296
)
(2,569
)
Profit after tax
9,937

8,416

6,609

Effective tax rate
19.9%

21.4%

28.0%

The effective tax rate for 1H19 of 19.9% was lower than the 21.4% for 1H18, principally due to the non-taxable dilution gain in 1H19. The effective tax rate for 2H18 of 28.0% was higher than for 1H19 and 1H18, principally due to the non-recognition of deferred tax assets and the bank levy charge in 2H18.

HSBC Holdings plc
26


Financial summary

Summary consolidated balance sheet
 
At
 
30 Jun

31 Dec

 
2019

2018

 
$m

$m

Assets




Cash and balances at central banks
171,090

162,843

Trading assets
271,424

238,130

Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
41,043

41,111

Derivatives
233,621

207,825

Loans and advances to banks
82,397

72,167

Loans and advances to customers
1,021,632

981,696

Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
233,079

242,804

Financial investments
428,101

407,433

Other assets
268,886

204,115

Total assets
2,751,273

2,558,124

Liabilities and equity




Liabilities




Deposits by banks
71,051

56,331

Customer accounts
1,380,124

1,362,643

Repurchase agreements – non-trading
184,497

165,884

Trading liabilities
94,149

84,431

Financial liabilities designated at fair value
165,104

148,505

Derivatives
229,903

205,835

Debt securities in issue
103,663

85,342

Liabilities under insurance contracts
93,794

87,330

Other liabilities
228,114

167,574

Total liabilities
2,550,399

2,363,875

Equity




Total shareholders’ equity
192,676

186,253

Non-controlling interests
8,198

7,996

Total equity
200,874

194,249

Total liabilities and equity
2,751,273

2,558,124

Selected financial information
 
At
 
30 Jun
31 Dec
 
2019
2018
 
$m
$m
Called up share capital
10,281
10,180
Capital resources
178,259
173,238
Undated subordinated loan capital
1,968
1,969
Preferred securities and dated subordinated loan capital
32,569
35,014
Risk-weighted assets
885,971
865,318
Total shareholders' equity
192,676
186,253
Less: preference shares and other equity instruments
(23,772)
(23,772)
Total ordinary shareholders’ equity
168,904
162,481
Less: goodwill and intangible assets (net of tax)
(23,463)
(22,425)
Tangible ordinary shareholders' equity
145,441
140,056
Financial statistics
 
 
Loans and advances to customers as a percentage of customer accounts
74.0%
72.0%
Average total shareholders’ equity to average total assets
7.07%
7.16%
Net asset value per ordinary share at period end ($)
8.35
8.13
Tangible net asset value per ordinary share at period end ($)
7.19
7.01
Tangible net asset value per fully diluted ordinary share at period end ($)
7.17
6.98
Basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding (millions)
20,221
19,981
Basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding and dilutive potential ordinary shares (millions)
20,286
20,059
Closing foreign exchange translation rates to $:
 
 
$1: £
0.786
0.783
$1: €
0.878
0.873
A more detailed consolidated balance sheet is contained in the financial statements on page 86.

27
HSBC Holdings plc


Balance sheet commentary compared with 31 December 2018
At 30 June 2019, our total assets were $2.8tn, an increase of $193bn or 8% on a reported basis, and $192bn or 7% on a constant currency basis.
We increased our balance sheet by targeted lending growth, notably in Asia, which grew by $23bn or 5% on a reported basis, and $22bn or 5% on a constant currency basis, reflecting the strategic importance of the region.
On a reported basis, loans and advances to customers increased by $40bn, and customer accounts increased by $17bn. Excluding foreign currency translation differences, loans and advances to customers increased by $39bn or 4%, and customer accounts increased by $16bn or 1%.
Our ratio of customer advances to customer accounts was 74%, up from 72% at 31 December 2018.
Assets
Trading assets increased by $33bn or 14%, notably from an increase in debt securities held, mainly in the UK, the US and France. In addition, trading assets increased in Asia, reflecting higher equity security holdings in Hong Kong.
Derivative assets increased by $26bn or 12%, primarily in France and the UK, reflecting revaluation movements on interest rate contracts. This was partly offset by a reduction in foreign exchange contracts in the UK, reflecting lower client activity. The increase in derivative assets was consistent with an increase in derivative liabilities, since the underlying risk is broadly matched.
Financial investments increased by $21bn or 5%, mainly due to an increase in debt securities in the UK. This was partly offset by a decrease in investments in government bonds in Hong Kong.
Other assets grew by $65bn or 32%, primarily due to an increase in settlement accounts in the US, the UK and Hong Kong from higher trading activity, compared with the seasonal reduction in December 2018.
Loans and advances to customers
Loans and advances to customers increased by $40bn on a reported basis compared with 31 December 2018. This included favourable foreign currency translation differences of $1bn. Excluding the effects of foreign currency translation differences, loans and advances to customers increased by $39bn or 4%.
The commentary below is on a constant currency basis.
Customer lending growth was primarily in Asia (up $22bn). The growth was notably in RBWM (up $8bn), primarily in Hong Kong (up $6bn) as we maintained our leading position in mortgages, and in Australia (up $2bn), as we continued to increase mortgage lending, in part due to a successful marketing campaign in 1H19. Customer lending also increased in GPB (up $5bn), mainly in Hong Kong (up $4bn), driven by growth in marketable securities-backed lending transactions. In CMB (up $7bn) and in GB&M (up $2bn), the growth reflected higher term lending from our continued strategic focus on growth throughout the region.
 
Customer lending increased in Europe by $12bn, notably in HSBC UK (up $7bn), including mortgage growth of $4bn, reflecting our focus on broker-originated mortgages, and in CMB where term lending increased to large corporates, middle market enterprise and commercial real estate customers. In addition, GB&M balances increased in term lending, notably in France.
Liabilities
Repurchase agreements – non-trading increased by $19bn or 11%, primarily in the US, Hong Kong, mainland China and France. This was mainly driven by the increased use of repurchase agreements for funding in our Global Markets business.
Derivative liabilities increased by $24bn or 12%, which is consistent with the increase in derivative assets, since the underlying risk is broadly matched.
Debt securities in issue increased by $18bn or 21%, reflecting an increase in certificates of deposit, primarily in North America, Europe and Asia, and higher commercial paper issuance in the UK.
Financial liabilities designated at fair value increased by $17bn or 11%, driven by further issuances of MREL-eligible senior debt during 1H19 and the mark-to-market increase in value of structured notes.
Other liabilities increased by $61bn or 36%, mainly from an increase in settlement accounts in the UK and the US, from higher seasonal trading activity compared with December 2018.
Customer accounts
Customer accounts increased by $17bn on a reported basis, and included favourable foreign currency translation differences of $2bn. Excluding this, customer accounts increased by $16bn or 1%.
The commentary below is on a constant currency basis.
In Asia, we grew customer accounts by $11bn, notably in RBWM (up $9bn) and also in GB&M (up $5bn). These were primarily business-driven increases in Singapore of $4bn, Australia of $2bn and Hong Kong of $2bn.
Customer accounts increased in Europe by $3bn. This was driven by an increase in RBWM balances, notably in HSBC UK (up $4bn) within current accounts and savings, partly offset by a decrease in GB&M balances mainly in the UK.
Equity
Total shareholders’ equity increased by $6bn or 3% compared with 31 December 2018. The effects of profits generated in the period and fair value gains on debt and equity instruments were partly offset by dividends paid to shareholders and adverse changes in fair value attributable to changes in own credit risk.

HSBC Holdings plc
28


Financial summary

Customer accounts by country/territory

At

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018


$m

$m

Europe
504,386

503,154

– UK
398,857

399,487

– France
47,978

45,169

– Germany
19,798

16,713

– Switzerland
5,423

6,315

– other
32,330

35,470

Asia
677,289

664,824

– Hong Kong
487,948

484,897

– Singapore
46,229

42,323

– mainland China
45,409

45,712

– Australia
22,157

20,649

– India
15,660

14,210

– Malaysia
13,984

13,904

– Taiwan
13,677

13,602

– Indonesia
4,476

3,810

– other
27,749

25,717

Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)
36,593

35,408

– United Arab Emirates
17,281

16,583

– Egypt
4,711

4,493

– Turkey
3,598

4,169

– other
11,003

10,163

North America
135,400

133,291

– US
82,260

82,523

– Canada
46,189

43,898

– other
6,951

6,870

Latin America
26,456

25,966

– Mexico
20,437

19,936

– other
6,019

6,030

At end of period
1,380,124

1,362,643

Risk-weighted assets
Risk-weighted assets (‘RWAs’) totalled $886.0bn at 30 June 2019, a $20.7bn increase in the first half of the year, which included an increase of $1.1bn due to foreign currency translation differences. Excluding foreign currency translation differences, RWAs rose by $19.6bn. This mainly comprised growth of $27.8bn from asset size and $1.4bn from changes in asset quality. This was partly offset by reductions of $9.6bn from methodology and policy changes.
Asset size increases included lending growth of $16.6bn across most businesses and regions. Corporate Centre RWAs rose by $4.8bn, largely in Asia. GB&M counterparty credit risk RWAs increased by $4.6bn, mostly in Europe, largely due to mark-to-market movements, increased volumes of securities financing transactions and new derivative trades.

 
Global businesses
 
Page
Summary
Basis of preparation
Analysis of adjusted results by global business
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items – global businesses
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items – risk-weighted assets
Supplementary tables for RBWM and GPB
Summary
The Group Chief Executive and the rest of the Group Management Board (‘GMB’) review operating activity on a number of bases, including by global business and geographical region. Global businesses are our reportable segments under IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’.
Basis of preparation
The Group Chief Executive, supported by the rest of the GMB, is considered the Chief Operating Decision Maker (‘CODM’) for the purposes of identifying the Group’s reportable segments. Global business results are assessed by the CODM on the basis of adjusted performance, which removes the effects of significant items and currency translation from reported results. We therefore present these results on an adjusted basis. 1H18 and 2H18 adjusted performance information is presented on a constant currency basis as described on page 18.
As required by IFRS 8, reconciliations of the total adjusted global business results to the Group’s reported results are presented on page 31.
Supplementary reconciliations from reported to adjusted results by global business are presented on pages 32 to 34 for information purposes.
Global business performance is also assessed using return on tangible equity (‘RoTE’), excluding significant items and the UK bank levy. A reconciliation of global business RoTE, excluding significant items and the UK bank levy, to the Group’s RoTE is provided in the
 Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures 30 June 2019.
Our operations are closely integrated and, accordingly, the presentation of data includes internal allocations of certain items of income and expense. These allocations include the costs of certain support services and global functions to the extent that they can be meaningfully attributed to global businesses and geographical regions. While such allocations have been made on a systematic and consistent basis, they necessarily involve a degree of subjectivity. Costs that are not allocated to global businesses are included in Corporate Centre.
Where relevant, income and expense amounts presented include the results of inter-segment funding along with inter-company and inter-business line transactions. All such transactions are undertaken on arm’s length terms. The intra-Group elimination items for the global businesses are presented in Corporate Centre.
The expense of the UK bank levy is included in the Europe geographical region as HSBC regards the levy as a cost of being headquartered in the UK. For the purposes of the presentation by global business, the cost of the levy is included in Corporate Centre.
The results of geographical regions are presented on a reported basis.
Geographical information is classified by the location of the principal operations of the subsidiary or, for The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, HSBC Bank plc, HSBC UK Bank plc, HSBC Bank Middle East Limited and HSBC Bank USA, by the location of the branch responsible for reporting the results or providing funding.

A description of the global businesses is provided in the Overview section, pages 10 to 14.


29
HSBC Holdings plc


Analysis of adjusted results by global business
HSBC adjusted profit before tax and balance sheet data


Half-year to 30 Jun 2019


Retail
Banking and
Wealth
Management

Commercial
Banking

Global
Banking and
Markets

Global
Private
Banking

Corporate Centre

Total


Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
12
11,919

7,816

7,706

924

130

28,495

– external

8,789

7,545

9,493

675

1,993

28,495

– inter-segment

3,130

271

(1,787
)
249

(1,863
)

of which: net interest income/(expense)

8,155

5,653

2,861

441

(1,870
)
15,240

Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment (charges)/recoveries

(540
)
(494
)
(95
)
(19
)
8

(1,140
)
Net operating income

11,379

7,322

7,611

905

138

27,355

Total operating expenses

(6,981
)
(3,297
)
(4,787
)
(709
)
(389
)
(16,163
)
Operating profit/(loss)

4,398

4,025

2,824

196

(251
)
11,192

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

43




1,281

1,324

Adjusted profit before tax

4,441

4,025

2,824

196

1,030

12,516



%

%

%

%

%

%

Share of HSBC’s adjusted profit before tax

35.5

32.1

22.6

1.6

8.2

100.0

Adjusted cost efficiency ratio

58.6

42.2

62.1

76.7

299.2

56.7

Adjusted balance sheet data

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Loans and advances to customers (net)

376,126

347,387

250,790

45,806

1,523

1,021,632

Interests in associates and joint ventures

456




23,436

23,892

Total external assets

498,045

377,142

1,120,235

50,757

705,094

2,751,273

Customer accounts

660,588

358,735

289,950

62,235

8,616

1,380,124

Adjusted risk-weighted assets

128,957

327,553

284,509

16,531

127,607

885,157



Half-year to 30 Jun 2018
 
 
Retail
Banking and
Wealth
Management

Commercial
Banking

Global
Banking and
Markets

Global
Private
Banking

Corporate Centre

Total

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges

12
10,668

7,140

7,916

907

(250
)
26,381

– external

8,741

7,001

9,181

782

676

26,381

– inter-segment

1,927

139

(1,265
)
125

(926
)

of which: net interest income/(expense)

7,389

4,985

2,385

436

(720
)
14,475

Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment (charges)/recoveries

(514
)
(37
)
103

4

87

(357
)
Net operating income/(expense)

10,154

7,103

8,019

911

(163
)
26,024

Total operating expenses

(6,583
)
(3,128
)
(4,588
)
(724
)
(592
)
(15,615
)
Operating profit/(loss)

3,571

3,975

3,431

187

(755
)
10,409

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

17




1,297

1,314

Adjusted profit before tax

3,588

3,975

3,431

187

542

11,723



%

%

%

%

%

%

Share of HSBC’s adjusted profit before tax

30.6

33.9

29.3

1.6

4.6

100.0

Adjusted cost efficiency ratio

61.7

43.8

58.0

79.8

(236.8
)
59.2

Adjusted balance sheet data

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Loans and advances to customers (net)

345,029

324,717

246,900

40,809

2,012

959,467

Interests in associates and joint ventures

393




21,744

22,137

Total external assets

467,809

359,329

1,036,945

47,311

659,756

2,571,150

Customer accounts

628,536

351,422

286,690

63,164

9,675

1,339,487

Adjusted risk-weighted assets

122,679

310,278

282,439

16,881

121,666

853,943

For footnotes, see page 50.


HSBC Holdings plc
30


Global businesses

HSBC adjusted profit before tax and balance sheet data (continued)


Half-year to 31 Dec 2018
 
 
Retail
Banking and
Wealth
Management

Commercial
Banking

Global
Banking and
Markets

Global
Private
Banking

Corporate Centre

Total

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges

12
10,834

7,420

7,230

854

(5
)
26,333

– external

8,155

7,313

8,483

694

1,688

26,333

– inter-segment

2,679

107

(1,253
)
160

(1,693
)

of which: net interest income/(expense)

8,135

5,461

2,768

440

(1,472
)
15,332

Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment (charges)/recoveries

(634
)
(684
)
(70
)
3

28

(1,357
)
Net operating income

10,200

6,736

7,160

857

23

24,976

Total operating expenses

(6,772
)
(3,191
)
(4,653
)
(702
)
(1,232
)
(16,550
)
Operating profit/(loss)

3,428

3,545

2,507

155

(1,209
)
8,426

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

17




1,150

1,167

Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax

3,445

3,545

2,507

155

(59
)
9,593



%

%

%

%

%

%

Share of HSBC’s adjusted profit before tax

35.9

37.0

26.1

1.6

(0.6
)
100.0

Adjusted cost efficiency ratio

62.5

43.0

64.4

82.2

(24,640.0
)
62.8

Adjusted balance sheet data

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Loans and advances to customers (net)

362,262

333,854

245,261

39,265

2,459

983,101

Interests in associates and joint ventures

399




22,043

22,442

Total external assets

477,618

361,369

1,011,691

45,140

663,540

2,559,358

Customer accounts

641,833

358,201

290,964

64,660

8,679

1,364,337

Adjusted risk-weighted assets

126,929

321,717

281,338

16,811

118,826

865,621

For footnotes, see page 50.
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items
Adjusted results reconciliation
 
 
Half-year to
 
 
30 Jun 2019
30 Jun 2018
31 Dec 2018
 
 
Adjusted

Significant items

Reported

Adjusted

Currency translation

Significant items

Reported

Adjusted

Currency translation

Significant items

Reported

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Revenue
12
28,495

877

29,372

26,381

1,160

(254
)
27,287

26,333

75

85

26,493

ECL
 
(1,140
)

(1,140
)
(357
)
(50
)

(407
)
(1,357
)
(3
)

(1,360
)
Operating expenses
 
(16,163
)
(986
)
(17,149
)
(15,615
)
(770
)
(1,164
)
(17,549
)
(16,550
)
(72
)
(488
)
(17,110
)
Share of profit
in associates
and joint ventures
 
1,324


1,324

1,314

67


1,381

1,167

(12
)

1,155

Profit before tax
 
12,516

(109
)
12,407

11,723

407

(1,418
)
10,712

9,593

(12
)
(403
)
9,178

For footnotes, see page 50.
Adjusted balance sheet reconciliation
 
At
 
30 Jun 2019

31 Dec 2018
 
Reported and adjusted

Adjusted

Currency translation

Reported

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

Loans and advances to customers (net)
1,021,632

983,101

(1,405
)
981,696

Interests in associates and joint ventures
23,892

22,442

(35
)
22,407

Total external assets
2,751,273

2,559,358

(1,234
)
2,558,124

Customer accounts
1,380,124

1,364,337

(1,694
)
1,362,643


31
HSBC Holdings plc


Adjusted profit reconciliation
 
 
Half-year to
 
 
30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec

 
 
2019

2018

2018

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

Adjusted profit before tax
 
12,516

11,723

9,593

Significant items
 
(109
)
(1,418
)
(403
)
– customer redress programmes
 
(610
)
(54
)
(39
)
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses
 
827

(145
)
(20
)
– fair value movements on financial instruments
27
50

(152
)
52

– costs of structural reform
28
(91
)
(211
)
(150
)
– restructuring and other related costs
 
(287
)
(24
)
(42
)
– past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation
 


(228
)
– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters
 
2

(841
)
25

– currency translation on significant items
 


9

(1
)
Currency translation
 


407

(12
)
Reported profit before tax
 
12,407

10,712

9,178

For footnotes, see page 50.
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items – global businesses
Supplementary analysis of significant items by global business is presented below.


Half-year to 30 Jun 2019


Retail Banking and Wealth Management

Commercial Banking

Global Banking and Markets

Global Private Banking

Corporate Centre

Total


Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Revenue
12












Reported

11,919

7,816

7,636

924

1,077

29,372

Significant items



70


(947
)
(877
)
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses





(827
)
(827
)
– fair value movements on financial instruments
27


70


(120
)
(50
)
Adjusted

11,919

7,816

7,706

924

130

28,495

ECL

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

(540
)
(494
)
(95
)
(19
)
8

(1,140
)
Adjusted

(540
)
(494
)
(95
)
(19
)
8

(1,140
)
Operating expenses

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

(7,639
)
(3,324
)
(4,907
)
(722
)
(557
)
(17,149
)
Significant items

658

27

120

13

168

986

– costs of structural reform
28

4

29


58

91

– customer redress programmes

615

(1
)
(4
)


610

– restructuring and other related costs

43

24

95

14

111

287

– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters




(1
)
(1
)
(2
)
Adjusted

(6,981
)
(3,297
)
(4,787
)
(709
)
(389
)
(16,163
)
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

43




1,281

1,324

Adjusted

43




1,281

1,324

Profit before tax

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

3,783

3,998

2,634

183

1,809

12,407

Significant items

658

27

190

13

(779
)
109

– revenue



70


(947
)
(877
)
– operating expenses

658

27

120

13

168

986

Adjusted

4,441

4,025

2,824

196

1,030

12,516

Loans and advances to customers (net)

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

376,126

347,387

250,790

45,806

1,523

1,021,632

Adjusted

376,126

347,387

250,790

45,806

1,523

1,021,632

Customer accounts













Reported

660,588

358,735

289,950

62,235

8,616

1,380,124

Adjusted

660,588

358,735

289,950

62,235

8,616

1,380,124

For footnotes, see page 50.

HSBC Holdings plc
32


Global businesses

Reconciliation of reported results to adjusted results – global businesses (continued)


Half-year to 30 Jun 2018


Retail
Banking and Wealth Management

Commercial Banking

Global
Banking and Markets

Global Private Banking

Corporate Centre

Total


Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Revenue
12












Reported

11,058

7,485

8,330

929

(515
)
27,287

Currency translation

(397
)
(301
)
(352
)
(22
)
(88
)
(1,160
)
Significant items

7

(44
)
(62
)

353

254

– customer redress programmes
 

(46
)



(46
)
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses

7




135

142

– fair value movements on financial instruments
27


(65
)

217

152

– currency translation on significant items


2

3


1

6

Adjusted

10,668

7,140

7,916

907

(250
)
26,381

ECL

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

(543
)
(55
)
97

4

90

(407
)
Currency translation

29

18

6


(3
)
50

Adjusted

(514
)
(37
)
103

4

87

(357
)
Operating expenses

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

(7,020
)
(3,281
)
(4,702
)
(787
)
(1,759
)
(17,549
)
Currency translation

332

145

202

21

70

770

Significant items

105

8

(88
)
42

1,097

1,164

  costs of structural reform
28
1

2

16


192

211

– customer redress programmes

94

6




100

– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses




3


3

– restructuring and other related costs
 




24

24

– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters

16


(108
)
41

892

841

  currency translation on significant items

(6
)

4

(2
)
(11
)
(15
)
Adjusted

(6,583
)
(3,128
)
(4,588
)
(724
)
(592
)
(15,615
)
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures













Reported

17




1,364

1,381

Currency translation





(67
)
(67
)
Adjusted

17




1,297

1,314

Profit before tax













Reported

3,512

4,149

3,725

146

(820
)
10,712

Currency translation

(36
)
(138
)
(144
)
(1
)
(88
)
(407
)
Significant items

112

(36
)
(150
)
42

1,450

1,418

– revenue

7

(44
)
(62
)

353

254

– operating expenses

105

8

(88
)
42

1,097

1,164

Adjusted

3,588

3,975

3,431

187

542

11,723

Loans and advances to customers (net)













Reported

351,114

329,300

250,058

40,902

2,069

973,443

Currency translation

(6,085
)
(4,583
)
(3,158
)
(93
)
(57
)
(13,976
)
Adjusted

345,029

324,717

246,900

40,809

2,012

959,467

Customer accounts













Reported

635,598

355,650

291,711

63,593

9,755

1,356,307

Currency translation

(7,062
)
(4,228
)
(5,021
)
(429
)
(80
)
(16,820
)
Adjusted

628,536

351,422

286,690

63,164

9,675

1,339,487

For footnotes, see page 50.

33
HSBC Holdings plc


Reconciliation of reported results to adjusted results – global businesses (continued)


Half-year to 31 Dec 2018


Retail
Banking and Wealth Management

Commercial Banking

Global
Banking and Markets

Global Private Banking

Corporate Centre

Total


Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Revenue
12












Reported
 
10,870

7,453

7,304

861

5

26,493

Currency translation

(38
)
(27
)
(16
)
(2
)
8

(75
)
Significant items

2

(6
)
(58
)
(5
)
(18
)
(85
)
– customer redress programmes


(7
)



(7
)
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses




(5
)
(24
)
(29
)
– fair value movements on financial instruments
27


(57
)

5

(52
)
– currency translation on significant items

2

1

(1
)

1

3

Adjusted

10,834

7,420

7,230

854

(5
)
26,333

ECL

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

(634
)
(684
)
(71
)
4

25

(1,360
)
Currency translation



1

(1
)
3

3

Adjusted

(634
)
(684
)
(70
)
3

28

(1,357
)
Operating expenses

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

(6,882
)
(3,199
)
(4,646
)
(763
)
(1,620
)
(17,110
)
Currency translation

31

14

14

4

9

72

Significant items

79

(6
)
(21
)
57

379

488

– costs of structural reform
28
1

6

25


118

150

– customer redress programmes

79

(11
)
(22
)


46

– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses




49


49

– past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation





228

228

– restructuring and other related costs
 



7

35

42

– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters



(23
)
1

(3
)
(25
)
– currency translation on significant items

(1
)
(1
)
(1
)

1

(2
)
Adjusted

(6,772
)
(3,191
)
(4,653
)
(702
)
(1,232
)
(16,550
)
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

16




1,139

1,155

Currency translation

1




11

12

Adjusted

17




1,150

1,167

Profit before tax

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

3,370

3,570

2,587

102

(451
)
9,178

Currency translation

(6
)
(13
)
(1
)
1

31

12

Significant items

81

(12
)
(79
)
52

361

403

– revenue

2

(6
)
(58
)
(5
)
(18
)
(85
)
– operating expenses

79

(6
)
(21
)
57

379

488

Adjusted

3,445

3,545

2,507

155

(59
)
9,593

Loans and advances to customers (net)

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

361,872

333,162

244,978

39,217

2,467

981,696

Currency translation

390

692

283

48

(8
)
1,405

Adjusted

362,262

333,854

245,261

39,265

2,459

983,101

Customer accounts

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

640,924

357,596

290,914

64,658

8,551

1,362,643

Currency translation

909

605

50

2

128

1,694

Adjusted

641,833

358,201

290,964

64,660

8,679

1,364,337

For footnotes, see page 50.


HSBC Holdings plc
34


Global businesses

Reconciliation of reported and adjusted risk-weighted assets
 
At 30 Jun 2019
 
Retail
Banking and
Wealth
Management

Commercial
Banking

Global
Banking and
Markets

Global Private
Banking

Corporate Centre

Total

 
$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

Risk-weighted assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported
129.0

327.6

284.5

16.5

128.4

886.0

Disposals




(0.8
)
(0.8
)
– operations in Brazil




(0.8
)
(0.8
)
Adjusted
129.0

327.6

284.5

16.5

127.6

885.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 30 Jun 2018
Risk-weighted assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported
124.1

315.1

284.5

17.0

124.8

865.5

Currency translation
(1.4
)
(4.8
)
(2.1
)
(0.1
)
(0.5
)
(8.9
)
Disposals




(2.7
)
(2.7
)
– operations in Brazil




(2.7
)
(2.7
)
Adjusted
122.7

310.3

282.4

16.9

121.6

853.9

 
At 31 Dec 2018
Risk-weighted assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported
126.9

321.2

281.0

16.8

119.4

865.3

Currency translation

0.5

0.3


0.3

1.1

Disposals




(0.8
)
(0.8
)
– operations in Brazil




(0.8
)
(0.8
)
Adjusted
126.9

321.7

281.3

16.8

118.9

865.6

Supplementary tables for RBWM and GPB
RBWM adjusted performance by business unit
A breakdown of RBWM by business unit is presented below to reflect the basis of how the revenue performance of the business units is assessed and managed.
RBWM – summary (adjusted basis)
 
 
Consists of
 
 
Total
RBWM

Banking
operations

Insurance manufacturing

Asset
management

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

Half-year to 30 Jun 2019
 
 
 
 
 
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
12
11,919

9,939

1,459

521

– net interest income
 
8,155

7,118

1,042

(5
)
– net fee income/(expense)
 
2,498

2,390

(376
)
484

– other income
 
1,266

431

793

42

ECL
 
(540
)
(538
)
(2
)

Net operating income
 
11,379

9,401

1,457

521

Total operating expenses
 
(6,981
)
(6,356
)
(246
)
(379
)
Operating profit
 
4,398

3,045

1,211

142

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
 
43

7

36


Profit before tax
 
4,441

3,052

1,247

142

 
 
 
 
 
 
Half-year to 30 Jun 2018
 
 
 
 
 
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other
credit risk provisions
12
10,668

9,170

964

534

– net interest income
 
7,389

6,408

983

(2
)
– net fee income/(expense)
 
2,703

2,469

(300
)
534

– other income
 
576

293

281

2

ECL
 
(514
)
(515
)
1


Net operating income
 
10,154

8,655

965

534

Total operating expenses
 
(6,583
)
(6,027
)
(208
)
(348
)
Operating profit
 
3,571

2,628

757

186

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
 
17


17


Profit before tax
 
3,588

2,628

774

186


35
HSBC Holdings plc


RBWM – summary (adjusted basis) (continued)

 
 
Consists of
 
 
Total
RBWM

Banking
operations

Insurance manufacturing

Asset
management

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

Half-year to 31 Dec 2018
 
 
 
 
 
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other
credit risk provisions
12
10,834

9,502

824

508

– net interest income
 
8,135

7,087

1,050

(2
)
– net fee income/(expense)
 
2,396

2,169

(271
)
498

– other income
 
303

246

45

12

ECL
 
(634
)
(631
)
(3
)

Net operating income
 
10,200

8,871

821

508

Total operating expenses
 
(6,772
)
(6,163
)
(252
)
(357
)
Operating profit
 
3,428

2,708

569

151

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
 
17

2

15


Profit before tax
 
3,445

2,710

584

151

For footnotes, see page 50.
RBWM insurance manufacturing adjusted revenue of $1,459m (1H18: $964m, 2H18: $824m) was disclosed within the management view of adjusted revenue on page 11, as follows: Wealth Management $1,383m (1H18: $899m, 2H18: $732m) and Other $76m (1H18: $65m, 2H18 $92m).

RBWM Insurance manufacturing adjusted results
The following table shows the results of our insurance manufacturing operations by income statement line item. It shows
 
the results of insurance manufacturing operations for RBWM and for all global business segments in aggregate, and separately the insurance distribution income earned by HSBC bank channels.
Adjusted results of insurance manufacturing operations and insurance distribution income earned by HSBC bank channels29
 
 
Half-year to
 
 
30 Jun
30 Jun
31 Dec
 
 
2019
2018
2018
 
 
RBWM

All global businesses

RBWM

All global businesses

RBWM

All global businesses

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Net interest income
 
1,042

1,128

983

1,065

1,050

1,140

Net fee income
 
(376
)
(415
)
(300
)
(304
)
(271
)
(256
)
– fee income
 
50

62

95

146

86

128

– fee expense
 
(426
)
(477
)
(395
)
(450
)
(357
)
(384
)
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
 
(68
)
(64
)
(13
)
64

82

128

Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss
 
2,244

2,244

(187
)
(265
)
(1,289
)
(1,295
)
Gains less losses from financial investments
 
1

3

41

40

17

17

Net insurance premium income
 
5,860

6,355

5,305

5,667

4,777

4,906

Other operating income
 
921

955

355

402

355

361

Of which: PVIF
 
876

912

329

361

309

679

Total operating income
 
9,624

10,206

6,184

6,669

4,721

5,001

Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders
 
(8,165
)
(8,653
)
(5,220
)
(5,551
)
(3,897
)
(4,100
)
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
 
1,459

1,553

964

1,118

824

901

Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
 
(2
)
(2
)
1

1

(3
)
(3
)
Net operating income
 
1,457

1,551

965

1,119

821

898

Total operating expenses
 
(246
)
(241
)
(208
)
(219
)
(252
)
(264
)
Operating profit
 
1,211

1,310

757

900

569

634

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
 
36

27

17

17

15

15

Profit before tax of insurance manufacturing operations
30
1,247

1,337

774

917

584

649

Annualised new business premiums of insurance manufacturing operations
 
1,931

2,000

1,751

1,812

1,406

1,423

Insurance distribution income earned by HSBC bank channels
 
505

581

501

577

424

464

For footnotes, see page 50.
Insurance manufacturing
The following commentary, unless otherwise specified, relates to the ‘All global businesses’ results.
HSBC recognises the present value of long-term in-force insurance contracts and investment contracts with discretionary participation features (‘PVIF’) as an asset on the balance sheet. The overall balance sheet equity, including PVIF, is therefore a measure of the embedded value in the insurance manufacturing entities, and the movement in this embedded value in the period drives the overall income statement result.
Adjusted profit before tax of $1.3bn increased by $0.4bn or 46% compared with 1H18.
 
Adjusted revenue was $0.4bn or 39% higher than in 1H18. This reflected the following:
‘Net income from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss’ of $2.2bn in 1H19 compared with a net expense of $0.3bn in 1H18, primarily due to favourable equity market performances in Hong Kong, France and Singapore. This positive movement resulted in a corresponding movement in liabilities to policyholders and PVIF (see ‘Other operating income’ below), reflecting the extent to which policyholders participate in the investment performance of the associated asset portfolios.

HSBC Holdings plc
36


Global businesses

Net insurance premium income of $6.4bn was $0.7bn higher compared with 1H18. This was driven by higher new business volumes, particularly in Hong Kong and France, partly offset by higher reinsurance premiums ceded in Hong Kong.
Other operating income of $1.0bn increased by $0.6bn compared with 1H18, mainly from favourable movements in PVIF. This reflected an increase in assumption changes and experience variances of $0.5bn, primarily in Hong Kong due to the effect of interest rate changes on the valuation of the liabilities under insurance contracts, and a $0.1bn increase of the value of new business written in 1H19 compared with 1H18.
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders of $8.7bn were $3.1bn higher than 1H18. This was primarily due to higher returns on financial assets supporting contracts where the policyholder is subject to part or all of the investment risk. The increase also reflected the impact of higher new business volumes in Hong Kong and France, partly offset by higher reinsurance ceded in Hong Kong.
 
Adjusted operating expenses of $0.2bn increased by $22m or 10% compared with 1H18, reflecting investment in core insurance functions and capabilities, including preparation for the implementation of IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’.
Annualised new business premiums (‘ANP’) is used to assess new insurance premium generation by the business. It is calculated as 100% of annualised first year regular premiums and 10% of single premiums, before reinsurance ceded. Growth in ANP during the period reflected new business growth, mainly in Hong Kong and France.
Insurance distribution income from HSBC channels included $382m (1H18: $365m; 2H18: $288m) on HSBC manufactured products, for which a corresponding fee expense is recognised within insurance manufacturing, and $199m (1H18: $212m; 2H18: $177m) on products manufactured by third-party providers. The RBWM component of this distribution income was $329m (1H18: $314m; 2H18: $268m) from HSBC manufactured products and $176m (1H18: $187m; 2H18: $156m) from third-party products.
Asset Management: Funds under management
The following table shows the funds under management of our Asset Management business. Funds under management represents assets managed either actively or passively, on behalf of our customers.
Asset Management – reported funds under management
 
Half-year to
 
30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec

 
2019

2018

2018

 
$bn

$bn

$bn

Opening balance
444

462

456

Net new money
31

4

4

Value change
20

(4
)
(10
)
Exchange and other

(6
)
(6
)
Closing balance
495

456

444

 
 
 
 
Asset Management – reported funds under management by geography
 
At
 
30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec

 
2019

2018

2018

 
$bn

$bn

$bn

Europe
271

246

235

Asia
178

167

164

MENA
2

2

2

North America
37

34

36

Latin America
7

7

7

Closing balance
495

456

444

GPB client assets
For GPB, a key measure of business performance is client assets, which is presented below.
GPB – reported client assets
 
 
 
Half-year to
 
 
30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec

 
 
2019

2018

2018

 
 
$bn

$bn

$bn

Opening balance
 
309

330

330

Net new money
 
14

6

3

Value change
 
15

(3
)
(14
)
Exchange and other
 
3

(3
)

Closing balance
 
341

330

309

GPB – reported client assets by geography
 
At
 
30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec

 
2019

2018

2018

 
$bn

$bn

$bn

Europe
160

161

149

Asia
143

131

124

North America
38

38

36

Closing balance
341

330

309


37
HSBC Holdings plc


Geographical regions
 
Page
Analysis of reported results by geographical regions
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items – geographical regions
Analysis by country
Analysis of reported results by geographical regions
HSBC reported profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data
 
 
Half-year to 30 Jun 2019
 
 
Europe

Asia

MENA

North America

Latin America

Intra-HSBC
items

Total

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Net interest income
 
3,309

8,182

897

1,685

1,076

91

15,240

Net fee income
 
1,869

2,765

326

903

261


6,124

Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis

 
1,837

2,352

175

412

403

152

5,331

Net income from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss

 
1,056

1,117



23


2,196

Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss

 
596

14

1

15

75

(244
)
457

Other income
31
585

1,029

844

350

62

(2,846
)
24

Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
12
9,252

15,459

2,243

3,365

1,900

(2,847
)
29,372

Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges

 
(536
)
(260
)
(49
)
(60
)
(235
)

(1,140
)
Net operating income
 
8,716

15,199

2,194

3,305

1,665

(2,847
)
28,232

Total operating expenses
 
(9,244
)
(6,490
)
(694
)
(2,559
)
(1,009
)
2,847

(17,149
)
Operating profit/(loss)
 
(528
)
8,709

1,500

746

656


11,083

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
 
8

1,071

236


9


1,324

Profit/(loss) before tax
 
(520
)
9,780

1,736

746

665


12,407

 
 
%

%

%

%

%

 
%

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax
 
(4.2
)
78.8

14.0

6.0

5.4

 
100.0

Cost efficiency ratio
 
99.9

42.0

30.9

76.0

53.1

 
58.4

Balance sheet data
 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Loans and advances to customers (net)
 
383,363

473,627

28,509

112,693

23,440


1,021,632

Total assets
 
1,235,615

1,101,387

61,771

436,742

53,919

(138,161
)
2,751,273

Customer accounts
 
504,386

677,289

36,593

135,400

26,456


1,380,124

Risk-weighted assets
32
309,378

371,747

57,530

133,448

40,254



885,971

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Half-year to 30 Jun 2018
Net interest income
 
3,527

7,821

864

1,747

1,039

102

15,100

Net fee income
 
2,110

3,139

320

930

268


6,767

Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis


1,926

1,981

147

456

384

(11
)
4,883

Net expense from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss

 
(141
)
(79
)


(2
)

(222
)
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss

 
424

(16
)
(1
)
19

10

(91
)
345

Other income/(expense)
31
1,025

1,666

26

260

(103
)
(2,460
)
414

Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
12
8,871

14,512

1,356

3,412

1,596

(2,460
)
27,287

Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges/(recoveries)
 
(187
)
(116
)
(103
)
234

(235
)

(407
)
Net operating income
 
8,684

14,396

1,253

3,646

1,361

(2,460
)
26,880

Total operating expenses
 
(8,592
)
(6,110
)
(686
)
(3,604
)
(1,017
)
2,460

(17,549
)
Operating profit
 
92

8,286

567

42

344


9,331

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
 
18

1,094

269




1,381

Profit before tax
 
110

9,380

836

42

344


10,712

 
 
%

%

%

%

%

 
%

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax
 
1.0

87.6

7.8

0.4

3.2

 
100.0

Cost efficiency ratio
 
96.9

42.1

50.6

105.6

63.7

 
64.3

Balance sheet data
 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Loans and advances to customers (net)
 
374,264

445,692

29,106

104,361

20,020


973,443

Total assets
 
1,198,988

1,042,326

57,336

417,317

48,201

(156,854
)
2,607,314

Customer accounts
 
507,066

656,620

34,207

135,736

22,678


1,356,307

Risk-weighted assets
32
301,253

363,977

58,043

132,970

36,991


865,467


HSBC Holdings plc
38


Geographical regions

HSBC reported profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data (continued)
 
 
Half-year to 31 Dec 2018
 
 
Europe

Asia

MENA

North America

Latin
America

Intra-HSBC
items

Total

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Net interest income
 
3,314

8,287

899

1,774

981

134

15,389

Net fee income
 
1,886

2,537

287

924

230

(11
)
5,853

Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis

 
2,016

2,153

138

272

352

(283
)
4,648

Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss

 
(648
)
(638
)


20


(1,266
)
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss

 
177

(10
)

17

17

149

350

Other income/(expense)
31
2,088

1,943

7

326

(134
)
(2,711
)
1,519

Net operating income before change in the expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
12
8,833

14,272

1,331

3,313

1,466

(2,722
)
26,493

Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
 
(422
)
(486
)
(106
)
(11
)
(335
)

(1,360
)
Net operating income
 
8,411

13,786

1,225

3,302

1,131

(2,722
)
25,133

Total operating expenses
 
(9,342
)
(6,356
)
(671
)
(2,545
)
(918
)
2,722

(17,110
)
Operating profit/(loss)
 
(931
)
7,430

554

757

213


8,023

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
 
6

980

167


2


1,155

Profit/(loss) before tax
 
(925
)
8,410

721

757

215


9,178

 
 
%

%

%

%

%

 
%

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax
 
(10.1
)
91.7

7.9

8.2

2.3

 
100.0

Cost efficiency ratio
 
105.8

44.5

50.4

76.8

62.6

 
64.6

Balance sheet data
 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Loans and advances to customers (net)
 
373,073

450,545

28,824

108,146

21,108


981,696

Total assets
 
1,150,235

1,047,636

57,455

390,410

51,923

(139,535
)
2,558,124

Customer accounts
 
503,154

664,824

35,408

133,291

25,966


1,362,643

Risk-weighted assets
32
298,056

363,894

56,689

131,582

38,341


865,318

For footnotes, see page 50.

39
HSBC Holdings plc


Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items – geographical regions
Reconciliation of reported results to adjusted results – geographical regions and selected countries/territories


Half-year to 30 Jun 2019


Europe

Asia

MENA

North
America

Latin
America

Total


Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Revenue
12












Reported
33
9,252

15,459

2,243

3,365

1,900

29,372

Significant items

(107
)
40

(828
)
8

10

(877
)
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses



(828
)

1

(827
)
– fair value movements on financial instruments
27
(107
)
40


8

9

(50
)
Adjusted
33
9,145

15,499

1,415

3,373

1,910

28,495

ECL













Reported

(536
)
(260
)
(49
)
(60
)
(235
)
(1,140
)
Adjusted

(536
)
(260
)
(49
)
(60
)
(235
)
(1,140
)
Operating expenses













Reported
33
(9,244
)
(6,490
)
(694
)
(2,559
)
(1,009
)
(17,149
)
Significant items

888

47

5

34

12

986

– costs of structural reform
28
90

1




91

– customer redress programmes

610





610

– restructuring and other related costs

189

47

5

34

12

287

– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters

(1
)
(1
)



(2
)
Adjusted
33
(8,356
)
(6,443
)
(689
)
(2,525
)
(997
)
(16,163
)
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures













Reported

8

1,071

236


9

1,324

Adjusted

8

1,071

236


9

1,324

Profit/(loss) before tax













Reported

(520
)
9,780

1,736

746

665

12,407

Significant items

781

87

(823
)
42

22

109

– revenue

(107
)
40

(828
)
8

10

(877
)
– operating expenses

888

47

5

34

12

986

Adjusted

261

9,867

913

788

687

12,516

Loans and advances to customers (net)













Reported

383,363

473,627

28,509

112,693

23,440

1,021,632

Adjusted

383,363

473,627

28,509

112,693

23,440

1,021,632

Customer accounts













Reported

504,386

677,289

36,593

135,400

26,456

1,380,124

Adjusted

504,386

677,289

36,593

135,400

26,456

1,380,124

For footnotes, see page 50.

HSBC Holdings plc
40


Geographical regions

Reconciliation of reported results to adjusted results – geographical regions and selected countries/territories (continued)
 

 
Half-year to 30 Jun 2019

 
UK

Hong
Kong

Mainland China

US

Mexico


Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Revenue
12










Reported
 
6,758

9,935

1,598

2,398

1,271

Significant items
 
(110
)
29

1

7

7

– fair value movement on financial instruments
27
(110
)
29

1

7

7

Adjusted
 
6,648

9,964

1,599

2,405

1,278

ECL
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported
 
(429
)
(134
)
(67
)
(36
)
(198
)
Adjusted
 
(429
)
(134
)
(67
)
(36
)
(198
)
Operating expenses
 










Reported
 
(7,590
)
(3,405
)
(1,038
)
(1,989
)
(686
)
Significant items
 
810

21

2

26

5

– costs of structural reform
28
59

1




– customer redress programmes
 
610





– restructuring and other related costs
 
142

21

2

26

5

– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters
 
(1
)
(1
)



Adjusted
 
(6,780
)
(3,384
)
(1,036
)
(1,963
)
(681
)
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported
 
8

23

1,031


9

Adjusted
 
8

23

1,031


9

Profit/(loss) before tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported
 
(1,253
)
6,419

1,524

373

396

Significant items
 
700

50

3

33

12

– revenue
 
(110
)
29

1

7

7

– operating expenses
 
810

21

2

26

5

Adjusted
 
(553
)
6,469

1,527

406

408

Loans and advances to customers (net)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported
 
291,955

304,431

42,657

67,039

20,135

Adjusted
 
291,955

304,431

42,657

67,039

20,135

Customer accounts
 










Reported
 
398,857

487,948

45,409

82,260

20,437

Adjusted
 
398,857

487,948

45,409

82,260

20,437

For footnotes, see page 50.

41
HSBC Holdings plc


Reconciliation of reported results to adjusted results – geographical regions and selected countries/territories (continued)
 


Half-year to 30 Jun 2018


Europe

Asia

MENA

North
America

Latin
America

Total


Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Revenue
12
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported
33
8,871

14,512

1,356

3,412

1,596

27,287

Currency translation
33
(618
)
(280
)
(38
)
(35
)
(234
)
(1,160
)
Significant items

145

(19
)
(1
)
96

33

254

– customer redress programmes
 
(46
)




(46
)
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses




103

39

142

– fair value movements on financial instruments
27
187

(20
)
(2
)
(7
)
(6
)
152

– currency translation on significant items

4

1

1



6

Adjusted
33
8,398

14,213

1,317

3,473

1,395

26,381

ECL

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

(187
)
(116
)
(103
)
234

(235
)
(407
)
Currency translation

13

6

12

(2
)
21

50

Adjusted

(174
)
(110
)
(91
)
232

(214
)
(357
)
Operating expenses

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported
33
(8,592
)
(6,110
)
(686
)
(3,604
)
(1,017
)
(17,549
)
Currency translation
33
458

155

27

21

154

770

Significant items

197

1


966


1,164

– costs of structural reform
28
209

2




211

– customer redress programmes

100





100

– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses

3





3

– restructuring and other related costs
 
21



3


24

– settlement and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters

(120
)
(2
)

963


841

– currency translation on significant items

(16
)
1




(15
)
Adjusted
33
(7,937
)
(5,954
)
(659
)
(2,617
)
(863
)
(15,615
)
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

18

1,094

269



1,381

Currency translation

(1
)
(66
)



(67
)
Adjusted

17

1,028

269



1,314

Profit before tax

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

110

9,380

836

42

344

10,712

Currency translation

(148
)
(185
)
1

(16
)
(59
)
(407
)
Significant items

342

(18
)
(1
)
1,062

33

1,418

– revenue

145

(19
)
(1
)
96

33

254

– operating expenses

197

1


966


1,164

Adjusted

304

9,177

836

1,088

318

11,723

Loans and advances to customers (net)

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

374,264

445,692

29,106

104,361

20,020

973,443

Currency translation

(11,126
)
(1,940
)
(575
)
267

(602
)
(13,976
)
Adjusted

363,138

443,752

28,531

104,628

19,418

959,467

Customer accounts

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

507,066

656,620

34,207

135,736

22,678

1,356,307

Currency translation

(15,228
)
(652
)
(440
)
287

(787
)
(16,820
)
Adjusted

491,838

655,968

33,767

136,023

21,891

1,339,487

For footnotes, see page 50.

HSBC Holdings plc
42


Geographical regions

Reconciliation of reported results to adjusted results – geographical regions and selected countries/territories (continued)
 
 
 
Half-year to 30 Jun 2018
 
 
UK

Hong
Kong

Mainland China

US

Mexico

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Revenue
12
 
 
 
 
 
Reported
 
6,813

9,155

1,458

2,422

1,109

Currency translation
 
(476
)
(6
)
(89
)

(5
)
Significant items
 
147

7


97

(4
)
– customer redress programmes
 
(46
)




– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses
 



103


– fair value movements on financial instruments
27
189

7


(6
)
(4
)
– currency translation on significant items
 
4





Adjusted
 
6,484

9,156

1,369

2,519

1,100

ECL
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported
 
(156
)
(20
)
(35
)
196

(195
)
Currency translation
 
11


3


1

Adjusted
 
(145
)
(20
)
(32
)
196

(194
)
Operating expenses
 





Reported
 
(6,768
)
(3,179
)
(948
)
(2,989
)
(645
)
Currency translation
 
340

2

59


2

Significant items
 
125

1


911


– costs of structural reform
28
178

2




– customer redress programmes
 
100





– restructuring and other related costs
 
21



3


– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters
 
(164
)
(1
)

908


– currency translation on significant items
 
(10
)




Adjusted
 
(6,303
)
(3,176
)
(889
)
(2,078
)
(643
)
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
 







Reported
 
18

20

1,073



Currency translation
 
(1
)

(67
)


Adjusted
 
17

20

1,006



Profit/(loss) before tax
 







Reported
 
(93
)
5,976

1,549

(370
)
268

Currency translation
 
(126
)
(4
)
(94
)

(2
)
Significant items
 
272

8


1,008

(4
)
– revenue
 
147

7


97

(4
)
– operating expenses
 
125

1


911


Adjusted
 
53

5,980

1,455

638

262

Loans and advances to customers (net)
 










Reported
 
290,469

283,265

41,128

62,057

16,134

Currency translation
 
(9,668
)
1,346

(1,485
)

417

Adjusted
 
280,801

284,611

39,643

62,057

16,551

Customer accounts
 










Reported
 
404,129

477,728

42,100

84,541

17,784

Currency translation
 
(13,451
)
2,270

(1,521
)

460

Adjusted
 
390,678

479,998

40,579

84,541

18,244

For footnotes, see page 50.


43
HSBC Holdings plc


Reconciliation of reported results to adjusted results – geographical regions and selected countries/territories (continued)
 


Half-year to 31 Dec 2018


Europe

Asia

MENA

North
America

Latin
America

Total


Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Revenue
12
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported
33
8,833

14,272

1,331

3,313

1,466

26,493

Currency translation
33
(44
)
28

8

(13
)
(54
)
(75
)
Significant items

(41
)
(17
)

1

(28
)
(85
)
– customer redress programmes

(7
)




(7
)
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses

(5
)



(24
)
(29
)
– fair value movements on financial instruments
27
(31
)
(18
)
1

(1
)
(3
)
(52
)
– currency translation on significant items

2

1

(1
)
2

(1
)
3

Adjusted
33
8,748

14,283

1,339

3,301

1,384

26,333

ECL

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

(422
)
(486
)
(106
)
(11
)
(335
)
(1,360
)
Currency translation

(1
)
(4
)
(5
)
1

12

3

Adjusted

(423
)
(490
)
(111
)
(10
)
(323
)
(1,357
)
Operating expenses

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported
33
(9,342
)
(6,356
)
(671
)
(2,545
)
(918
)
(17,110
)
Currency translation
33
41

(24
)
(1
)
6

50

72

Significant items

465

14


9


488

– costs of structural reform
28
143

7




150

– customer redress programmes

46





46

– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses

49





49

– past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation

228





228

– restructuring and other related costs
 
25

7


10


42

– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters

(27
)
2




(25
)
– currency translation on significant items

1

(2
)

(1
)

(2
)
Adjusted
33
(8,836
)
(6,366
)
(672
)
(2,530
)
(868
)
(16,550
)
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures













Reported

6

980

167


2

1,155

Currency translation

1

11




12

Adjusted

7

991

167


2

1,167

Profit/(loss) before tax

 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported

(925
)
8,410

721

757

215

9,178

Currency translation

(3
)
11

2

(6
)
8

12

Significant items

424

(3
)

10

(28
)
403

– revenue

(41
)
(17
)

1

(28
)
(85
)
– operating expenses

465

14


9


488

Adjusted

(504
)
8,418

723

761

195

9,593

Loans and advances to customers (net)













Reported

373,073

450,545

28,824

108,146

21,108

981,696

Currency translation

(1,374
)
1,048

(86
)
1,676

141

1,405

Adjusted

371,699

451,593

28,738

109,822

21,249

983,101

Customer accounts













Reported

503,154

664,824

35,408

133,291

25,966

1,362,643

Currency translation

(1,716
)
1,717

(25
)
1,754

(36
)
1,694

Adjusted

501,438

666,541

35,383

135,045

25,930

1,364,337

For footnotes, see page 50.

HSBC Holdings plc
44


Geographical regions

Reconciliation of reported results to adjusted results – geographical regions and selected countries/territories (continued)
 

 
Half-year to 31 Dec 2018


UK

Hong
Kong

Mainland China

US

Mexico


Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Revenue
12
 
 



Reported

6,784

9,076

1,430

2,319

1,185

Currency translation

(12
)
(6
)
15


15

Significant items

(35
)
(2
)
(1
)

(2
)
– customer redress programmes

(7
)




– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses






– fair value movement on financial instruments
27
(27
)
(2
)
(1
)

(3
)
– currency translation on significant items

(1
)



1

Adjusted

6,737

9,068

1,444

2,319

1,198

ECL











Reported

(360
)
(194
)
(108
)
3

(268
)
Currency translation

1


(2
)

(4
)
Adjusted

(359
)
(194
)
(110
)
3

(272
)
Operating expenses











Reported

(7,734
)
(3,360
)
(972
)
(1,998
)
(658
)
Currency translation

9

2

(11
)

(8
)
Significant items

392

14


8


– costs of structural reform
28
116

7




– customer redress programmes

46





– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses






– past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation

228





– restructuring and other related costs

18

7


8


– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters

(12
)
1




– currency translation on significant items

(4
)
(1
)



Adjusted

(7,333
)
(3,344
)
(983
)
(1,990
)
(666
)
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures











Reported

7

16

960



Currency translation


(1
)
11



Adjusted

7

15

971



Profit/(loss) before tax











Reported

(1,303
)
5,538

1,310

324

259

Currency translation

(2
)
(5
)
13


3

Significant items

357

12

(1
)
8

(2
)
– revenue

(35
)
(2
)
(1
)

(2
)
– operating expenses

392

14


8


Adjusted

(948
)
5,545

1,322

332

260

Loans and advances to customers (net)











Reported

287,144

290,547

38,979

64,011

17,895

Currency translation

(1,055
)
865

55


438

Adjusted

286,089

291,412

39,034

64,011

18,333

Customer accounts











Reported

399,487

484,897

45,712

82,523

19,936

Currency translation

(1,471
)
1,443

64


493

Adjusted

398,016

486,340

45,776

82,523

20,429

For footnotes, see page 50.


45
HSBC Holdings plc


Analysis by country
Profit/(loss) before tax by priority growth market within global businesses

 
Retail
Banking and
Wealth
Management

Commercial
Banking

Global Banking
and Markets

Global Private
Banking

Corporate
Centre



Total


Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Europe
 
(260
)
909

(172
)
(7
)
(990
)
(520
)
– UK
34
(280
)
742

(220
)
(27
)
(1,468
)
(1,253
)
of which: HSBC Holdings
35
(265
)
(210
)
(219
)
(47
)
263

(478
)
– France
 
7

88

(67
)
5

(28
)
5

– Germany
 
6

8

30

2

7

53

– Switzerland
 

2

(1
)
2

8

11

– other
 
7

69

86

11

491

664

Asia
 
3,680

2,338

1,921

194

1,647

9,780

– Hong Kong
 
3,448

1,703

853

186

229

6,419

– Australia
 
53

49

82

(1
)
20

203

– India
 
30

98

233


151

512

– Indonesia
 
3

28

65


33

129

– mainland China
 

172

226

(3
)
1,129

1,524

– Malaysia
 
39

37

95


10

181

– Singapore
 
60

54

114

11

29

268

– Taiwan
 
25

14

47


4

90

– other
 
22

183

206

1

42

454

Middle East and North Africa
 
112

166

374

2

1,082

1,736

– Egypt
 
20

32

121


32

205

– UAE
 
78

44

117

2

(37
)
204

– Saudi Arabia
 




1,063

1,063

– other
 
14

90

136


24

264

North America
 
(63
)
417

314

(6
)
84

746

– US
 
(107
)
194

244

(6
)
48

373

– Canada
 
13

205

52


30

300

– other
 
31

18

18


6

73

Latin America
 
314

168

197


(14
)
665

– Mexico
 
174

108

98


16

396

– other
 
140

60

99


(30
)
269

Half-year to 30 Jun 2019
 
3,783

3,998

2,634

183

1,809

12,407

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe
 
186

1,261

641

(61
)
(1,917
)
110

– UK
34
185

1,082

473

3

(1,836
)
(93
)
of which: HSBC Holdings
35
(314
)
(193
)
(154
)
(44
)
(1,168
)
(1,873
)
– France
 
(5
)
77

(15
)
6

(64
)
(1
)
– Germany
 
8

39

54

5

(5
)
101

– Switzerland
 
(1
)
2


(65
)
18

(46
)
– other
 
(1
)
61

129

(10
)
(30
)
149

Asia
 
3,218

2,216

2,018

198

1,730

9,380

– Hong Kong
 
3,067

1,621

915

177

196

5,976

– Australia
 
48

56

83


31

218

– India
 
2

77

187


169

435

– Indonesia
 
(1
)
36

43


19

97

– mainland China
 
(68
)
145

299

(2
)
1,175

1,549

– Malaysia
 
61

39

93


20

213

– Singapore
 
40

47

116

22

52

277

– Taiwan
 
43

12

71


19

145

– other
 
26

183

211

1

49

470

Middle East and North Africa
 
71

70

377

4

314

836

– Egypt
 
11

38

99


20

168

– UAE
 
60

33

159

4

(2
)
254

– Saudi Arabia
 




269

269

– other
 

(1
)
119


27

145

North America
 
(54
)
503

490

5

(902
)
42

– US
 
(103
)
241

461

6

(975
)
(370
)
– Canada
 
17

240

67


65

389

– other
 
32

22

(38
)
(1
)
8

23

Latin America
 
91

99

199


(45
)
344

– Mexico
 
103

56

103


6

268

– other
 
(12
)
43

96


(51
)
76

Half-year to 30 Jun 2018
 
3,512

4,149

3,725

146

(820
)
10,712

For footnotes, see page 50.

HSBC Holdings plc
46


Geographical regions

Profit/(loss) before tax by priority growth market within global businesses (continued)
 
 
Retail
Banking and
Wealth
Management

Commercial
Banking

Global Banking
and Markets

Global Private
Banking

Corporate
Centre



Total

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Europe
 
254

1,028

49

(61
)
(2,195
)
(925
)
– UK
34
291

819

(64
)
20

(2,369
)
(1,303
)
of which: HSBC Holdings
35
(330
)
(235
)
(240
)
(33
)
280

(558
)
– France
 
(51
)
93

23

10

(37
)
38

– Germany
 
6

46

45

3


100

– Switzerland
 

3

(1
)
(35
)
2

(31
)
– other
 
8

67

46

(59
)
209

271

Asia
 
2,972

1,960

1,755

155

1,568

8,410

– Hong Kong
 
2,884

1,493

755

156

250

5,538

– Australia
 
67

64

102

(1
)
13

245

– India
 
18

66

200


106

390

– Indonesia
 

(23
)
48


(18
)
7

– mainland China
 
(132
)
117

267

(2
)
1,059

1,309

– Malaysia
 
69

43

39


10

161

– Singapore
 
35

51

114

3

11

214

– Taiwan
 
12

11

46


11

80

– other
 
19

138

184

(1
)
126

466

Middle East and North Africa
 
111

38

356

3

213

721

– Egypt
 
23

16

103


23

165

– UAE
 
52

25

137

3

2

219

– Saudi Arabia
 




167

167

– other
 
36

(3
)
116


21

170

North America
 
(42
)
465

248

6

80

757

– US
 
(102
)
232

163

17

13

323

– Canada
 
38

215

72


51

376

– other
 
22

18

13

(11
)
16

58

Latin America
 
75

79

179

(1
)
(117
)
215

– Mexico
 
91

58

94


17

260

– other
 
(16
)
21

85

(1
)
(134
)
(45
)
Half-year to 31 Dec 2018
 
3,370

3,570

2,587

102

(451
)
9,178

For footnotes, see page 50.

47
HSBC Holdings plc


Reconciliations of return on equity and return on tangible equity
Return on Equity and Return on Tangible Equity
 
Half-year ended 30 Jun
Year ended 31 Dec

 
2019

2018

2018

 
$m

$m

$m

Profit
 
 
 
Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company
8,507

7,173

12,608

Increase in PVIF (net of tax)
(638
)
(243
)
(506
)
Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders, excluding PVIF
7,869

6,930

12,012

Significant items (net of tax), bank levy and other adjustments
(48
)
1,362

2,590

Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders, excluding PVIF, significant items and UK bank levy

7,821

8,292

14,692

Equity
 
 
 
Average ordinary shareholders’ equity
165,258

165,733

163,483

Effect of goodwill, PVIF and other intangibles (net of deferred tax)
(22,943
)
(22,038
)
(22,102
)
Average tangible equity
142,315

143,695

141,381

Fair value of own debt, DVA and other adjustments
1,140

2,130

2,439

Average tangible equity excluding fair value of own debt, DVA and other adjustments

143,455

145,825

143,820

 
%

%

%

Ratio
 
 
 
Return on equity
10.4

8.7

7.7

Return on tangible equity
11.2

9.7

8.6

Return on tangible equity excluding significant items and UK bank levy
11.0

11.5

10.2






HSBC Holdings plc
48


Geographical regions

Return on tangible equity by global business
 
Half-year ended 30 Jun 2019
 
Retail Banking and Wealth Management

Commercial Banking

Global Banking and Markets

Global Private Banking

Corporate Centre

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Profit before tax
3,783

3,998

2,634

183

1,809

12,407

Tax expense
(675
)
(851
)
(523
)
(30
)
(391
)
(2,470
)
Profit after tax
3,108

3,147

2,111

153

1,418

9,937

Less attributable to: preference shareholders, other equity holders, non-controlling interests
(442
)
(445
)
(341
)
(11
)
(191
)
(1,430
)
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company
2,666

2,702

1,770

142

1,227

8,507

Increase in PVIF (net of tax)
(611
)
(25
)

(1
)
(1
)
(638
)
Significant items (net of tax) and UK bank levy
481

20

144

11

(649
)
7

Balance Sheet Management allocation and other adjustments
272

290

440

32

(1,089
)
(55
)
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders, excluding PVIF, significant items and UK bank levy
2,808

2,987

2,354

184

(512
)
7,821

Average tangible shareholders’ equity excluding fair value of own debt, DVA and other adjustments
24,125

43,000

48,073

3,301

24,956

143,455

RoTE excluding significant items and UK bank levy (annualised) (%)
23.5%

14.0%

9.9%

11.2%

(4.1)%

11.0%

 
 
Half-year ended 30 Jun 2018
Profit before tax
3,512

4,149

3,725

146

(820
)
10,712

Tax expense
(629
)
(901
)
(819
)
(24
)
77

(2,296
)
Profit after tax
2,883

3,248

2,906

122

(743
)
8,416

Less attributable to: preference shareholders, other equity holders, non-controlling interests
(417
)
(417
)
(290
)
(13
)
(106
)
(1,243
)
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company
2,466

2,831

2,616

109

(849
)
7,173

Increase in PVIF (net of tax)
(224
)
(17
)


(2
)
(243
)
Significant items (net of tax) and UK bank levy
87

(27
)
(109
)
35

1,382

1,368

Balance Sheet Management allocation and other adjustments
295

303

424

47

(1,069
)

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders, excluding PVIF, significant items and bank levy
2,623

3,090

2,931

190

(542
)
8,292

Average tangible shareholders’ equity excluding fair value of own debt, DVA and other adjustments
24,809

41,377

47,866

3,436

28,337

145,825

RoTE excluding significant items and UK bank levy (annualised) (%)
21.3%

15.1%

12.3%

11.2%

(3.9)%

11.5%

 
 
Year ended 31 Dec 2018
Profit before tax
6,882

7,719

6,312

248

(1,271
)
19,890

Tax expense
(1,238
)
(1,680
)
(1,350
)
(53
)
(544
)
(4,865
)
Profit after tax
5,644

6,039

4,962

195

(1,815
)
15,025

Less attributable to: preference shareholders, other equity holders, non-controlling interests
(763
)
(746
)
(659
)
(19
)
(230
)
(2,417
)
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company
4,881

5,293

4,303

176

(2,045
)
12,608

Increase in PVIF (net of tax)
(483
)
(21
)


(2
)
(506
)
Significant items (net of tax) and UK bank levy
146

(36
)
(168
)
75

2,573

2,590

Balance Sheet Management allocation and other adjustments
555

581

851

82

(2,069
)

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders, excluding PVIF, significant items and bank levy
5,099

5,817

4,986

333

(1,543
)
14,692

Average tangible shareholders’ equity excluding fair value of own debt, DVA and other adjustments
24,287

41,550

47,477

3,376

27,130

143,820

RoTE excluding significant items and UK bank levy (%)
21.0%

14.0%

10.5%

9.9%

(5.7)%

10.2%



49
HSBC Holdings plc


Footnotes to pages 5 to 47
1
Scale markets include Hong Kong, the UK, Mexico, the Pearl River Delta, Singapore, Malaysia, UAE and Saudi Arabia.
2
Wealth in Asia includes our asset management business in Asia, our insurance business in Asia, our GPB business in Asia and the wealth portion of our RBWM business in Asia.
3
Market shares for Hong Kong, the UK, Mexico, the Pearl River Delta, Singapore and Malaysia as of May 2019; Saudi Arabia as of April 2019; and UAE as of March 2019.
4
International network revenue includes transaction banking and international client revenue.
5
Transaction banking includes GLCM, GTRF, Securities Services and FX.
6
Customer recommendation provided by Kantar; Saudi Arabia is as of 1Q19; all markets compared with 2017.
7
Engagement in Saudi Arabia primarily through investment in The Saudi British Bank (‘SABB’); held as an associate of HSBC.

8
Customer satisfaction provided by RFi Group for Hong Kong, the Pearl River Delta, Singapore, Malaysia, Mexico and UAE; UK provided by Charterhouse Research; Saudi Arabia provided by Kantar; UK is as of 1Q19, Mexico is as of 2018, Saudi Arabia is as of 1Q19; Saudi Arabia compared with 2018, all other markets compared with 2017.
9
ESG rating by Sustainalytics; new ratings methodology will replace its old methodology.
10
‘Average performer’ rating does not take into account the ESG Update published in April 2019.
11
‘Other’ mainly includes the distribution and manufacturing (where applicable) of retail and credit protection insurance.
12
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.
13
‘Markets products, Insurance and Investments and Other’ includes revenue from Foreign Exchange, insurance manufacturing and distribution, interest rate management and global banking products.
14
‘Other’ in GB&M includes allocated funding costs and gains resulting from business disposals. Within the management view of total operating income, notional tax credits are allocated to the businesses to reflect the economic benefit generated by certain activities which is not reflected within operating income; for example, notional credits on income earned from tax-exempt investments where the economic benefit of the activity is reflected in tax expense. In order to reflect the total operating income on an IFRS basis, the offset to these tax credits is included within ‘Other’.
15
Central Treasury includes revenue relating to BSM of $1.2bn (1H18: $1.2bn; 2H18:$1.2bn), interest expense of $645m (1H18: $588m; 2H18: $679m) and favourable valuation differences on issued long-term debt and associated swaps of $143m (1H18: loss of $365m; 2H18: gains of $51m). Revenue relating to BSM includes other internal allocations, including notional tax credits to reflect the economic benefit generated by certain activities, which are not reflected within operating income, such as notional credits on income earned from tax-exempt investments where the economic benefit of the activity is reflected in tax expense. In order to reflect the total operating income on an IFRS basis, the offset to these tax credits is included in other Central Treasury.
16
Half-year to 31 December 2018 is calculated on a full-year basis and not a 2H18 basis.
17
Net trading income includes the revenue of internally funded trading assets, while the related costs are reported in net interest income. In our global business results, the total cost of funding trading assets is included within Corporate Centre net trading income as an interest expense. In the statutory presentation, internal interest income and expenses are eliminated.

18
Gross interest yield is the average annualised interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets (‘AIEA’). Cost of funds is the average annualised interest cost as a percentage on average interest-bearing liabilities.

19
Net interest spread is the difference between the average annualised interest rate earned on AIEA, net of amortised premiums and loan fees, and the average annualised interest rate payable on average interest-bearing funds.
 
20
Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as an annualised percentage of AIEA.
21
Interest income on trading assets is reported as ‘Net income/(expense) from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis’ in the consolidated income statement.
22
Interest income on financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value is reported as ‘Net income/(expense) from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis’ in the consolidated income statement.
23
‘Financial liabilities designated at fair value – own debt issued’ and ‘Debt securities’ lines have been merged into one new line; ‘Debt Securities in issue – non-trading’. Interest expense on financial liabilities designated at fair value is reported as ‘Net income/(expense) from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis’ in the consolidated income statement, other than interest on own debt, which is reported in ‘Interest expense’.

24
Interest expense on trading liabilities is reported as ‘Net income/(expense) from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis’ in the consolidated income statement.
25
Trading income also includes movements on non-qualifying hedges. These hedges are derivatives entered into as part of a documented interest rate management strategy for which hedge accounting was not, nor could be, applied. They are principally cross-currency and interest rate swaps used to economically hedge fixed-rate debt issued by HSBC Holdings. The size and direction of the changes in the fair value of non-qualifying hedges that are recognised in the income statement can be volatile from year to year, but do not alter the cash flows expected as part of the documented interest rate management strategy for both the instruments and the underlying economically hedged assets and liabilities if the derivative is held to maturity.
26
The 2018 period does not include the impact of right-of-use assets recognised under IFRS 16 beginning in 2019.
27
Fair value movements on financial instruments include non-qualifying hedges and debit value adjustments on derivatives.
28
Comprises costs associated with preparations for the UK’s exit from the European Union, costs to establish the UK ring-fenced bank (including the UK ServCo group) and costs associated with establishing an intermediate holding company in Hong Kong.
29
The results presented for insurance manufacturing operations are shown before elimination of inter-company transactions with HSBC non-insurance operations.
30
The effect on the Insurance manufacturing operations of applying hyperinflation accounting in Argentina resulted in a reduction in adjusted revenue in 1H19 of $8m (2H18: $29m) and a reduction in profit before tax (‘PBT’) in 1H19 of $9m (2H18: $27m). These effects are recorded in ‘all global businesses’ within Corporate Centre.
31
Other income in this context comprises where applicable net income/expense from other financial instruments designated at fair value, gains less losses from financial investments, dividend income, net insurance premium income and other operating income less net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders.
32
RWAs are non-additive across geographical regions due to market risk diversification effects within the Group.
33
Amounts are non-additive across geographical regions and global businesses due to inter-company transactions within the Group.
34
UK includes results from the ultimate holding company, HSBC Holdings plc, and the separately incorporated group of service companies (‘ServCo Group’).
35
Excludes intra-Group dividend income.


HSBC Holdings plc
50


Risk

Risk
 
Page
Areas of special interest
Key developments in the first half of 2019
Credit risk profile
Liquidity and funding risk profile
Market risk profile
Operational risk profile
Insurance manufacturing operations risk profile
A summary of our current policies and practices regarding the management of risk is set out in the ‘Risk management’ section on pages 73 to 88 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
Areas of special interest
During 1H19, a number of areas were considered as part of our top and emerging risks because of the effect they have on the Group. We placed particular focus on the UK’s withdrawal from the European Union (‘EU’) in this section.
Process of UK withdrawal from the EU
The UK was due to leave the EU on 29 March 2019, but after agreeing an extension it is now due to leave by 31 October 2019. Before then, a Withdrawal Agreement under Article 50 will need to be approved by the UK and European parliaments. If an agreement is not approved by this date, the default legal position is that the UK will leave the EU without a deal, unless another extension is agreed with the EU. The terms of the UK's departure will be negotiated by new prime minister, Boris Johnson, after Theresa May announced her resignation in May 2019.
Once the UK has formally left the EU, a comprehensive trade deal will take several years to negotiate. A period of transition until
31 December 2020 has been agreed between the UK and the EU, which can be extended by up to two years. However, there will be no legal certainty with respect to the transition period until this is enshrined in the Withdrawal Agreement.
Our programme to manage the impact of the UK leaving the EU was set up in 2017 and has now been broadly completed. It is based on the assumption of a scenario whereby the UK exits the EU without the existing passporting or regulatory equivalence framework that supports cross-border business being in place. Our focus has been on four main components: legal entity restructuring; product offering; customer migrations; and employees.
Legal entity restructuring
Our branches in seven European Economic Area (‘EEA’) countries (Belgium, the Netherlands, Luxembourg, Spain, Italy, Ireland and Czech Republic) relied on passporting out of the UK. We have worked on the assumption that passporting will no longer be possible following the UK’s departure from the EU and therefore transferred our branch business to newly established branches of HSBC France, our primary banking entity authorised in the EU. This was completed in the first quarter of 2019.
Product offering
To accommodate for customer migrations and new business after the UK’s departure from the EU, we expanded and enhanced our existing product offering in France, the Netherlands and Ireland.
Customer migrations
The UK’s departure from the EU is likely to have an impact on our customers’ operating models, including their working capital requirements, investment decisions and financial markets infrastructure access. Our priority is to provide continuity of service, and while our intention is to minimise the level of change for our customers, we will be required to migrate some EEA-incorporated customers from the UK to HSBC France, or another EEA entity. Customer migrations are ongoing and we are working in close collaboration with our customers to make the transition as smooth as possible.
 
Employees
The migration of EEA-incorporated customers will require us to strengthen our local teams in the EU, and France in particular.
We are also providing support to our UK employees resident in EEA countries and EEA employees resident in the UK, such as on settlement applications.
Across the programme, we have made good progress in terms of ensuring we are prepared for the UK leaving the EU. However, there remain execution risks, many of them linked to the uncertain political environment and customers wanting to wait for as long as possible before they migrate to HSBC France or another EU entity.
Key developments in the first half of 2019
There were no material changes to the policies and practices for the management of risk, as described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2018. In 1H19, we continued to enhance our risk management in the following areas:
We continued to strengthen the controls that manage our operational risks, as described on page 77 under ‘Operational risk profile’.
We continued to strengthen our management of conduct and embed conduct considerations as a key part of risk management across the Group. For further information on initiatives implemented in 1H19 to raise our standards in relation to the conduct of our business, see page 77 under ‘Conduct of business’.
We continued to implement the final elements of our Global Standards programme to integrate our anti-money laundering and sanctions capabilities into our day-to-day operations.
We continued to enhance our financial crime risk management capabilities and the effectiveness of our financial crime controls. We are maintaining our investment in the next generation of tools to fight financial crime through the application of advanced analytics and artificial intelligence.
Credit risk profile
 
Page
Risk elements in the loan portfolio
Credit risk in the first half of 2019
Summary of credit risk
Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers
Credit quality of financial instruments
Personal lending
Wholesale lending
Supplementary information
Securitisation exposures and other structured products
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty fails to meet an obligation under a contract. Credit risk arises principally from direct lending, trade finance and leasing business, but also from certain other products, such as guarantees and derivatives.
There were no material changes to the policies and practices for the management of credit risk in 1H19.
A summary of our current policies and practices for the management of credit risk is set out in ‘Credit risk management’ on page 79 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
Risk elements in the loan portfolio
Unless otherwise stated, the disclosure of credit risk elements in this section reflects US accounting practice and classifications. The purpose of the disclosure is to present within the US disclosure framework those elements of the loan portfolios with a greater risk of loss. The three main classifications of credit risk elements presented are:

51
HSBC Holdings plc


impaired loans;
unimpaired loans contractually more than 90 days past due as to interest or principal; and
troubled debt restructurings not included in the above.
Impaired loans
In the following tables, we present information on our impaired loans and advances in accordance with the classification approach described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
A loan is impaired, and an impairment allowance is recognised, when there is objective evidence of a loss event that has an effect on the cash flows of the loan which can be reliably estimated. In accordance with IFRSs, we recognise interest income on assets after they have been written down as a result of an impairment loss.
The balance of impaired loans at 30 June 2019 has remained stable at $13.3bn when compared to 31 December 2018. This is a reflection of the benign credit environment.
Unimpaired loans more than 90 days past due
Under IFRS 9 the Group determines that a financial instrument is credit-impaired and in stage 3 by considering relevant objective evidence, primarily whether:
contractual payments of either principal or interest are past due for more than 90 days;
there are other indications that the borrower is unlikely to pay such as that a concession has been granted to the borrower for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial condition; and
the loan is otherwise considered to be in default.
If such unlikeliness to pay is not identified at an earlier stage, it is deemed to occur when an exposure is 90 days past due, even where regulatory rules permit default to be defined based on 180 days past due. Therefore the definitions of credit-impaired and default are aligned as far as possible so that stage 3 represents all loans which are considered defaulted or otherwise credit-impaired. Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate to the amortised cost amount (i.e. gross carrying amount less ECL allowance).
As a financial instrument is considered impaired if contractual payments of either principal or interest are past due for more than 90 days, these amounts will be reported under impaired loans with no balance reported under unimpaired loans more than 90 days past due.
Troubled debt restructurings
Under US GAAP, a troubled debt restructuring (‘TDR’) is a loan, the terms of which have been modified for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties to grant a concession to the borrower that the lender would not otherwise consider. A modification which results in a delay in payment that is considered insignificant is not regarded as a concession for the purposes of this disclosure. The SEC requires separate disclosure of any loans which meet the definition of a TDR that are not included in the previous two loan categories. Loans that have been identified as TDRs under the US guidance retain this designation until maturity or derecognition. This treatment differs from the Group’s impaired loans disclosure convention under IFRSs under which a loan may return to unimpaired status after demonstrating a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows. As a result, reported TDRs include those loans that have returned to unimpaired status under the Group’s disclosure convention for renegotiated loans.
The balance of TDRs not included as impaired loans at 30 June 2019 was $2.2bn, $0.5bn lower than at 31 December 2018. Under the Group’s IFRS 9 methodology financial instruments (except for renegotiated loans) are transferred out of stage 3 when they no longer exhibit any evidence of credit impairment. Wholesale renegotiated loans will continue to be in stage 3 until there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction in the
 
risk of non-payment of future cash flows, observed over a minimum one-year period and there are no other indicators of impairment. For loans that are assessed for impairment on a portfolio basis, the evidence typically comprises a history of payment performance against the original or revised terms, as appropriate to the circumstances. For loans that are assessed for impairment on an individual basis, all available evidence is assessed on a case-by-case basis. Retail renegotiated loans are deemed to remain credit impaired until repayment or derecognition.
Potential problem loans
Potential problem loans are loans where information on possible credit problems among borrowers causes management to seriously doubt their ability to comply with the loan repayment terms.
Under IFRS 9, an assessment of whether credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition is performed at each reporting period by considering the change in the risk of default occurring over the remaining life of the financial instrument. Any financial instrument deemed to have suffered a significant increase in credit risk is transferred from stage 1 to stage 2.
The assessment explicitly or implicitly compares the risk of default occurring at the reporting date with that at initial recognition, taking into account reasonable and supportable information, including information about past events, current conditions and future economic conditions. The assessment is unbiased, probability weighted and, to the extent relevant, uses forward-looking information consistent with that used in the measurement of ECL.
The analysis of credit risk is multifactor. The determination of whether a specific factor is relevant and its weight compared with other factors depends on the type of product, the characteristics of the financial instrument and the borrower, and the geographical region. Therefore, it is not possible to provide a single set of criteria that will determine what is considered to be a significant increase in credit risk and these criteria will differ for different types of lending, particularly between retail and wholesale. However, unless identified at an earlier stage, all financial assets are deemed to have suffered a significant increase in credit risk when 30 days past due. Financial instruments classified as stage 2 and greater than 30 days past due are considered to have a higher risk of containing potential problem loans.
‘Renegotiated loans and forbearance’ on page 62 includes disclosure about the credit quality of loans whose contractual terms have been changed at some point in the life of the loan because of significant concerns about the borrower’s ability to make contractual payments when due. Renegotiated loans are classified as impaired when:
there has been a change in contractual cash flow as a result of a concession that the lender would otherwise not consider; and
it is probable that without the concession, the borrower would be unable to meet contractual payment obligations in full.
This presentation applies unless the concession is insignificant and there are no other indicators of impairment. The renegotiated loan will continue to be disclosed as impaired until there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction in the risk of non-repayment of future cash flows, and there are no other indicators of impairment.

HSBC Holdings plc
52


Risk

Renegotiated loans that are not classified as impaired may have a higher risk of becoming delinquent in the future, and may therefore be potential problem loans. Further information regarding the credit quality classification of renegotiated loans can be found on page 60.
Analysis of risk elements in the loan portfolio by geographical region
The analysis below sets out the amount of risk elements in loan portfolios included within loans and advances to customers and
 
banks in the consolidated balance sheet, trading loans classified as in default and assets obtained by taking possession of security.
The table excludes the amount of risk elements in loan portfolios classified as ‘assets held for sale’ in the consolidated balance sheet.



53
HSBC Holdings plc


Risk elements in the loan portfolio by geographical region
 
At
 
30 Jun
2019

31 Dec
2018

 
$m

$m

Impaired loans
13,335

13,347

– Europe
6,517

6,434

– Asia
2,331

2,521

– Middle East and North Africa
2,275

2,233

– North America
1,561

1,500

– Latin America
651

659

Unimpaired loans contractually more than 90 days past due as to principal or interest


– Europe


– Asia


– Middle East and North Africa


– North America


– Latin America


Troubled debt restructurings (not included in the classifications above)
2,237

2,725

– Europe
1,412

1,682

– Asia
78

98

– Middle East and North Africa
493

527

– North America
170

229

– Latin America
84

189

Trading loans classified as in default


– Europe


– Asia


– Middle East and North Africa


– North America


– Latin America


Risk elements on loans
15,572

16,072

– Europe
7,929

8,116

– Asia
2,409

2,619

– Middle East and North Africa
2,768

2,760

– North America
1,731

1,729

– Latin America
735

848

Assets held for resale
62

76

– Europe
14

16

– Asia
28

39

– Middle East and North Africa


– North America
13

12

– Latin America
7

9

Total risk elements
15,634

16,148

– Europe
7,943

8,132

– Asia
2,437

2,658

– Middle East and North Africa
2,768

2,760

– North America
1,744

1,741

– Latin America
742

857

 
%

%

Loan impairment allowances as a percentage of risk elements on loans
54.8

53.7




HSBC Holdings plc
54


Risk

Credit risk in the first half of 2019
Gross loans and advances to customers of $1,030bn increased from $990bn at 31 December 2018. This increase included favourable foreign exchange movements of $1bn. Loans and advances to banks of $82bn increased from $72bn at 31 December 2018. This included favourable foreign exchange movements of $0.1bn.
The change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘ECL’) in the income statement for the period was $1.1bn. For further details, see the financial summary on page 24.
Summary of credit risk
The following disclosure presents the gross carrying/nominal amount of financial instruments to which the impairment
 
requirements in IFRS 9 are applied and the associated allowance for ECL. The following tables analyse loans by industry sector and represent the concentration of exposures on which credit risk is managed.
The allowance for ECL decreased from $9.2bn at 31 December 2018 to $9.1bn at 30 June 2019.
The allowance for ECL at 30 June 2019 comprised $8.6bn in respect of assets held at amortised cost, $0.4bn in respect of loan commitments and financial guarantees, and $0.07bn in respect of debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’).
Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied
 
 
At 30 Jun 2019
 At 31 Dec 2018
 
 
Gross carrying/nominal amount

Allowance for ECL1

Gross carrying/nominal amount

Allowance for ECL1

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
 
1,030,152

(8,520
)
990,321

(8,625
)
– personal
 
414,351

(2,972
)
394,337

(2,947
)
– corporate and commercial
 
546,427

(5,381
)
534,577

(5,552
)
– non-bank financial institutions
 
69,374

(167
)
61,407

(126
)
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
 
82,413

(16
)
72,180

(13
)
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
 
653,554

(85
)
582,917

(55
)
– cash and balances at central banks
 
171,091

(1
)
162,845

(2
)
– items in the course of collection from other banks
 
8,673


5,787


– Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness
 
36,492


35,859


– reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
 
233,079


242,804


– financial investments
 
81,234

(20
)
62,684

(18
)
– prepayments, accrued income and other assets

2
122,985

(64
)
72,938

(35
)
Total gross carrying amount on-balance sheet
 
1,766,119

(8,621
)
1,645,418

(8,693
)
Loans and other credit related commitments
 
629,891

(301
)
592,008

(325
)
– personal
 
217,047

(16
)
207,351

(13
)
– corporate and commercial
 
268,057

(277
)
271,022

(305
)
– financial
 
144,787

(8
)
113,635

(7
)
Financial guarantees
 
21,290

(55
)
23,518

(93
)
– personal
 
906

(1
)
927

(1
)
– corporate and commercial
 
15,496

(51
)
17,355

(85
)
– financial
 
4,888

(3
)
5,236

(7
)
Total nominal amount off-balance sheet
3
651,181

(356
)
615,526

(418
)
 
 
2,417,300

(8,977
)
2,260.944

(9,111
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value

Memorandum allowance for ECL4

Fair value

Memorandum allowance for
ECL
4

 
 
$m

$m

$m

$m

Debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

 
345,035

(74
)
343,110

(84
)
For footnotes, see page 79.
The following table provides an overview of the Group’s credit risk by stage and industry, and the associated ECL coverage. The financial assets recorded in each stage have the following characteristics:
Stage 1: These financial assets are unimpaired and without a significant increase in credit risk for which a 12-month allowance for ECL is recognised.
Stage 2: A significant increase in credit risk has been experienced on these financial assets since initial recognition for which a lifetime ECL is recognised.
 
Stage 3: There is objective evidence of impairment and the financial assets are therefore considered to be in default or otherwise credit impaired for which a lifetime ECL is recognised.
POCI: Financial assets that are purchased or originated at a deep discount are seen to reflect the incurred credit losses on which a lifetime ECL is recognised.

55
HSBC Holdings plc


Summary of credit risk (excluding debt instruments measured at FVOCI) by stage distribution and ECL coverage by industry sector at
30 June 2019
 
Gross carrying/nominal amount3
 
Allowance for ECL
 
ECL coverage %
 
 
Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI5

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI5

Total

Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI5
Total
 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

%
%
%
%
%

Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
955,520

61,297

13,010

325

1,030,152

(1,329
)
(2,062
)
(4,969
)
(160
)
(8,520
)
0.1
3.4
38.2
49.2
0.8
personal
394,533

15,114

4,704


414,351

(563
)
(1,242
)
(1,167
)

(2,972
)
0.1
8.2
24.8
0.7
corporate and commercial
493,523

44,560

8,019

325

546,427

(707
)
(802
)
(3,712
)
(160
)
(5,381
)
0.1
1.8
46.3
49.2
1.0
non-bank financial institutions
67,464

1,623

287


69,374

(59
)
(18
)
(90
)

(167
)
0.1
1.1
31.4
0.2
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
81,957

456



82,413

(14
)
(2
)


(16
)
0.4
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
651,513

1,890

149

2

653,554

(32
)
(10
)
(43
)

(85
)
0.5
28.9
Loans and other credit-related commitments
607,086

21,982

818

5

629,891

(141
)
(112
)
(48
)

(301
)
0.5
5.9
personal
214,400

2,283

364


217,047

(14
)
(2
)


(16
)
0.1
corporate and commercial
249,318

18,282

452

5

268,057

(121
)
(108
)
(48
)

(277
)
0.6
10.6
0.1
financial
143,368

1,417

2


144,787

(6
)
(2
)


(8
)
0.1
Financial guarantees
18,676

2,423

188

3

21,290

(20
)
(25
)
(10
)

(55
)
0.1
1.0
5.3
0.3
personal
901

4

1


906

(1
)



(1
)
0.1
0.1
corporate and commercial
13,155

2,155

183

3

15,496

(18
)
(24
)
(9
)

(51
)
0.1
1.1
4.9
0.3
financial
4,620

264

4


4,888

(1
)
(1
)
(1
)

(3
)
0.4
25.0
0.1
At 30 Jun 2019
2,314,752

88,048

14,165

335

2,417,300

(1,536
)
(2,211
)
(5,070
)
(160
)
(8,977
)
0.1
2.5
35.8
47.8
0.4
Unless identified at an earlier stage, all financial assets are deemed to have suffered a significant increase in credit risk when they are 30 days past due (‘DPD’) and are transferred from stage 1 to stage 2. The following disclosure presents the ageing of stage 2
 
financial assets by those less than 30 and greater than 30 DPD and therefore presents those financial assets classified as stage 2 due to ageing (30 DPD) and those identified at an earlier stage (less than 30 DPD).
Stage 2 days past due analysis at 30 June 2019
 
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
ECL coverage %
 
 
Of which:

Of which:

 
Of which:

Of which:

 
Of which:
Of which:
 
Stage 2

1 to 29 DPD6

30 and > DPD6

Stage 2

1 to 29 DPD6

30 and > DPD6

Stage 2
1 to 29 DPD6
30 and > DPD6
 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

%
%
%
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
61,297

2,572

1,584

(2,062
)
(195
)
(218
)
3.4
7.6
13.8
personal
15,114

1,798

1,160

(1,242
)
(168
)
(197
)
8.2
9.3
17.0
corporate and commercial
44,560

773

417

(802
)
(27
)
(21
)
1.8
3.5
5.0
non-bank financial institutions
1,623

1

7

(18
)


1.1
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
456



(2
)


0.4
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
1,890

12

34

(10
)


0.5
For footnotes, see page 79.

HSBC Holdings plc
56


Risk

Summary of credit risk (excluding debt instruments measured at FVOCI) by stage distribution and ECL coverage by industry sector at
31 December 2018
 
Gross carrying/nominal amount3
 
Allowance for ECL
 
ECL coverage %
 
 
Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI5

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI5

Total

Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI5
Total
 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

%
%
%
%
%
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
915,188

61,786

13,023

324

990,321

(1,276
)
(2,108
)
(5,047
)
(194
)
(8,625
)
0.1
3.4
38.8
59.9
0.9
personal
374,681

15,075

4,581


394,337

(534
)
(1,265
)
(1,148
)

(2,947
)
0.1
8.4
25.1
0.7
corporate and commercial
481,262

44,779

8,212

324

534,577

(698
)
(812
)
(3,848
)
(194
)
(5,552
)
0.1
1.8
46.9
59.9
1.0
non-bank financial institutions
59,245

1,932

230


61,407

(44
)
(31
)
(51
)

(126
)
0.1
1.6
22.2
0.2
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
71,873

307



72,180

(11
)
(2
)


(13
)
0.7
Other financial assets
measured at amortised cost
581,118

1,673

126


582,917

(27
)
(6
)
(22
)

(55
)
0.4
17.5
Loans and other credit-related commitments
569,250

21,839

912

7

592,008

(143
)
(139
)
(43
)

(325
)
0.6
4.7
0.1
personal
205,183

1,760

408


207,351

(12
)
(1
)


(13
)
0.1
corporate and commercial
251,478

19,034

503

7

271,022

(126
)
(136
)
(43
)

(305
)
0.1
0.7
8.5
0.1
financial
112,589

1,045

1


113,635

(5
)
(2
)


(7
)
0.2
Financial guarantees
20,884

2,334

297

3

23,518

(19
)
(29
)
(45
)

(93
)
0.1
1.2
15.2
0.4
personal
920

3

4


927

(1
)



(1
)
0.1
0.1
corporate and commercial
15,011

2,053

288

3

17,355

(16
)
(25
)
(44
)

(85
)
0.1
1.2
15.3
0.5
financial
4,953

278

5


5,236

(2
)
(4
)
(1
)

(7
)
1.4
20.0
0.1
At 31 Dec 2018
2,158,313

87,939

14,358

334

2,260,944

(1,476
)
(2,284
)
(5,157
)
(194
)
(9,111
)
0.1
2.6
35.9
58.1
0.4
Stage 2 days past due analysis at 31 December 2018
 
Gross carrying amount

Allowance for ECL

ECL coverage %

 
Stage 2

Of which:

Of which:

Stage 2

Of which:

Of which:

Stage 2
Of which:
Of which:
 
 
1 to 29
DPD
6

30 and > DPD6

 
1 to 29
DPD
6

30 and > DPD6

 
1 to 29
DPD
6
30 and > DPD6
 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

%
%
%
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
61,786

2,554

1,914

(2,108
)
(204
)
(254
)
3.4
8.0
13.3
personal
15,075

1,807

1,383

(1,265
)
(165
)
(220
)
8.4
9.1
15.9
corporate and commercial
44,779

737

485

(812
)
(39
)
(34
)
1.8
5.3
7.0
non-bank financial institutions
1,932

10

46

(31
)


1.6
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
307



(2
)


0.7
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
1,673

10

26

(6
)


0.4
For footnotes, see page 79.
Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates
Expected credit loss (‘ECL’) impairment allowances recognised in the financial statements reflect the effect of a range of possible economic outcomes, calculated on a probability-weighted basis, based on the economic scenarios described below. The recognition and measurement of ECL involves the use of significant judgement and estimation. It is necessary to formulate multiple forward-looking economic forecasts and incorporate them into the ECL estimates. We use a standard framework to form economic scenarios to reflect assumptions about future economic conditions, supplemented with the use of management judgement, which may result in using alternative or additional economic scenarios and/or management adjustments.
Methodology
Our methodology in relation to the adoption and generation of economic scenarios is described on pages 94 and 95 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018. There have been no significant changes during the 1H19 period.
 
Description of consensus economic scenario
The economic assumptions presented in this section have been formed internally specifically for the purpose of calculating ECL.
The consensus Central scenario
Our Central scenario is of moderate growth over the forecast 3Q19–2Q24 period. Global GDP growth is expected to be 2.8% on average over the period, which is lower than the 4Q18 forecast. Global GDP growth is forecast at 2.6% in 2019, after which growth increases to reach 2.8% by 2020. Across our key markets, we note:
Average forecast rates of GDP growth over the 2019–2024 period are lower than those experienced in the recent past for all key economies except France. For the UK, this reflects expectations that the long-term impact of current economic uncertainty will be moderately adverse, while for China, it is consistent with the theme of ongoing rebalancing from an export-oriented economy to one with deeper domestic consumption.

57
HSBC Holdings plc


The average unemployment rate over the projection horizon is expected to remain at or below the averages observed in the 2013–2017 period across all of our major markets.
Consumer price inflation is expected to be lower in 2019 across most of our key markets compared with 2018, and remains broadly consistent with central bank inflation targets over the projection period in these countries.
Major central banks are expected to adopt a cautious approach to adjusting their policy interest rates. Policy interest rates in advanced economies are expected to remain below their historical long-term averages over the five-year forecast horizon and the US Federal Reserve Board (‘FRB’) is expected to
 
continue to reduce the size of its balance sheet. The Chinese central bank is expected to continue to rely on its toolkit of measures to control capital flows and manage domestic credit growth.
The West Texas Intermediate oil price is forecast to average $63 per barrel over the projection period.
The following tables describe key macroeconomic variables and the probabilities assigned in the consensus Central scenario at
30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018.

Central scenario (average 3Q19–2Q24)
 
UK

France

Hong
Kong

Mainland
China

UAE

US

Canada

Mexico

GDP growth rate (%)
1.6

1.4

2.3

5.8

3.2

2.0

1.8

2.2

Inflation (%)
2.0

1.7

2.3

2.4

2.3

2.1

2.0

3.6

Unemployment (%)
4.5

7.7

3.0

4.0

2.1

4.1

6.1

3.7

Short-term interest rate (%)
1.0

(0.1
)
2.0

3.7

2.9

2.2

1.8

7.7

10-year Treasury bond yields (%)
2.5

1.7

3.1

N/A

N/A

3.0

2.4

7.7

House price growth (%)
2.9

1.7

3.7

5.5

(2.1
)
2.8

3.3

5.2

Equity price growth (%)
2.7

3.8

7.1

11.5

N/A

2.9

3.5

6.3

Probability (%)
50.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

Central scenario (average 2019–2023)
 
UK

France

Hong
Kong

Mainland
China

UAE

US

Canada

Mexico

GDP growth rate (%)
1.7

1.5

2.6

5.9

3.4

2.0

1.8

2.4

Inflation (%)
2.1

1.7

2.3

2.5

2.5

2.1

2.0

3.6

Unemployment (%)
4.5

7.8

3.1

4.0

2.1

4.0

6.1

3.7

Short-term interest rate (%)
1.2

0.2

2.6

4.0

3.2

2.8

2.5

8.0

10-year Treasury bond yields (%)
2.6

2.0

3.1

N/A

N/A

3.5

3.3

7.2

House price growth (%)
2.9

1.7

1.0

5.8

3.0

3.4

2.7

5.1

Equity price growth (%)
3.2

3.1

3.8

9.6

N/A

4.5

3.5

7.1

Probability (%)
50.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

Upside and Downside scenarios
The Upside and Downside scenarios are generated at the year-end and are only updated during the year if economic conditions change significantly. Our Upside and Downside scenarios are described on pages 95 and 96 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018. There have been no significant changes to the scenarios over the first half of 2019. The probabilities attached to the Upside and Downside scenarios remain as in the Annual Report and Accounts 2018 with the exception of Hong Kong and mainland China where the consensus Downside scenario has been assigned a zero probability and the global trade Downside scenario has been assigned a probability of 10%. This scenario was re-calibrated in 2019.
Alternative Downside scenarios for the UK
A number of events occurred over the course of 2018 and the first half of 2019 that led management to re-evaluate the shape of the consensus distribution for the UK. Given the challenges facing economic forecasters in this environment, management was concerned that this distribution did not adequately represent downside risks for the UK. The high level of economic uncertainty that prevailed at the end of the first half of 2019, including the lack of progress in agreeing a clear plan for an exit from the EU and the uncertain performance of the UK economy after an exit, was a key factor in this consideration. In management’s view, the extent of this uncertainty justifies the use of the following Alternative Downside scenarios, used in place of the consensus Downside, with the assigned probabilities:
Alternative Downside scenario 1 (‘AD1’): Economic uncertainty could have a large impact on the UK economy, resulting in a long-lasting recession with a weak recovery. This scenario reflects the consequences of such a recession with an initial risk-premium shock and weaker long-run productivity growth. This scenario has been used with a 30% weighting.
 
Alternative Downside scenario 2 (‘AD2’): This scenario reflects the possibility that economic uncertainty could result in a deep cyclical shock, triggering a steep depreciation in sterling, a sharp increase in inflation and an associated monetary policy response. This represents a tail risk and has been assigned a 5% weighting.
Alternative Downside scenario 3 (‘AD3’): This scenario reflects the possibility that the adverse impact associated with economic uncertainty currently in the UK could manifest over a far longer period of time with the worst effects occurring later than in the above two scenarios. This scenario is also considered a tail risk and has been assigned a 5% weighting.
The table below describes key macroeconomic variables and the probabilities for each of the Alternative Downside scenarios at
30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018:
Average 3Q19–2Q24
 
Alternative Downside scenario 1

Alternative Downside scenario 2

Alternative Downside scenario 3

GDP growth rate (%)
0.5

(0.1
)
(0.7
)
Inflation (%)
2.2

2.4

2.7

Unemployment (%)
6.5

8.0

7.7

Short-term interest rate (%)
0.4

2.5

2.5

10-year Treasury bond yields (%)
1.9

4.0

4.0

House price growth (%)
(1.7
)
(3.4
)
(5.0
)
Equity price growth (%)
(1.2
)
(2.6
)
(7.8
)
Probability (%)
30.0

5.0

5.0


HSBC Holdings plc
58


Risk

Average 2019–2023
 
Alternative Downside scenario 1

Alternative Downside scenario 2

Alternative Downside scenario 3

GDP growth rate (%)
0.5

(0.1
)
(0.7
)
Inflation (%)
2.2

2.4

2.7

Unemployment (%)
6.5

8.0

7.7

Short-term interest rate (%)
0.4

2.5

2.5

10-year Treasury bond yields (%)
1.8

4.0

4.0

House price growth (%)
(1.5
)
(3.3
)
(4.8
)
Equity price growth (%)
(0.9
)
(2.3
)
(7.5
)
Probability (%)
30.0

5.0

5.0

Global trade Downside scenario
Continued escalation of trade- and tariff-related tensions throughout 2018 and the first half of 2019 resulted in management modelling deeper effects of trade tensions than currently captured by the consensus Downside scenario for key Asia-Pacific economies. This alternative trade Downside scenario models a significant escalation in global tensions stemming from trade disputes. This escalation goes beyond increases in tariffs, and affects non-tariff barriers, cross-border investment flows and threats to the international trade architecture. This scenario assumes actions that lie beyond currently enacted and proposed tariffs and has been modelled as an alternative to the Downside scenario for these markets. This scenario has been assigned a 10% weight and has been used instead of the consensus Downside scenarios for eight Asia-Pacific markets, including our major markets of Hong Kong and mainland China. In management’s judgement, the impact on the US and other countries is largely captured by the consensus Downside scenario.
The following tables describe key macroeconomic variables and the probability assigned to the alternative trade Downside scenario at 30 June 2019 and 31 December 2018.
Average 3Q19–2Q24
 
Hong Kong

Mainland China

GDP growth rate (%)
1.3

5.3

Inflation (%)
1.6

2.0

Unemployment (%)
4.7

4.3

Short-term interest rate (%)
1.0

2.9

10-year Treasury bond yields (%)
2.0

N/A

House price growth (%)
(3.0
)
2.9

Equity price growth (%)
(1.8
)
2.1

Probability (%)
10.0

10.0

Average 2019–2023
 
Hong Kong

Mainland China

GDP growth rate (%)
1.5

5.4

Inflation (%)
1.6

2.1

Unemployment (%)
4.7

4.3

Short-term interest rate (%)
1.0

3.1

10-year Treasury bond yields (%)
2.0

N/A

House price growth (%)
(2.0
)
2.9

Equity price growth (%)
(3.5
)
1.1

Probability (%)
5.0

5.0

How economic scenarios are reflected in the wholesale and retail calculation of ECL
Our methodology in relation to the adoption and generation of economic scenarios is described on page 97 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018. There have been no significant changes during the 1H19 period.
Effect of multiple economic scenarios on ECL
The ECL recognised in the financial statements reflect the combined effects of a range of probability-weighted outcomes calculated using economic scenarios mentioned above and management adjustments where required. The probability-weighted amount is typically a higher number than would result
 
from using only the Central (most likely) economic scenario. Expected losses typically have a non-linear relationship to the many factors that influence credit losses, such that more favourable macroeconomic factors do not reduce defaults as much as less favourable macroeconomic factors increase defaults.
UK economic uncertainty
At 31 December 2018, three additional Downside scenarios were used in place of the UK consensus Downside scenario in order to adequately reflect downside risks in the UK. This resulted in the recognition of additional impairment allowances of $410m, comprising $160m for the retail portfolio and $250m for the wholesale portfolio, compared with those implied by consensus forecasts. This was an increase of $165m in the adjustment to the consensus position compared with 1 January 2018, reflecting the increased level of economic uncertainty in the UK.
Given ongoing political developments, there has been no further clarity on the terms or timelines of the UK’s exit from the EU during the first half of 2019.
At 30 June 2019, the total amount of additional impairment allowances was $442m, comprising $161m for retail and $281m for wholesale, reflecting a $32m increase since the end of 2018.
Global trade tensions
At 31 December 2018, the Global trade Downside scenario for key Asia-Pacific economies was used in relation to global trade tensions. This resulted in an additional $40m of impairment allowances, comprising $10m in retail and $30m in wholesale.
Given continued escalation of the trade- and tariff-related tensions throughout the 1H19 period, management continued to incorporate a Global trade Downside scenario and increased the probability weighting to 10% (31 December 2018: 5% probability weighting). This resulted in additional impairment allowances of $85m as at 30 June 2019, comprising $18 million in retail and $67m in wholesale, an increase of $45m from 31 December 2018.
Economic scenarios sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates
Management assessed and considered the sensitivity estimate outcomes for both the retail and wholesale businesses as at
30 June 2019 and determined that there was no material change from 31 December 2018, as presented on pages 98 and 99 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers
The following disclosure provides a reconciliation by stage of the Group’s gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers, including loan commitments and financial guarantees. Movements are calculated on a quarterly basis and therefore fully capture stage movements between quarters. If movements were calculated on a year-to-date basis they would only reflect the opening and closing position of the financial instrument.
The transfers of financial instruments represent the impact of stage transfers upon the gross carrying/nominal amount and associated allowance for ECL.
The net remeasurement of ECL arising from stage transfers represents the increase or decrease due to these transfers, for example, moving from a 12-month (stage 1) to a lifetime (stage 2) ECL measurement basis. Net remeasurement excludes the underlying customer risk rating (‘CRR’)/probability of default (‘PD’) movements of the financial instruments transferring stage. This is captured, along with other credit quality movements in the ‘changes in risk parameters – credit quality’ line item.
Changes in ‘New financial assets originated or purchased’, ‘assets derecognised (including final repayments)’ and ‘changes to risk parameters – further lending/repayments’ represent the impact from volume movements within the Group’s lending portfolio.

59
HSBC Holdings plc


Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including
loan commitments and financial guarantees
 
Non-credit impaired
Credit impaired
 
 
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
 
Gross carrying/ nominal amount

Allowance for ECL

Gross carrying/ nominal amount

Allowance for ECL

Gross carrying/ nominal amount

Allowance for ECL

Gross carrying/ nominal amount

Allowance for ECL

Gross carrying/ nominal amount

Allowance for ECL

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

At 1 Jan 2019
1,511,839

(1,449
)
86,241

(2,278
)
14,232

(5,135
)
334

(194
)
1,612,646

(9,056
)
Transfers of financial instruments:
(11,425
)
(323
)
8,987

612

2,438

(289
)




– transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(47,211
)
204

47,211

(204
)






– transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
36,137

(529
)
(36,137
)
529







– transfers to stage 3
(574
)
21

(2,542
)
335

3,116

(356
)




– transfers from stage 3
223

(19
)
455

(48
)
(678
)
67





Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage

346


(352
)

(26
)



(32
)
New financial assets originated or purchased
250,306

(332
)




100

(22
)
250,406

(354
)
Asset derecognised (including final repayments)
(164,666
)
62

(9,844
)
226

(1,552
)
466

(19
)
9

(176,081
)
763

Changes to risk parameters – further lending/repayments
(23,759
)
137

(74
)
87

359

(192
)
(27
)
4

(23,501
)
36

Change in risk parameters – credit quality

42


(528
)

(1,259
)

(12
)

(1,757
)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation

4


31


3




38

Assets written off




(1,276
)
1,276

(54
)
54

(1,330
)
1,330

Credit-related modifications that resulted in derecognition




(211
)
111



(211
)
111

Foreign exchange
2,451

1

98

(1
)
(10
)
6

(2
)
1

2,537

7

Other
1,461

8

660

2

36

12

1


2,158

22

At 30 Jun 2019
1,566,207

(1,504
)
86,068

(2,201
)
14,016

(5,027
)
333

(160
)
1,666,624

(8,892
)
ECL income statement change for the period


259



(536
)


(1,008
)


(21
)


(1,306
)
Recoveries
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
201

Other
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(31
)
Total ECL income statement change for the period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1,136
)
 
At 30 Jun 2019
6 months ended 30 Jun 2019

 
Gross carrying/nominal amount

Allowance for ECL

ECL charge

 
$m

$m

$m

As above
1,666,624

(8,892
)
(1,136
)
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
653,554

(85
)
(9
)
Non-trading reverse purchase agreement commitments
97,122



Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied/Summary consolidated income statement
2,417,300

(8,977
)
(1,145
)
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI
345,035

(74
)
5

Total allowance for ECL/total income statement ECL charge for the period
n/a

(9,051
)
(1,140
)
As shown in the above table, the allowance for ECL for loans and advances to customers and banks and relevant loan commitments and financial guarantees decreased $164m during the period, from $9,056m at 31 December 2018 to $8,892m at 30 June 2019.
This decrease was primarily driven by:
$445m relating to volume movements, which included the ECL allowance associated with new originations, assets derecognised and further lending/repayments;
$1,330m of assets written off; and
foreign exchange and all other movements of $178m.
These decreases were partly offset by increases of:
$1,757m relating to underlying credit quality changes, including the credit quality impact of financial instruments transferring between stages; and
 
$32m relating to the net remeasurement impact of stage transfers.
The ECL charge for the period of $1,306m presented in the above table consisted of $1,757m relating to underlying credit quality changes, including the credit quality impact of financial instruments transferring between stage and $32m relating to the net remeasurement impact of stage transfers. This was partly offset by $445m relating to underlying net book volume movements and $38m in changes to models used for ECL calculation.

HSBC Holdings plc
60


Risk

Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including
loan commitments and financial guarantees
7
 
Non-credit impaired
Credit impaired
 
 
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
 
Gross carrying/ nominal amount

Allowance for ECL

Gross carrying/ nominal amount

Allowance for ECL

Gross carrying/ nominal amount

Allowance for ECL

Gross carrying/ nominal amount

Allowance for ECL

Gross carrying/ nominal amount

Allowance for ECL

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

At 1 Jan 2018
1,446,857

(1,469
)
102,032

(2,406
)
15,083

(5,722
)
1,042

(242
)
1,565,014

(9,839
)
Transfers of financial instruments:
(8,747
)
(685
)
3,582

1,185

5,165

(500
)




– transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(84,181
)
319

84,181

(319
)






– transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
77,325

(999
)
(77,325
)
999







– transfers to stage 3
(2,250
)
35

(4,439
)
607

6,689

(642
)




– transfers from stage 3
359

(40
)
1,165

(102
)
(1,524
)
142





Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage

620


(605
)

(103
)



(88
)
Net new lending and further lending/repayments
126,868

(512
)
(16,162
)
564

(2,902
)
733

(587
)
42

107,217

827

Changes in risk parameters – credit quality

423


(1,087
)

(2,238
)

(51
)

(2,953
)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation










Assets written off




(2,568
)
2,552

(1
)
1

(2,569
)
2,553

Foreign exchange
(52,983
)
76

(2,863
)
99

(636
)
232

(26
)
6

(56,508
)
413

Other
(156
)
98

(348
)
(28
)
90

(89
)
(94
)
50

(508
)
31

At 31 Dec 2018
1,511,839

(1,449
)
86,241

(2,278
)
14,232

(5,135
)
334

(194
)
1,612,646

(9,056
)
ECL income statement change for the period


531



(1,128
)


(1,608
)


(9
)


(2,214
)
Recoveries


















408

Others


















(87
)
Total ECL income statement change for the period


















(1,893
)
 
At 31 Dec 2018
12 months ended
31 Dec 2018

 
Gross carrying/nominal amount

Allowance for ECL

ECL charge

 
$m

$m

$m

As above
1,612,646

(9,056
)
(1,893
)
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
582,917

(55
)
21

Non-trading reverse purchase agreement commitments
65,381



Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied/Summary consolidated income statement
2,260,944

(9,111
)
(1,872
)
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI
343,110

(84
)
105

Total allowance for ECL/total income statement ECL charge for the period
n/a

(9,195
)
(1,767
)
For footnotes, see page 79.
Credit quality of financial instruments
We assess the credit quality of all financial instruments that are subject to credit risk. The credit quality of financial instruments is a point-in-time assessment of the probability of default (‘PD’), whereas stages 1 and 2 are determined based on relative deterioration of credit quality since initial recognition. Accordingly, for non-credit-impaired financial instruments, there is no direct relationship between the credit quality assessment and stages 1 and 2, though typically the lower credit quality bands exhibit a higher proportion in stage 2.
 
The five credit quality classifications each encompass a range of granular internal credit rating grades assigned to wholesale and personal lending businesses and the external ratings attributed by external agencies to debt securities, as shown in the following table. Personal lending credit quality is disclosed based on a 12-month point-in-time PD adjusted for multiple economic scenarios. The credit quality classifications for wholesale lending are unchanged and are based on internal credit risk ratings.

61
HSBC Holdings plc


Credit quality classification
 
 
Debt securities and other bills
Wholesale lending
Retail lending
 
 
External
credit rating
Internal
credit rating
12-month Basel probability of
default %

Internal
credit rating
12-month probability- weighted PD %

Quality classification
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strong
 
A- and above
CRR1 to CRR2
0.000–0.169

Band 1 and 2
0.000–0.500

Good
 
BBB+ to BBB-
CRR3
0.170–0.740

Band 3
0.501–1.500

Satisfactory
 
BB+ to B and unrated
CRR4 to CRR5
0.741–4.914

Band 4 and 5
1.501–20.000

Sub-standard
 
B- to C
CRR6 to CRR8
4.915–99.999

Band 6
20.001–99.999

Credit impaired
 
Default
CRR9 to CRR10
100.000

Band 7
100.000

Distribution of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied, by credit quality and stage allocation
 
 
Gross carrying/nominal amount
Allowance for ECL

Net

 
 
Strong

Good

Satisfactory

Sub-
standard

Credit impaired

Total

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
 
508,002

254,635

236,389

17,811

13,315

1,030,152

(8,520
)
1,021,632

– stage 1
 
506,440

244,016

199,663

5,401


955,520

(1,329
)
954,191

– stage 2
 
1,562

10,619

36,726

12,390


61,297

(2,062
)
59,235

– stage 3
 




13,010

13,010

(4,969
)
8,041

– POCI
 



20

305

325

(160
)
165

Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
 
72,050

5,970

4,379

14


82,413

(16
)
82,397

– stage 1
 
71,984

5,959

4,002

12


81,957

(14
)
81,943

– stage 2
 
66

11

377

2


456

(2
)
454

– stage 3
 








– POCI
 








Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
 
580,508

47,817

24,785

293

151

653,554

(85
)
653,469

– stage 1
 
580,215

47,266

23,901

131


651,513

(32
)
651,481

– stage 2
 
293

551

884

162


1,890

(10
)
1,880

– stage 3
 




149

149

(43
)
106

– POCI
 




2

2


2

Loan and other credit-related commitments
 
399,958

139,417

85,060

4,633

823

629,891

(301
)
629,590

– stage 1
 
399,099

133,703

73,099

1,185


607,086

(141
)
606,945

– stage 2
 
859

5,714

11,961

3,448


21,982

(112
)
21,870

– stage 3
 




818

818

(48
)
770

– POCI
 




5

5


5

Financial guarantees
 
7,967

6,524

5,872

736

191

21,290

(55
)
21,235

– stage 1
 
7,919

6,128

4,382

247


18,676

(20
)
18,656

– stage 2
 
48

396

1,490

489


2,423

(25
)
2,398

– stage 3
 




188

188

(10
)
178

– POCI
 




3

3


3

At 30 Jun 2019
 
1,568,485

454,363

356,485

23,487

14,480

2,417,300

(8,977
)
2,408,323

Debt instruments at FVOCI
8
















– stage 1
 
314,678

13,140

10,821



338,639

(40
)
338,599

– stage 2
 
93

333

319

273


1,018

(34
)
984

– stage 3
 




184

184


184

– POCI
 




1

1


1

At 30 Jun 2019
 
314,771

13,473

11,140

273

185

339,842

(74
)
339,768

For footnotes, see page 79.

HSBC Holdings plc
62


Risk

Distribution of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied, by credit quality and stage allocation
(continued)
 
 
Gross carrying/notional amount
 
 
 
 
Strong

Good

Satisfactory

Sub-standard

Credit impaired

Total

Allowance for ECL

 Net

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
 
485,451

244,199

230,357

16,993

13,321

990,321

(8,625
)
981,696

– stage 1
 
483,907

233,843

191,851

5,587


915,188

(1,276
)
913,912

– stage 2
 
1,544

10,356

38,506

11,380


61,786

(2,108
)
59,678

– stage 3
 




13,023

13,023

(5,047
)
7,976

– POCI
 



26

298

324

(194
)
130

Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
 
60,249

7,371

4,549

11


72,180

(13
)
72,167

– stage 1
 
60,199

7,250

4,413

11


71,873

(11
)
71,862

– stage 2
 
50

121

136



307

(2
)
305

– stage 3
 








– POCI
 








Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
 
514,848

44,724

23,019

200

126

582,917

(55
)
582,862

– stage 1
 
514,525

44,339

22,184

70


581,118

(27
)
581,091

– stage 2
 
323

385

835

130


1,673

(6
)
1,667

– stage 3
 




126

126

(22
)
104

– POCI
 








Loan and other credit-related commitments
 
373,302

137,076

75,478

5,233

919

592,008

(325
)
591,683

– stage 1
 
372,597

132,220

63,457

976


569,250

(143
)
569,107

– stage 2
 
705

4,856

12,021

4,257


21,839

(139
)
21,700

– stage 3
 




912

912

(43
)
869

– POCI
 




7

7


7

Financial guarantees
 
9,716

7,400

5,505

597

300

23,518

(93
)
23,425

– stage 1
 
9,582

6,879

4,264

159


20,884

(19
)
20,865

– stage 2
 
134

521

1,241

438


2,334

(29
)
2,305

– stage 3
 




297

297

(45
)
252

– POCI
 




3

3


3

At 31 Dec 2018
 
1,443,566

440,770

338,908

23,034

14,666

2,260,944

(9,111
)
2,251,833

Debt instruments at FVOCI
8








– stage 1
 
319,623

12,358

6,856

2,218


341,055

(33
)
341,022

– stage 2
 
9

96

354

340


799

(50
)
749

– stage 3
 




8

8

(1
)
7

– POCI
 




4

4


4

At 31 Dec 2018
 
319,632

12,454

7,210

2,558

12

341,866

(84
)
341,782

For footnotes, see page 79.
Renegotiated loans and forbearance
The following table shows the gross carrying amounts of the Group’s holdings of renegotiated loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by stages. Wholesale renegotiated loans are classified as stage 3 until there is sufficient
 
evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows, observed over a minimum one-year period, and there are no other indicators of impairment. Personal renegotiated loans are deemed to remain credit impaired until repayment or derecognition.
Renegotiated loans and advances to customers at amortised cost by stage distribution
 
Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Gross carrying amount
 
 
 
 
 
Personal


2,203


2,203

– first lien residential mortgages


1,597


1,597

– other personal lending


606


606

Wholesale
1,182

1,078

3,595

274

6,129

– corporate and commercial
1,182

1,078

3,525

273

6,058

– non-bank financial institutions


70

1

71

At 30 Jun 2019
1,182

1,078

5,798

274

8,332

Allowance for ECL
 
 
 
 
 
Personal


(391
)

(391
)
– first lien residential mortgages


(191
)

(191
)
– other personal lending


(200
)

(200
)
Wholesale
(19
)
(45
)
(1,283
)
(109
)
(1,456
)
– corporate and commercial
(19
)
(45
)
(1,252
)
(108
)
(1,424
)
– non-bank financial institutions


(31
)
(1
)
(32
)
At 30 Jun 2019
(19
)
(45
)
(1,674
)
(109
)
(1,847
)

63
HSBC Holdings plc


Renegotiated loans and advances to customers at amortised cost by stage distribution (continued)
 
Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Gross carrying amount
 
 
 
 
 
Personal


2,248


2,248

– first lien residential mortgages


1,641


1,641

– other personal lending


607


607

Wholesale
1,532

1,193

3,845

270

6,840

– corporate and commercial
1,517

1,193

3,789

270

6,769

– non-bank financial institutions
15


56


71

At 31 Dec 2018
1,532

1,193

6,093

270

9,088

Allowance for ECL
 
 
 
 
 
Personal


(381
)

(381
)
– first lien residential mortgages


(186
)

(186
)
– other personal lending


(195
)

(195
)
Wholesale
(29
)
(49
)
(1,461
)
(146
)
(1,685
)
– corporate and commercial
(29
)
(49
)
(1,438
)
(146
)
(1,662
)
– non-bank financial institutions


(23
)

(23
)
At 31 Dec 2018
(29
)
(49
)
(1,842
)
(146
)
(2,066
)
Renegotiated loans and advances to customers at amortised cost by geographical region
 
 
 
Europe

Asia

MENA

North America

Latin America

Total

UK

Hong Kong

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

At 30 Jun 2019
4,010

901

1,950

1,235

236

8,332

3,287

300

At 31 Dec 2018
4,533

864

1,973

1,352

366

9,088

3,609

305

Personal lending
This section provides further detail on the regions, countries and products driving the increase in personal loans and advances to customers. Additionally, Hong Kong and UK mortgage book loan-to-value (‘LTV’) data is provided.
Further product granularity is also provided by stage, with geographical data presented for loans and advances to customers, loan and other credit-related commitments, and financial guarantee and similar contracts.
At 30 June 2019, total personal lending for loans and advances to customers of $414bn increased by $20bn compared with
31 December 2018. This increase included favourable exchange movements of $0.4bn. Excluding foreign exchange movements, there was growth of $19.6bn, primarily driven by $13.4bn in Asia and $5.4bn in Europe. The allowance for ECL attributable to personal lending, excluding off-balance sheet loan commitments and guarantees, increased by $25m.
 
Excluding foreign exchange movements, total personal lending was primarily driven by mortgage growth, which grew by $12.6bn. Mortgages grew in Asia by $8bn, notably $5.5bn in Hong Kong and $2bn in Australia, as a result of business growth initiatives. In Europe, mortgages grew by $4.4bn, notably $4.2bn in the UK, driven by stronger acquisition performance, including the expanded use of broker relationships.
The quality of both our Hong Kong and UK mortgage books remained high, with negligible defaults and impairment allowances. The average LTV ratio on new mortgage lending in Hong Kong was 49%, compared with an estimated 38% for the overall mortgage portfolio. The average LTV ratio on new lending in the UK was 68%, compared with an estimated 50% for the overall mortgage portfolio.
Excluding foreign exchange movements, other personal lending balances at 30 June 2019 increased by $7bn compared with
31 December 2018. The increase was attributable to loans and overdrafts, which grew by $4.2bn in Hong Kong and $0.4bn in UK. Credit cards decreased by $0.5bn in Hong Kong.
Total personal lending for loans and advances to customers by stage distribution
 
Gross carrying amount
 
Allowance for ECL
 
 
Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

By portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First lien residential mortgages
296,998

6,335

3,029

306,362

(45
)
(66
)
(439
)
(550
)
– of which: interest only (including offset)
31,053

1,703

358

33,114

(6
)
(16
)
(89
)
(111
)
– affordability (including US adjustable rate mortgages)
14,387

745

517

15,649

(4
)
(3
)
(8
)
(15
)
Other personal lending
97,535

8,779

1,675

107,989

(518
)
(1,176
)
(728
)
(2,422
)
– other
74,558

4,530

1,140

80,228

(226
)
(459
)
(466
)
(1,151
)
– credit cards
20,686

4,120

471

25,277

(286
)
(704
)
(245
)
(1,235
)
– second lien residential mortgages
800

92

57

949

(1
)
(9
)
(12
)
(22
)
– motor vehicle finance
1,491

37

7

1,535

(5
)
(4
)
(5
)
(14
)
At 30 Jun 2019
394,533

15,114

4,704

414,351

(563
)
(1,242
)
(1,167
)
(2,972
)
By geography
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe
173,825

6,342

2,087

182,254

(110
)
(481
)
(452
)
(1,043
)
of which: UK
142,516

4,993

1,346

148,855

(101
)
(452
)
(234
)
(787
)
Asia
169,111

5,588

722

175,421

(206
)
(329
)
(180
)
(715
)
of which: Hong Kong
114,645

2,976

197

117,818

(72
)
(195
)
(37
)
(304
)
MENA
5,517

280

389

6,186

(58
)
(61
)
(256
)
(375
)
North America
39,463

1,925

1,227

42,615

(31
)
(91
)
(143
)
(265
)
Latin America
6,617

979

279

7,875

(158
)
(280
)
(136
)
(574
)
At 30 Jun 2019
394,533

15,114

4,704

414,351

(563
)
(1,242
)
(1,167
)
(2,972
)

HSBC Holdings plc
64


Risk

Total personal lending for loans and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution
 
Nominal amount
Allowance for ECL
 
Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Europe
53,725

654

293

54,672

(9
)
(1
)

(10
)
of which: UK
50,939

554

290

51,783

(9
)


(9
)
Asia
139,171

1,280

3

140,454





of which: Hong Kong
108,303

359


108,662





MENA
3,260

52

54

3,366

(1
)


(1
)
North America
14,364

236

11

14,611

(1
)
(1
)

(2
)
Latin America
4,781

65

4

4,850

(4
)


(4
)
At 30 Jun 2019
215,301

2,287

365

217,953

(15
)
(2
)

(17
)
Total personal lending for loans and advances to customers by stage distribution
 
Gross carrying amount
 
Allowance for ECL
 
 
Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

By portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First lien residential mortgages
284,103

6,286

2,944

293,333

(41
)
(62
)
(432
)
(535
)
– of which: interest only (including offset)
31,874

1,324

338

33,536

(3
)
(13
)
(92
)
(108
)
– affordability (including US adjustable rate mortgages)
16,110

1,065

507

17,682

(3
)
(4
)
(5
)
(12
)
Other personal lending
90,578

8,789

1,637

101,004

(493
)
(1,203
)
(716
)
(2,412
)
– other
67,196

4,400

1,121

72,717

(214
)
(435
)
(465
)
(1,114
)
– credit cards
20,932

4,259

453

25,644

(272
)
(756
)
(233
)
(1,261
)
– second lien residential mortgages
1,022

100

57

1,179

(2
)
(9
)
(13
)
(24
)
– motor vehicle finance
1,428

30

6

1,464

(5
)
(3
)
(5
)
(13
)
At 31 Dec 2018
374,681

15,075

4,581

394,337

(534
)
(1,265
)
(1,148
)
(2,947
)
By geography
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe
169,782

5,731

2,051

177,564

(105
)
(453
)
(450
)
(1,008
)
– of which: UK
139,237

4,308

1,315

144,860

(93
)
(421
)
(219
)
(733
)
Asia
155,661

5,413

693

161,767

(207
)
(353
)
(180
)
(740
)
– of which: Hong Kong
104,909

2,715

169

107,793

(71
)
(220
)
(39
)
(330
)
MENA
5,565

350

411

6,326

(61
)
(70
)
(263
)
(394
)
North America
38,283

2,552

1,186

42,021

(29
)
(90
)
(142
)
(261
)
Latin America
5,390

1,029

240

6,659

(132
)
(299
)
(113
)
(544
)
At 31 Dec 2018

374,681

15,075

4,581

394,337

(534
)
(1,265
)
(1,148
)
(2,947
)
Total personal lending for loans and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution

 
Nominal amount
Allowance for ECL
 
Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Europe
52,719

291

290

53,300

(7
)


(7
)
– of which: UK
50,195

224

285

50,704

(5
)


(5
)
Asia
131,333

1,034

1

132,368





– of which: Hong Kong
102,156

366


102,522





MENA
3,264

67

23

3,354





North America
14,469

312

94

14,875

(1
)
(1
)

(2
)
Latin America
4,318

59

4

4,381

(5
)


(5
)
At 31 Dec 2018

206,103

1,763

412

208,278

(13
)
(1
)

(14
)
Wholesale lending
This section provides further details on the regions, countries and products driving the increase in wholesale loans and advances to customers and banks, with the impact of foreign exchange separately identified. Product granularity is also provided by stage, with geographical data presented for loans and advances to customers, banks, other credit commitments, financial guarantees and similar contracts.
At 30 June 2019, wholesale lending for loans and advances to banks and customers of $698bn increased by $30bn since
31 December 2018. This included favourable foreign exchange movements of $1bn.
 
Excluding foreign exchange movements, the total wholesale lending growth was driven by an $11bn increase in corporate and commercial balances and $10bn in loans and advances to banks. The primary drivers of the increase in corporate and commercial balances were $5.1bn in Asia, notably $2.9bn in mainland China and $1.5bn in Singapore. Additionally, corporate and commercial balances in the US grew $3.3bn. The allowance for ECL is attributable to loans and advances to banks and customers of $5.6bn at 30 June 2019 decreased from $5.7bn at 31 December 2018.



65
HSBC Holdings plc


Total wholesale lending for loans and advances to banks and customers by stage distribution
 
Gross carrying amount
 
Allowance for ECL
 
 
Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Corporate and commercial
493,523

44,560

8,019

325

546,427

(707
)
(802
)
(3,712
)
(160
)
(5,381
)
– agriculture, forestry and fishing

5,811

907

256

1

6,975

(17
)
(42
)
(124
)

(183
)
– mining and quarrying

12,251

2,125

241

2

14,619

(25
)
(46
)
(109
)
(2
)
(182
)
– manufacturing
97,484

10,753

1,394

122

109,753

(143
)
(172
)
(721
)
(84
)
(1,120
)
– electricity, gas, steam and air-conditioning supply

12,755

1,454

169


14,378

(13
)
(43
)
(20
)

(76
)
– water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation

3,192

175

22


3,389

(6
)
(3
)
(19
)

(28
)
– construction
12,384

2,199

871

64

15,518

(20
)
(37
)
(456
)
(64
)
(577
)
– wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

86,118

11,270

1,731

22

99,141

(113
)
(129
)
(999
)
(7
)
(1,248
)
– transportation and storage

22,490

1,795

506

36

24,827

(42
)
(37
)
(91
)
(1
)
(171
)
– accommodation and food

21,069

1,797

270

1

23,137

(46
)
(34
)
(111
)
(1
)
(192
)
– publishing, audiovisual and broadcasting

20,456

1,291

166


21,913

(50
)
(24
)
(38
)

(112
)
– real estate
121,684

6,266

1,421

1

129,372

(118
)
(85
)
(542
)

(745
)
– professional, scientific and technical activities

22,022

991

328


23,341

(28
)
(32
)
(115
)

(175
)
– administrative and support services

22,404

1,711

245

74

24,434

(36
)
(40
)
(160
)
(1
)
(237
)
– public administration and defence, compulsory social security

1,196

188



1,384

(1
)
(6
)


(7
)
– education
1,650

109

34


1,793

(9
)
(4
)
(8
)

(21
)
– health and care
3,884

500

110


4,494

(11
)
(22
)
(36
)

(69
)
– arts, entertainment and recreation

3,437

159

31

1

3,628

(7
)
(10
)
(15
)

(32
)
– other services
13,474

587

212

1

14,274

(17
)
(21
)
(142
)

(180
)
– activities of households

684

73



757






– extra-territorial organisations and bodies activities

45


5


50



(1
)

(1
)
– government
8,296

196

7


8,499

(5
)
(1
)
(5
)

(11
)
– asset-backed securities
737

14



751


(14
)


(14
)
Non-bank financial institutions
67,464

1,623

287


69,374

(59
)
(18
)
(90
)

(167
)
Loans and advances to banks
81,957

456



82,413

(14
)
(2
)


(16
)
At 30 Jun 2019
642,944

46,639

8,306

325

698,214

(780
)
(822
)
(3,802
)
(160
)
(5,564
)
By geography
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe
197,280

18,926

4,328

100

220,634

(393
)
(518
)
(1,546
)
(74
)
(2,531
)
of which: UK
135,445

15,230

3,107

37

153,819

(326
)
(464
)
(969
)
(28
)
(1,787
)
Asia
336,810

15,587

1,453

156

354,006

(227
)
(115
)
(969
)
(36
)
(1,347
)
of which: Hong Kong
205,362

7,182

680

65

213,289

(118
)
(46
)
(461
)
(34
)
(659
)
MENA
26,016

3,095

1,835

54

31,000

(58
)
(72
)
(982
)
(45
)
(1,157
)
North America
63,759

8,194

330


72,283

(41
)
(95
)
(106
)

(242
)
Latin America
19,079

837

360

15

20,291

(61
)
(22
)
(199
)
(5
)
(287
)
At 30 Jun 2019
642,944

46,639

8,306

325

698,214

(780
)
(822
)
(3,802
)
(160
)
(5,564
)
Total wholesale lending for loans and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution10
 
Nominal amount
Allowance for ECL
 
Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Corporate and commercial
262,473

20,437

635

8

283,553

(139
)
(132
)
(57
)

(328
)
Financial
147,988

1,681

6


149,675

(7
)
(3
)
(1
)

(11
)
At 30 Jun 2019
410,461

22,118

641

8

433,228

(146
)
(135
)
(58
)

(339
)
By geography
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe
222,268

8,827

532

8

231,635

(79
)
(47
)
(38
)

(164
)
– of which: UK
78,553

4,930

284

5

83,772

(64
)
(39
)
(28
)

(131
)
Asia
65,053

2,561

20


67,634

(40
)
(16
)
(11
)

(67
)
– of which: Hong Kong
29,748

853

6


30,607

(12
)
(3
)
(9
)

(24
)
MENA
5,580

703

15


6,298

(5
)
(7
)
(3
)

(15
)
North America
114,802

9,987

72


124,861

(19
)
(65
)
(6
)

(90
)
Latin America
2,758

40

2


2,800

(3
)



(3
)
At 30 Jun 2019
410,461

22,118

641

8

433,228

(146
)
(135
)
(58
)

(339
)
For footnotes, see page 79.

HSBC Holdings plc
66


Risk

Total wholesale lending for loans and advances to banks and customers by stage distribution
 
Gross carrying amount
 
Allowance for ECL
 
 
Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Corporate and commercial
481,262

44,779

8,212

324

534,577

(698
)
(812
)
(3,848
)
(194
)
(5,552
)
– agriculture, forestry and fishing

5,361

1,102

236

2

6,701

(15
)
(34
)
(117
)
(1
)
(167
)
– mining and quarrying

12,094

1,717

359

2

14,172

(29
)
(51
)
(94
)
(2
)
(176
)
– manufacturing
92,606

11,404

1,569

125

105,704

(132
)
(156
)
(791
)
(83
)
(1,162
)
– electricity, gas, steam and air-conditioning supply

14,522

1,422

40

60

16,044

(18
)
(60
)
(15
)
(54
)
(147
)
– water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation

3,335

164

24


3,523

(5
)
(2
)
(17
)

(24
)
– construction
12,919

1,116

1,168

51

15,254

(27
)
(41
)
(524
)
(44
)
(636
)
– wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

83,751

12,225

1,652

37

97,665

(115
)
(128
)
(968
)
(7
)
(1,218
)
– transportation and storage

23,327

1,825

351

38

25,541

(37
)
(46
)
(82
)
(1
)
(166
)
– accommodation and food

19,385

1,889

270

3

21,547

(43
)
(41
)
(83
)
(1
)
(168
)
– publishing, audiovisual and broadcasting

19,758

1,224

189

1

21,172

(42
)
(16
)
(84
)

(142
)
– real estate
116,132

5,985

1,115

1

123,233

(97
)
(80
)
(594
)

(771
)
– professional, scientific and technical activities

21,282

941

350


22,573

(29
)
(29
)
(113
)

(171
)
– administrative and support services

22,820

1,843

437

3

25,103

(41
)
(48
)
(166
)
(1
)
(256
)
– public administration and defence, compulsory social security

1,425

30

8


1,463

(1
)
(3
)
(5
)

(9
)
– education
1,713

102

14


1,829

(11
)
(7
)
(6
)

(24
)
– health and care
3,710

457

141


4,308

(10
)
(16
)
(33
)

(59
)
– arts, entertainment and recreation

4,326

676

39


5,041

(9
)
(9
)
(15
)

(33
)
– other services
13,259

411

242

1

13,913

(31
)
(31
)
(140
)

(202
)
– activities of households

770

59

1


830






– extra-territorial organisations and bodies activities

49

3

7


59



(1
)

(1
)
– government
7,905

168



8,073

(6
)
(1
)


(7
)
– asset-backed securities
813

16



829


(13
)


(13
)
Non-bank financial institutions
59,245

1,932

230


61,407

(44
)
(31
)
(51
)

(126
)
Loans and advances to banks
71,873

307



72,180

(11
)
(2
)


(13
)
At 31 Dec 2018

612,380

47,018

8,442

324

668,164

(753
)
(845
)
(3,899
)
(194
)
(5,691
)
By geography
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe
190,387

19,073

4,233

150

213,843

(366
)
(529
)
(1,598
)
(102
)
(2,595
)
– of which: UK
133,004

15,370

2,928

8

151,310

(313
)
(471
)
(998
)

(1,782
)
Asia
314,591

17,729

1,736

92

334,148

(179
)
(121
)
(1,040
)
(36
)
(1,376
)
– of which: Hong Kong
194,186

8,425

729

69

203,409

(99
)
(54
)
(413
)
(35
)
(601
)
MENA
25,684

2,974

1,769

53

30,480

(73
)
(77
)
(974
)
(46
)
(1,170
)
North America
62,631

6,928

314


69,873

(37
)
(107
)
(101
)

(245
)
Latin America
19,087

314

390

29

19,820

(98
)
(11
)
(186
)
(10
)
(305
)
At 31 Dec 2018

612,380

47,018

8,442

324

668,164

(753
)
(845
)
(3,899
)
(194
)
(5,691
)
Total wholesale lending for loans and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution10
 
Nominal amount
Allowance for ECL
 
Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Corporate and commercial
266,489

21,087

791

10

288,377

(142
)
(161
)
(87
)

(390
)
Financial
117,542

1,323

6


118,871

(7
)
(6
)
(1
)

(14
)
At 31 Dec 2018

384,031

22,410

797

10

407,248

(149
)
(167
)
(88
)

(404
)
By geography
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe
203,092

9,726

614

10

213,442

(82
)
(66
)
(53
)

(201
)
– of which: UK
82,572

6,378

442


89,392

(69
)
(57
)
(39
)

(165
)
Asia
61,206

3,076

102


64,384

(39
)
(16
)
(28
)

(83
)
– of which: Hong Kong
27,022

1,115

89


28,226

(12
)
(2
)
(27
)

(41
)
MENA
5,304

732

18


6,054

(8
)
(10
)
(2
)

(20
)
North America
111,494

8,850

62


120,406

(17
)
(75
)
(4
)

(96
)
Latin America
2,935

26

1


2,962

(3
)

(1
)

(4
)
At 31 Dec 2018

384,031

22,410

797

10

407,248

(149
)
(167
)
(88
)

(404
)
For footnotes, see page 79.

67
HSBC Holdings plc


Supplementary information
The following disclosure presents the gross carrying/nominal amount of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in
IFRS 9 are applied by global business and the associated allowance for ECL.
Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied – by global business
 
Gross carrying/nominal amount
Allowance for ECL
 
Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
955,520

61,297

13,010

325

1,030,152

(1,329
)
(2,062
)
(4,969
)
(160
)
(8,520
)
– RBWM
359,885

14,888

4,280


379,053

(548
)
(1,209
)
(1,170
)

(2,927
)
– CMB
313,262

31,671

6,699

206

351,838

(548
)
(666
)
(3,105
)
(132
)
(4,451
)
– GB&M
237,323

12,953

1,408

119

251,803

(220
)
(162
)
(603
)
(28
)
(1,013
)
– GPB
43,553

1,745

623


45,921

(13
)
(11
)
(91
)

(115
)
– Corporate Centre
1,497

40



1,537


(14
)


(14
)
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
81,957

456



82,413

(14
)
(2
)


(16
)
– RBWM
5,409

26



5,435

(2
)



(2
)
– CMB
1,446

13



1,459

(1
)



(1
)
– GB&M
26,370

395



26,765

(9
)
(2
)


(11
)
– GPB
25




25






– Corporate Centre
48,707

22



48,729

(2
)



(2
)
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
651,513

1,890

149

2

653,554

(32
)
(10
)
(43
)

(85
)
– RBWM
51,767

235

18


52,020

(17
)
(2
)
(2
)

(21
)
– CMB
17,623

1,051

63

1

18,738

(10
)
(6
)
(24
)

(40
)
– GB&M
314,846

581

53

1

315,481

(2
)
(2
)
(15
)

(19
)
– GPB
1,388

10

4


1,402



(2
)

(2
)
– Corporate Centre
265,889

13

11


265,913

(3
)



(3
)
Total gross carrying amount on-balance sheet at 30 Jun 2019
1,688,990

63,643

13,159

327

1,766,119

(1,375
)
(2,074
)
(5,012
)
(160
)
(8,621
)
Loans and other credit-related commitments
607,086

21,982

818

5

629,891

(141
)
(112
)
(48
)

(301
)
– RBWM
169,931

2,430

359


172,720

(13
)
(3
)


(16
)
– CMB
115,551

10,876

304

5

126,736

(75
)
(46
)
(43
)

(164
)
– GB&M
283,499

8,552

151


292,202

(52
)
(63
)
(5
)

(120
)
– GPB
36,923

124

4


37,051






– Corporate Centre
1,182




1,182

(1
)



(1
)
Financial guarantees
18,676

2,423

188

3

21,290

(20
)
(25
)
(10
)

(55
)
– RBWM
67

2

1


70






– CMB
7,651

1,465

93

3

9,212

(8
)
(16
)
(8
)

(32
)
– GB&M
9,917

947

94


10,958

(12
)
(9
)
(2
)

(23
)
– GPB
1,022

9



1,031






– Corporate Centre
19




19






Total nominal amount off-balance sheet at 30 Jun 2019
625,762

24,405

1,006

8

651,181

(161
)
(137
)
(58
)

(356
)
RBWM
14,213

138



14,351

(4
)



(4
)
CMB
264



1

265

(3
)



(3
)
GB&M
1,707




1,707

(6
)



(6
)
GPB










Corporate Centre
327,891

821



328,712

(27
)
(34
)


(61
)
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI at 30 Jun 2019
344,075

959


1

345,035

(40
)
(34
)


(74
)
For footnotes, see page 79.

HSBC Holdings plc
68


Risk

Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied – by global business (continued)
 
Gross carrying/nominal amount
Allowance for ECL
 
Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
915,188

61,786

13,023

324

990,321

(1,276
)
(2,108
)
(5,047
)
(194
)
(8,625
)
– RBWM
340,606

19,228

4,960


364,794

(544
)
(1,250
)
(1,129
)

(2,923
)
– CMB
304,103

27,529

5,732

298

337,662

(538
)
(659
)
(3,110
)
(194
)
(4,501
)
– GB&M
230,250

14,112

1,683

25

246,070

(188
)
(182
)
(718
)

(1,088
)
– GPB
37,970

724

618

1

39,313

(5
)
(3
)
(89
)

(97
)
– Corporate Centre
2,259

193

30


2,482

(1
)
(14
)
(1
)

(16
)
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
71,873

307



72,180

(11
)
(2
)


(13
)
– RBWM
5,801

5



5,806

(1
)



(1
)
– CMB
1,912

15



1,927

(1
)



(1
)
– GB&M
25,409

212



25,621

(7
)
(2
)


(9
)
– GPB
46




46






– Corporate Centre
38,705

75



38,780

(2
)



(2
)
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
581,118

1,673

126


582,917

(27
)
(6
)
(22
)

(55
)
– RBWM
49,142

184

32


49,358

(14
)
(2
)
(1
)

(17
)
– CMB
15,082

774

60


15,916

(7
)
(3
)
(21
)

(31
)
– GB&M
272,028

703

20


272,751

(1
)
(1
)


(2
)
– GPB
924

1

2


927






– Corporate Centre
243,942

11

12


243,965

(5
)



(5
)
Total gross carrying amount on-balance sheet at
31 Dec 2018
1,568,179

63,766

13,149

324

1,645,418

(1,314
)
(2,116
)
(5,069
)
(194
)
(8,693
)
Loans and other credit-related commitments
569,250

21,839

912

7

592,008

(143
)
(139
)
(43
)

(325
)
– RBWM
164,589

1,792

399


166,780

(6
)
(1
)
(1
)

(8
)
– CMB
113,753

9,345

308

5

123,411

(72
)
(52
)
(40
)

(164
)
– GB&M
252,910

9,658

194

2

262,764

(58
)
(86
)
(2
)

(146
)
– GPB
33,885

1,044

11


34,940






– Corporate Centre
4,113




4,113

(7
)



(7
)
Financial guarantees
20,884

2,334

297

3

23,518

(19
)
(29
)
(45
)

(93
)
– RBWM
54

3

3


60






– CMB
7,629

1,203

230

3

9,065

(10
)
(11
)
(39
)

(60
)
– GB&M
12,093

1,115

63


13,271

(8
)
(18
)
(5
)

(31
)
– GPB
1,053

13



1,066

(1
)



(1
)
– Corporate Centre
55


1


56



(1
)

(1
)
Total nominal amount off-balance sheet at
31 Dec 2018
590,134

24,173

1,209

10

615,526

(162
)
(168
)
(88
)

(418
)
RBWM
13,160

153



13,313

(5
)



(5
)
CMB
226



1

227

(2
)



(2
)
GB&M
1,994




1,994

(5
)



(5
)
GPB










Corporate Centre
326,795

770

7

4

327,576

(21
)
(50
)
(1
)

(72
)
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI at
31 Dec 2018
342,175

923

7

5

343,110

(33
)
(50
)
(1
)

(84
)
For footnotes, see page 79.


69
HSBC Holdings plc


Wholesale lending – loans and advances to customers at amortised cost by country/territory
 
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
 
Corporate and commercial

Of which: real estate11

Non-bank financial institutions

Total

Corporate and commercial

Of which: real estate11

Non-bank financial institutions

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Europe
177,866

26,623

26,807

204,673

(2,409
)
(442
)
(112
)
(2,521
)
– UK 
126,957

18,492

18,707

145,664

(1,696
)
(389
)
(81
)
(1,777
)
– France
29,038

6,266

5,664

34,702

(419
)
(32
)
(29
)
(448
)
– Germany
10,624

341

1,400

12,024

(64
)

(1
)
(65
)
– Switzerland
2,029

533

314

2,343

(2
)


(2
)
– other
9,218

991

722

9,940

(228
)
(21
)
(1
)
(229
)
Asia
269,382

85,018

30,884

300,266

(1,314
)
(87
)
(31
)
(1,345
)
– Hong Kong
169,700

67,104

17,876

187,576

(639
)
(50
)
(20
)
(659
)
– Australia
11,024

2,140

2,130

13,154

(72
)
(4
)

(72
)
– India
6,898

1,534

2,944

9,842

(41
)
(2
)
(1
)
(42
)
– Indonesia
4,465

62

345

4,810

(217
)

(2
)
(219
)
– mainland China
27,111

5,031

5,837

32,948

(210
)
(23
)
(7
)
(217
)
– Malaysia
7,598

1,693

236

7,834

(32
)
(3
)

(32
)
– Singapore
19,184

5,225

679

19,863

(32
)
(2
)

(32
)
– Taiwan
5,317

23

101

5,418

(2
)


(2
)
– other
18,085

2,206

736

18,821

(69
)
(3
)
(1
)
(70
)
Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)
23,527

1,982

329

23,856

(1,148
)
(175
)
(10
)
(1,158
)
– Egypt
1,986

45


1,986

(134
)


(134
)
– UAE
13,888

1,837

227

14,115

(744
)
(174
)
(7
)
(751
)
– other
7,653

100

102

7,755

(270
)
(1
)
(3
)
(273
)
North America
61,107

14,072

9,476

70,583

(230
)
(34
)
(10
)
(240
)
– US
39,008

8,723

8,467

47,475

(100
)
(10
)
(3
)
(103
)
– Canada
21,314

4,971

878

22,192

(108
)
(6
)
(2
)
(110
)
– other
785

378

131

916

(22
)
(18
)
(5
)
(27
)
Latin America
14,545

1,677

1,878

16,423

(280
)
(7
)
(4
)
(284
)
– Mexico
11,970

1,675

1,831

13,801

(198
)
(7
)
(3
)
(201
)
– other
2,575

2

47

2,622

(82
)

(1
)
(83
)
At 30 Jun 2019
546,427

129,372

69,374

615,801

(5,381
)
(745
)
(167
)
(5,548
)
Europe
176,577

25,715

22,529

199,106

(2,507
)
(481
)
(82
)
(2,589
)
– UK 
127,093

18,384

17,703

144,796

(1,701
)
(410
)
(78
)
(1,779
)
– France
28,204

5,890

2,488

30,692

(405
)
(36
)
(1
)
(406
)
– Germany
10,454

246

1,371

11,825

(35
)


(35
)
– Switzerland
1,674

509

348

2,022

(1
)


(1
)
– other
9,152

686

619

9,771

(365
)
(35
)
(3
)
(368
)
Asia
263,608

79,941

27,284

290,892

(1,343
)
(67
)
(31
)
(1,374
)
– Hong Kong
168,621

63,287

15,062

183,683

(579
)
(40
)
(20
)
(599
)
– Australia
11,335

2,323

2,115

13,450

(68
)
(3
)

(68
)
– India
6,396

1,408

2,846

9,242

(77
)
(4
)
(1
)
(78
)
– Indonesia
4,286

35

354

4,640

(269
)

(2
)
(271
)
– mainland China
24,225

4,423

5,146

29,371

(172
)
(15
)
(6
)
(178
)
– Malaysia
7,924

1,649

274

8,198

(77
)
(2
)

(77
)
– Singapore
17,564

4,463

431

17,995

(31
)
(2
)

(31
)
– Taiwan
6,008

23

156

6,164

(2
)


(2
)
– other
17,249

2,330

900

18,149

(68
)
(1
)
(2
)
(70
)
Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)
23,738

2,025

322

24,060

(1,167
)
(178
)
(1
)
(1,168
)
– Egypt
1,746

41


1,746

(125
)


(125
)
– UAE
14,445

1,849

206

14,651

(721
)
(176
)
(1
)
(722
)
– other
7,547

135

116

7,663

(321
)
(2
)

(321
)
North America
56,983

14,169

9,647

66,630

(236
)
(37
)
(8
)
(244
)
– US
35,714

8,422

8,777

44,491

(103
)
(8
)
(2
)
(105
)
– Canada
20,493

5,354

770

21,263

(105
)
(5
)
(2
)
(107
)
– other
776

393

100

876

(28
)
(24
)
(4
)
(32
)
Latin America
13,671

1,383

1,625

15,296

(299
)
(8
)
(4
)
(303
)
– Mexico
11,302

1,354

1,567

12,869

(225
)
(8
)
(4
)
(229
)
– other
2,369

29

58

2,427

(74
)


(74
)
At 31 Dec 2018
534,577

123,233

61,407

595,984

(5,552
)
(771
)
(126
)
(5,678
)
For footnotes, see page 79.

HSBC Holdings plc
70


Risk

Personal lending – loans and advances to customers at amortised costs by country/territory
 
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
 
First lien residential mortgages

Other personal

Of which: credit cards

Total

First lien residential mortgages

Other personal

Of which: credit cards

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Europe
135,416

46,838

9,687

182,254

(258
)
(785
)
(323
)
(1,043
)
– UK 
128,068

20,787

9,301

148,855

(149
)
(638
)
(319
)
(787
)
– France
3,541

19,965

330

23,506

(40
)
(105
)
(4
)
(145
)
– Germany

303


303





– Switzerland
1,140

5,394


6,534

(3
)
(19
)

(22
)
– other
2,667

389

56

3,056

(66
)
(23
)

(89
)
Asia
127,885

47,536

11,511

175,421

(48
)
(667
)
(445
)
(715
)
– Hong Kong
84,757

33,061

7,620

117,818

(1
)
(303
)
(202
)
(304
)
– Australia
15,825

727

602

16,552

(8
)
(52
)
(51
)
(60
)
– India
1,067

581

235

1,648

(4
)
(20
)
(14
)
(24
)
– Indonesia
62

326

211

388


(31
)
(25
)
(31
)
– mainland China
8,815

1,183

592

9,998

(2
)
(70
)
(63
)
(72
)
– Malaysia
2,832

3,132

884

5,964

(26
)
(69
)
(32
)
(95
)
– Singapore
6,355

6,433

428

12,788

(1
)
(62
)
(21
)
(63
)
– Taiwan
5,093

956

305

6,049


(19
)
(4
)
(19
)
– other
3,079

1,137

634

4,216

(6
)
(41
)
(33
)
(47
)
Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)
2,341

3,845

1,101

6,186

(84
)
(291
)
(144
)
(375
)
– Egypt

330

78

330


(4
)
(1
)
(4
)
– UAE
1,942

1,479

516

3,421

(81
)
(124
)
(51
)
(205
)
– other
399

2,036

507

2,435

(3
)
(163
)
(92
)
(166
)
North America
37,581

5,034

1,463

42,615

(125
)
(140
)
(85
)
(265
)
– US
17,495

2,295

1,142

19,790

(15
)
(108
)
(79
)
(123
)
– Canada
18,870

2,532

277

21,402

(17
)
(24
)
(5
)
(41
)
– other
1,216

207

44

1,423

(93
)
(8
)
(1
)
(101
)
Latin America
3,139

4,736

1,515

7,875

(35
)
(539
)
(238
)
(574
)
– Mexico
2,986

4,069

1,213

7,055

(29
)
(491
)
(214
)
(520
)
– other
153

667

302

820

(6
)
(48
)
(24
)
(54
)
At 30 Jun 2019
306,362

107,989

25,277

414,351

(550
)
(2,422
)
(1,235
)
(2,972
)
Europe
131,557

46,007

9,790

177,564

(258
)
(750
)
(313
)
(1,008
)
– UK 
124,357

20,503

9,356

144,860

(141
)
(592
)
(309
)
(733
)
– France
3,454

19,616

376

23,070

(43
)
(114
)
(4
)
(157
)
– Germany

288


288





– Switzerland
1,120

5,213


6,333

(2
)
(19
)

(21
)
– other
2,626

387

58

3,013

(72
)
(25
)

(97
)
Asia
119,718

42,049

11,900

161,767

(44
)
(696
)
(465
)
(740
)
– Hong Kong
79,059

28,734

8,124

107,793

(1
)
(329
)
(228
)
(330
)
– Australia
13,858

764

626

14,622

(5
)
(55
)
(54
)
(60
)
– India
1,030

608

228

1,638

(5
)
(20
)
(14
)
(25
)
– Indonesia
59

279

206

338


(34
)
(27
)
(34
)
– mainland China
8,706

1,139

502

9,845

(2
)
(57
)
(50
)
(59
)
– Malaysia
2,890

3,209

888

6,099

(24
)
(71
)
(33
)
(95
)
– Singapore
5,991

5,353

434

11,344


(70
)
(21
)
(70
)
– Taiwan
5,123

860

289

5,983

(1
)
(20
)
(5
)
(21
)
– other
3,002

1,103

603

4,105

(6
)
(40
)
(33
)
(46
)
Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)
2,393

3,933

1,181

6,326

(88
)
(306
)
(148
)
(394
)
– Egypt

309

71

309


(5
)
(1
)
(5
)
– UAE
1,974

1,477

538

3,451

(82
)
(126
)
(54
)
(208
)
– other
419

2,147

572

2,566

(6
)
(175
)
(93
)
(181
)
North America
36,964

5,057

1,341

42,021

(122
)
(139
)
(81
)
(261
)
– US
17,464

2,280

1,028

19,744

(13
)
(106
)
(75
)
(119
)
– Canada
18,267

2,562

265

20,829

(16
)
(23
)
(5
)
(39
)
– other
1,233

215

48

1,448

(93
)
(10
)
(1
)
(103
)
Latin America
2,701

3,958

1,432

6,659

(23
)
(521
)
(254
)
(544
)
– Mexico
2,550

3,192

1,121

5,742

(22
)
(465
)
(227
)
(487
)
– other
151

766

311

917

(1
)
(56
)
(27
)
(57
)
At 31 Dec 2018
293,333

101,004

25,644

394,337

(535
)
(2,412
)
(1,261
)
(2,947
)


71
HSBC Holdings plc


Loans and advances to customers and banks metrics
Loans and advances to customers and banks
 
Gross carrying amount

Of which: stage 3 and POCI

Allowance for ECL

Of which: stage 3 and POCI

Change in ECL

Write-offs

Recoveries

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

First lien residential mortgages
306,362

3,029

(550
)
(439
)
(50
)
(59
)
32

Other personal lending
107,989

1,675

(2,422
)
(728
)
(510
)
(645
)
143

Personal lending
414,351

4,704

(2,972
)
(1,167
)
(560
)
(704
)
175

– agriculture, forestry and fishing
6,975

257

(183
)
(124
)
(20
)


– mining and quarrying
14,619

243

(182
)
(111
)
(6
)
(2
)

– manufacturing
109,753

1,516

(1,120
)
(805
)
(108
)
(124
)
6

electricity, gas, steam and air-conditioning supply
14,378

169

(76
)
(20
)
10

(54
)
2

water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation
3,389

22

(28
)
(19
)
(2
)


– construction
15,518

935

(577
)
(520
)
(105
)
(102
)
5

wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles
99,141

1,753

(1,248
)
(1,006
)
(212
)
(183
)
8

– transportation and storage
24,827

542

(171
)
(92
)
(6
)
(16
)

– accommodation and food
23,137

271

(192
)
(112
)
(54
)
(65
)

– publishing, audiovisual and broadcasting
21,913

166

(112
)
(38
)
(33
)
(27
)

– real estate
129,372

1,422

(745
)
(542
)
6

(25
)
3

– professional, scientific and technical activities
23,341

328

(175
)
(115
)
(11
)
(5
)
1

– administrative and support services
24,434

319

(237
)
(161
)
(51
)
(10
)

public administration and defence, compulsory social security
1,384


(7
)

(3
)


– education
1,793

34

(21
)
(8
)
7

(1
)

– health and care
4,494

110

(69
)
(36
)
(9
)


– arts, entertainment and recreation
3,628

32

(32
)
(15
)
2

(2
)

– other services
14,274

213

(180
)
(142
)
16

(8
)
1

– activities of households
757




(1
)


extra-territorial organisations and bodies activities
50

5

(1
)
(1
)
1



– government
8,499

7

(11
)
(5
)
1



– asset-backed securities
751


(14
)




Corporate and commercial
546,427

8,344

(5,381
)
(3,872
)
(578
)
(624
)
26

Non-bank financial institutions
69,374

287

(167
)
(90
)
(38
)
(2
)

Wholesale lending
615,801

8,631

(5,548
)
(3,962
)
(616
)
(626
)
26

Loans and advances to customers
1,030,152

13,335

(8,520
)
(5,129
)
(1,176
)
(1,330
)
201

Loans and advances to banks
82,413


(16
)

(3
)


At 30 Jun 2019
1,112,565

13,335

(8,536
)
(5,129
)
(1,179
)
(1,330
)
201

Securitisation exposures and other structured products
The following table summarises the carrying amount of our asset-backed securities (‘ABSs’) exposure by categories of collateral. It includes assets held in the legacy credit portfolio with a carrying value of $5.2bn (31 December 2018: $5.9bn).
 
At 30 June 2019, the FVOCI reserve in respect of ABSs was a deficit of $175m (31 December 2018: deficit of $179m). For 1H19, the impairment write-back in respect of ABSs was $13m (31 December 2018: $106m).

HSBC Holdings plc
72


Risk

Carrying amount of HSBC’s consolidated holdings of ABSs


Trading

Financial investments at FVOCI

Held at amortised cost

Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss

Total

Of which
held through consolidated
structured entities


Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Mortgage-related assets

1,434

19,710

14,781

48

35,973

111

– sub-prime residential

17

458


11

486

3

– US Alt-A residential


36

2


38


– US Government agency and sponsored enterprises: MBSs
9
79

19,106

13,914


33,099


– UK buy-to-let residential

162




162


– other residential

388

9

797


1,194

9

– commercial property

788

101

68

37

994

99

Leveraged finance-related assets

283

14


208

505

166

Student loan-related assets

126

1,742


11

1,879

1,732

Auto finance-related assets

477


2,429


2,906


Other assets

1,327

683

3,323


5,333

178

At 30 Jun 2019

3,647

22,149

20,533

267

46,596

2,187

Mortgage-related assets
 
1,680

15,422

15,498

127

32,727

208

– sub-prime residential
 
17

587



604

50

– US Alt-A residential
 

87

2

94

183

42

– US Government agency and sponsored enterprises: MBSs
9
153

14,627

14,657


29,437


– UK buy-to-let residential
 






– other residential
 
924

15

780


1,719

10

– commercial property
 
586

106

59

33

784

106

Leveraged finance-related assets
 
306

40


21

367

200

Student loan-related assets
 
149

1,815


1

1,965

1,800

Auto finance-related assets
 
282


2,577


2,859


Other assets
 
1,136

718

2,323

7

4,184

204

At 31 Dec 2018
 
3,553

17,995

20,398

156

42,102

2,412

For footnotes, see page 79.
Liquidity and funding risk profile
Liquidity risk is the risk that we do not have sufficient financial resources to meet our obligations as they fall due. Liquidity risk arises from mismatches in the timing of cash flows. Funding risk is the risk that we can only fund our assets at excessive cost.
There were no material changes to the policies and practices for the management of liquidity and funding risk in 1H19.
A summary of our current policies and practices regarding the management of liquidity and funding risk is set out on pages 80 and 81 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
Liquidity and funding in the first half of 2019
We require all operating entities to comply with our liquidity and funding risk management framework (‘LFRF’) on a stand-alone basis and to meet regulatory and internal minimums at all times. The liquidity coverage ratio (‘LCR’) and net stable funding ratio (‘NSFR’) are key components of the LFRF.
The Group’s liquidity and funding position in 1H19 is analysed in the following sections.
Management of liquidity and funding risk
Liquidity coverage ratio
We manage actively the liquidity position of each of our principal operating entities.
At 30 June 2019, all the Group’s principal operating entities were well above regulatory minimums and above the internally expected levels established by the Board.
The following table displays the individual LCR levels for our principal operating entities on a European Commission LCR basis. This basis may vary from local LCR measures due to differences in the way non-EU regulators have implemented the Basel III recommendations.
 
Principal operating entities’ LCRs
 
 
At
 
 
30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec

 
 
2019

2018

2018

 
Footnotes
%

%

%

HSBC UK Bank plc (ring-fenced bank)
 
155


143

HSBC Bank plc (non-ring-fenced bank)
 
140


147

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Hong Kong branch
12
151

154

161

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Singapore branch
12, 14
258

153

149

HSBC Bank China
 
169

160

153

Hang Seng Bank
 
194

196

202

HSBC Bank USA
 
120

126

121

HSBC France
 
123

169

128

HSBC Bank Canada
 
120

110

115

HSBC Bank Middle East – UAE branch
 
193

165

182

HSBC Mexico
 
165

154

153

HSBC Private Bank
 
270

292

273

For footnotes, see page 79.
The preceding table also reflects the following movements in 1H19:
In the UK, our respective ring-fenced and non-ring-fenced banks, HSBC UK Bank plc and HSBC Bank plc, positioned themselves to deal with future uncertainties, including the UK’s departure from the European Union.
In Hong Kong, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Hong Kong branch, and Hang Seng Bank remained highly liquid, reflecting their strong deposit base.
In Singapore, the LCR in The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Singapore branch improved, mainly due to increased deposits.

73
HSBC Holdings plc


In China, HSBC Bank China improved its liquidity and funding position to 169% at 30 June 2019 (31 December 2018: 153%) in line with its growth targets.
In France, the liquidity position of HSBC France remained strong, with the transfer of European branches adding additional assets and liabilities, supported by $8bn of additional high-quality liquid assets.
In the UAE, deposit growth to support the business strategy improved the liquidity position of our branch.
 
In Mexico, debt issuance increased, improving the LCR position of HSBC Mexico.
In North America, the liquidity positions of HSBC Bank USA and Canada operating entities remained stable.
Liquid assets of principal operating entities
The following table shows the liquidity value of the unencumbered liquid assets of our principal operating entities at the period end as a six-monthly average.
Liquid assets of HSBC’s principal entities
 
 
Recognised at 30 Jun 2019

1H19 average

Recognised at
30 Jun 2018

1H18
average
Recognised at
31 Dec 2018

2H18
average
 
Footnotes
$m


$m


$m

$m


$m

$m

HSBC UK Bank plc (ring-fenced bank)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 1
 
63,665

61,063

 
 
57,862

59,474
Level 2a
 
1,431

1,587

 
 
1,561

1,383
Level 2b
 


 
 
 
 
HSBC Bank plc (non-ring-fenced bank)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 1
 
107,820

98,939

 
 
107,488

106,929
Level 2a
 
7,994

8,686

 
 
5,417

8,484
Level 2b
 
7,820

9,758

 
 
9,913

16,875
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Hong Kong
branch
12
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 1
 
67,085

80,649

75,436

78,496
99,634

84,595
Level 2a
 
31,452

33,674

28,656

24,991
28,495

28,277
Level 2b
 
1,658

1,537

1,153

1,988
1,578

1,317
Hang Seng Bank
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 1
 
35,113

33,100

32,551

30,531
33,009

30,519
Level 2a
 
6,006

5,773

2,739

3,151
5,458

3,995
Level 2b
 
142

142

142

146
141

141
HSBC Bank USA
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 1
 
51,859

50,280

57,413

53,383
53,659

49,481
Level 2a
 
21,529

21,715

15,612

14,869
19,062

17,971
Level 2b
 
1,781

298


13
-

1
Total of HSBC’s other principal entities
13
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 1
 
93,841

94,750

80,566

84,508
90,023

89,410
Level 2a
 
7,986

7,867

8,003

8,447
7,044

7,397
Level 2b
 
643

498

407

691
383

458
For footnotes, see page 79.
Consolidated liquidity coverage ratio
The Group consolidated liquidity coverage ratio (‘LCR’) was 136% at 1H19 (31 December 2018: 154%), reflecting the strong liquidity position of the Group’s main entities. The Group LCR is well above the regulatory minimum, as are the ratios of the Group’s main entities as shown in the table above.
During 1H19, the Holdings capital buffer was moved from Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation to HSBC Holdings, which reduced the European LCR. This reduced the Group consolidated LCR by 10% as the methodology caps the Group consolidated LCR at the European LCR. The methodology used to calculate the Group consolidated LCR is currently under review given that the Group’s liquidity profile is set and managed based on factors relevant to the operating entities on a stand-alone basis.
 
At
 
30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec

 
2019

2018

2018

 
$bn

$bn

$bn

High-quality liquid assets (liquidity value)
533

540

567

Net outflows
391

342

369

Liquidity coverage ratio
136%

158%

154
%
Net stable funding ratio
We are required to maintain sufficient stable funding. The NSFR measures stable funding relative to required stable funding, and reflects a bank’s funding profile, which is defined as funding with a term of more than a year.
 
The following table displays the NSFR levels for our principal operating entities.
Principal operating entities’ NSFRs
 
 
At
 
 
30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec

 
 
2019

2018

2018

 
Footnotes
%

%

%

HSBC UK Bank plc (ring-fenced bank)
 
147

 
144

HSBC Bank plc (non-ring-fenced bank)
 
110

 
113

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Hong Kong branch
12
128

130

132

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Singapore branch
12
120

117

123

HSBC Bank China
 
149

149

153

Hang Seng Bank
 
153

154

152

HSBC Bank USA
 
118

122

131

HSBC France
 
111

112

113

HSBC Bank Canada
 
125

125

126

HSBC Bank Middle East – UAE branch
 
139

142

132

HSBC Mexico
 
116

121

123

HSBC Private Bank
 
150

176

203

For footnotes, see page 79.

HSBC Holdings plc
74


Risk

Depositor concentration and term funding maturity concentration
The LCR and NSFR metrics assume a scenario where there is a stressed outflow of deposits from a portfolio of depositors within retail, corporate and financial deposit segments. The validity of these assumptions is challenged if the portfolio of depositors is not large enough to avoid depositor concentration.
Operating entities are exposed to term refinancing concentration risk if the current maturity profile results in future maturities being overly concentrated in any defined period.
At 30 June 2019, all principal operating entities were within the risk tolerance levels set for depositor concentration and term funding maturity concentration. These risk tolerances were established by the Board and are applicable under the LFRF.
Sources of funding
Our primary sources of funding are customer current accounts and savings deposits payable on demand or at short notice. We issue secured and unsecured wholesale securities to supplement customer deposits, meet regulatory obligations and to change the currency mix, maturity profile or location of our liabilities.
The following ‘Funding sources’ and ‘Funding uses’ tables provide a view of how our consolidated balance sheet is funded. In practice, all the principal operating entities are required to manage liquidity and funding risk on a stand-alone basis.
The tables analyse our consolidated balance sheet according to the assets that primarily arise from operating activities and the sources of funding primarily supporting these activities. Assets and liabilities that do not arise from operating activities are presented as a net balancing source or deployment of funds.
In 1H19, the level of customer accounts continued to exceed the level of loans and advances to customers. The positive funding gap was predominantly deployed in liquid assets.
Loans and advances to banks continued to exceed deposits by banks, meaning we remained a net unsecured lender to the banking sector.
Funding sources


At


30 Jun

31 Dec



2019

2018


 
$m

$m

Customer accounts
 
1,380,124

1,362,643

Deposits by banks
 
71,051

56,331

Repurchase agreements – non-trading
 
184,497

165,884

Debt securities in issue
 
103,663

85,342

Cash collateral, margin and settlement accounts
 
102,544

54,066

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale
 

313

Subordinated liabilities
 
22,894

22,437

Financial liabilities designated at fair value
 
165,104

148,505

Liabilities under insurance contracts
 
93,794

87,330

Trading liabilities
 
94,149

84,431

– repos

935

1,495

– stock lending

13,536

10,998

– other trading liabilities

79,678

71,938

Total equity

200,874

194,249

Other balance sheet liabilities

332,579

296,593



2,751,273

2,558,124

 
Funding uses


At


30 Jun

31 Dec



2019

2018



$m

$m

Loans and advances to customers
 
1,021,632

981,696

Loans and advances to banks
 
82,397

72,167

Reverse repurchase agreements
– non-trading
 
233,079

242,804

Cash collateral, margin and settlement accounts
 
91,813

47,159

Assets held for sale
 
103

735

Trading assets
 
271,424

238,130

– reverse repos

12,773

9,893

– stock borrowing

9,165

8,387

– other trading assets

249,486

219,850

Financial investments

428,101

407,433

Cash and balances with central banks

171,090

162,843

Other balance sheet assets

451,634

405,157



2,751,273

2,558,124

Market risk profile
Market risk is the risk that movements in market factors, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices and commodity prices, will reduce our income or the value of our portfolios.
There were no material changes to the policies and practices for the management of market risk in 1H19.
A summary of our current policies and practices for the management of market risk is set out in ‘Market risk management’ on page 81 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
Market risk in the first half of 2019
Major central banks adopted a more dovish policy stance during early 2019. Interest rates moved downwards, providing the backdrop for a rebound in global financial markets. Stock markets recouped most of the losses experienced in late 2018 while volatility remained low. During the second quarter, continued trade tensions and escalating geopolitical risks dampened growth in risky assets. Alongside lower expected policy rates, the search for safe assets contributed to further flattening of sovereign yield curves in major economies and more negative interest rates in Europe and Japan. In credit markets, investment grade corporate spreads narrowed closer to pre-financial crisis levels.
The overall risk profile remained relatively stable in 2019. The fixed income business continued to be the key driver of trading value at risk (‘VaR’). Interest rate and credit asset classes provided similar contributions to trading VaR. The effect of a limited increase in credit spread risks was offset by lower contributions from interest rate exposures in major currencies. The equity and foreign exchange components provided marginal contributions to overall market risk in the trading book.
Trading portfolios
Value at risk of the trading portfolios
Trading VaR was predominantly generated by Global Markets. The VaR for trading activity at 30 June 2019 was lower than at 31 December 2018. The decrease in trading VaR was attributable primarily to lower contributions from equity correlation and dividend risks captured in the risk not in VaR (‘RNIV’) framework (see below). An increase in the credit spread trading VaR component was offset by lower contributions from interest rate risks.

75
HSBC Holdings plc


The Group trading VaR for the half-year is shown in the table below.
Trading VaR, 99% 1 day
 
Foreign exchange
and commodity

Interest
rate

Equity

Credit
spread

Portfolio
diversification
15

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Half-year to 30 Jun 2019
6.6

29.9

17.4

31.2

(34.8
)
50.3

Average
7.1

30.9

16.6

24.8

(29.3
)
50.1

Maximum
13.5

36.5

22.2

33.2

 
59.3

Minimum
4.1

26.1

12.4

18.4

 
42.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Half-year to 30 Jun 2018
9.9

39.2

17.0

18.1

(34.2
)
50.0

Average
10.4

36.9

25.9

23.5

(37.5
)
59.2

Maximum
21.8

48.2

33.8

35.2

 
71.2

Minimum
5.6

28.9

16.8

12.2

 
43.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Half-year to 31 Dec 2018
12.6

33.9

22.6

25.9

(37.9
)
57.1

Average
8.7

36.0

19.1

18.0

(31.1
)
50.6

Maximum
14.9

49.9

24.0

26.7

 
57.1

Minimum
5.5

27.0

13.5

14.1

 
45.1

For footnotes, see page 79.
The RNIV framework covers risks from exposures in our trading book that are not fully captured by the VaR model. The VaR-based RNIVs are included within the metrics for each asset class.
Back-testing
In 1H19, the Group experienced three profit and one loss back-testing exceptions against actual profit and loss. These comprised:
a profit exception in early January 2019, driven by gains across most asset classes, as interest rates rose and equity markets rebounded;
a profit exception in late January 2019, due mainly to gains from new transactions in the Rates business and lower volatility in equities markets;
a profit exception in March 2019, driven by increased volatility in some emerging markets currencies and interest rates; and
a loss exception in March 2019, attributable to month-end valuation adjustments driven by portfolio and spread changes.
In 1H19, the Group did not experience any back-testing exceptions against hypothetical profit and loss.
 
Non-trading portfolios
Value at risk of the non-trading portfolios
Non-trading VaR of the Group includes contributions from all global businesses. There is no commodity risk in the non-trading portfolios. The VaR for non-trading activity at 30 June 2019 was higher than at 31 December 2018. The increase arose primarily from a lower diversification benefit across asset classes and an uplift in contributions from interest rate exposures in the banking book.
Non-trading VaR also includes the interest rate risk of non-trading financial instruments held in portfolios managed by Balance Sheet Management (‘BSM’). The management of interest rate risk in the banking book is described further in ‘Net interest income sensitivity’ on page 139 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
The Group non-trading VaR for the half-year is shown in the following table.
Non-trading VaR, 99% 1 day
 
Interest
rate

Credit
spread

Portfolio diversification15

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

Half-year to 30 Jun 2019
68.5

36.6

(22.0
)
83.1

Average
57.1

30.5

(16.6
)
71.0

Maximum
74.3

36.6

 
85.2

Minimum
49.2

26.6

 
60.9

 
 
 
 
 
Half-year to 30 Jun 2018
94.6

35.3

(24.9
)
105.0

Average
102.2

56.7

(32.8
)
126.1

Maximum
129.3

96.0

 
154.1

Minimum
85.5

27.6

 
96.5

 
 
 
 
 
Half-year to 31 Dec 2018
61.4

37.2

(30.6
)
68.0

Average
91.5

40.2

(25.4
)
106.2

Maximum
109.3

60.6

 
150.4

Minimum
59.9

30.1

 
68.0

For footnotes, see page 79.
Non-trading VaR excludes equity risk on securities held at fair value, structural foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk on fixed-rate securities issued by HSBC Holdings. The following sections describe the scope of HSBC’s management of market risks in non-trading books.

 
Third-party assets in Balance Sheet Management
Third-party assets in Balance Sheet Management (‘BSM’) increased by 3% during 2019. ‘Cash and balances at central banks’ increased by $8bn, predominantly in Europe, reflecting an increase in the use of secured funding for trading assets compared with 31 December 2018. ‘Loans and advances to banks’ increased by $9bn, largely driven by short-term money market operations in

HSBC Holdings plc
76


Risk

Asia. ‘Reverse repurchase agreements’ decreased by $6bn, reflecting in part the management of commercial surplus in North America. ‘Financial investments’ increased by $7bn, driven by an
 
increase in investments across most regions, partly offset by a decrease in Asia.
Third-party assets in Balance Sheet Management
 
At
 
30 Jun

31 Dec

 
2019

2018

 
$m

$m

Cash and balances at central banks
152,666

144,802

Trading assets
290

601

Loans and advances:




– to banks
34,002

25,257

– to customers
312

964

Reverse repurchase agreements
16,490

22,899

Financial investments
340,795

333,622

Other
8,543

6,880

 
553,098

535,025

Interest rate risk in the banking book
Interest rate risk in the banking book is the risk of capital or earnings volatility due to changes in market interest rates.
Our policies regarding the funds transfer pricing process and the management of interest rate risk in the banking book are described on pages 80 and 83, respectively, of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
The Group utilises sensitivity of net interest income to assess the overall level of interest rate risk in the banking book. This measure reflects all interest rate risk in the banking book, including that transferred to BSM.
Sensitivity of net interest income
The following tables set out the assessed impact to a hypothetical base case projection of our net interest income (‘NII’), excluding insurance, under the following scenarios:
an immediate shock of 25 basis points (‘bps’) to the current market-implied path of interest rates across all currencies on 1 July 2019 (effects over one year and five years); and
an immediate shock of 100bps to the current market-implied path of interest rates across all currencies on 1 July 2019 (effects over one year and five years).
The sensitivities shown represent our assessment of the change to a hypothetical base case NII, assuming a static balance sheet and no management actions from BSM. They incorporate the effect of interest rate behaviouralisation, managed rate product pricing assumptions and customer behaviour, including the prepayment of mortgages or customer migration from non-interest-bearing to interest-bearing deposit accounts. The scenarios represent interest rate shocks to the current market implied path of rates.
The NII sensitivities shown are indicative and based on simplified scenarios. Immediate interest rate rises of 25bps and 100bps
 
would increase projected NII for the 12 months to 30 June 2020 by $842m and $2,991m, respectively. Conversely, falls of 25bps and 100bps would decrease projected NII for the 12 months to
30 June 2020 by $848m and $3,563m, respectively.
The sensitivity of NII for 12 months has increased by $213m and $111m comparing June 2019 with December 2018 in the plus and minus 100bps parallel shocks, respectively.
The increase in the sensitivity of NII for 12 months in the plus 100bps parallel shock was mainly driven by sterling-linked amounts due to changes in balance sheet composition, primarily in the UK ring-fenced bank and the non-ring-fenced bank.
The increase in the sensitivity of NII for 12 months in the minus 100bps parallel shock was mainly driven by US dollar-linked amounts due to changes in balance sheet composition and migration of managed rate deposits into term deposits in anticipation of the US Federal Reserve cutting interest rates.
The change in NII sensitivity for five years is also driven by the factors above.
The structural sensitivity of NII arising within the four global businesses, excluding Global Markets, is positive in a rising rate environment and negative in a falling rate environment. Both BSM and Global Markets have NII sensitivity profiles that offset this to some degree. The tables do not include BSM management actions or changes in Global Markets’ net trading income that may further limit the offset.
The NII sensitivity results should not be interpreted as predictive of future performance. The limitations of this analysis are discussed within the ‘Risk management’ section on page 73 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
NII sensitivity to an instantaneous change in yield curves (12 months)
 
US dollar

HK dollar

Sterling

Euro

Other

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Change in Jul 2019 to Jun 2020 (based on balance sheet at
30 June 2019)
 
 
 
 
 
 
+25bps
56

245

245

98

198

842

-25bps
(129
)
(265
)
(286
)
1

(169
)
(848
)
+100bps
164

756

967

399

705

2,991

-100bps
(678
)
(1,061
)
(1,086
)
(14
)
(724
)
(3,563
)
Change in Jan 2019 to Dec 2019 (based on balance sheet at 31 Dec 2018)
 
 
 
 
 
 
+25bps
70

232

198

115

213

828

-25bps
(160
)
(301
)
(244
)
8

(187
)
(884
)
+100bps
147

773

777

408

673

2,778

-100bps
(523
)
(1,046
)
(1,122
)
9

(772
)
(3,454
)

77
HSBC Holdings plc


NII sensitivity to an instantaneous change in yield curves (5 years)
 
Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Change in July 2019 to Jun 2020 (based on balance sheet at
30 June 2019)
 
 
 
 
 
 
+25bps
842

1,198

1,279

1,360

1,423

6,102

-25bps
(848
)
(1,339
)
(1,379
)
(1,456
)
(1,562
)
(6,584
)
+100bps
2,991

4,269

4,762

5,103

5,290

22,415

-100bps
(3,563
)
(5,026
)
(5,453
)
(5,873
)
(6,262
)
(26,177
)
Change in Jan 2019 to Dec 2019 (based on balance sheet at 31 Dec 2018)
 
 
 
 
 
 
+25bps
828

1,155

1,416

1,529

1,428

6,356

-25bps
(884
)
(1,127
)
(1,206
)
(1,296
)
(1,597
)
(6,110
)
+100bps
2,778

3,863

4,542

4,968

5,096

21,247

-100bps
(3,454
)
(4,632
)
(5,276
)
(5,691
)
(6,187
)
(25,240
)


Operational risk profile
Operational risk is the risk to achieving our strategy or objectives as a result of inadequate or failed internal processes, people, systems, or from external events.
During 1H19, we continued to strengthen our approach to managing operational risk, as set out in the operational risk management framework (‘ORMF’). The framework sets out our governance and appetite. It provides a single view of non-financial risks that matter the most and associated controls. It incorporates a risk management system to enable active risk management.
Responsibility for minimising operational risk lies with our people. They are required to manage the operational risks of the business and operational activities for which they are responsible.
A summary of our current policies and practices for the management of operational risk is set out in ‘Operational risk management’ on page 84 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
Operational risk exposures in the first half of 2019
In 1H19, we continued to strengthen the controls that manage our most material risks. Our measures included:
We further enhanced our controls to help ensure that we know our customers, ask the right questions, monitor transactions and escalate concerns to detect, prevent and deter financial crime risk.
We implemented a number of initiatives to raise our standards in relation to the conduct of our business as described below in ‘Conduct of business’.
We increased monitoring and enhanced detective controls to manage fraud risks that arise from new technologies and new ways of banking.
We strengthened security controls to help prevent cyber-attacks.
We improved controls and security to protect customers when using digital channels.
We continued to enhance our third-party risk management capability to help enable the consistent risk assessment of any third-party service and to ensure the continuity of our business operations.
Conduct of business
In the first half of 2019, we continued to promote and encourage good conduct through our people’s behaviour and decision making to deliver fair outcomes for customers and preserve market integrity.
Our 1H19 initiatives included:
We developed data and artificial intelligence ethics principles to help ensure we use customer data appropriately, for example in support of digital products and services.
In specific markets, we continued to support customers in vulnerable or potentially vulnerable circumstances. This
 

included awareness and training initiatives for our people, and deployment of those with specialist knowledge of conditions such as dementia. Financial inclusion initiatives included activities to combat financial abuse and focus on development of financial education schemes for older customers.
We prepared our fifth annual global mandatory training course on conduct for all our people. This training continues to be complemented by multi-channel internal conduct-related communications, with emphasis on sharing examples of good conduct.
We expanded recognition programmes across business areas for our people when they deliver exceptional service when working directly with customers or in supporting roles.
Insurance manufacturing operations
risk profile
The majority of the risk in our insurance business derives from manufacturing activities and can be categorised as financial risk and insurance risk. Financial risks include market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. Insurance risk is the risk, other than financial risk, of loss transferred from the holder of the insurance contract to HSBC, the issuer.
A summary of our policies and practices regarding the risk management of insurance operations, our insurance model and the main contracts we manufacture are provided on page 86 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
There have been no material changes to the policies and practices for the management of risks arising in our insurance operations described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
Insurance manufacturing operations risk profile in the first half of 2019
The risk profile of our insurance manufacturing businesses is measured using an economic capital approach. Assets and liabilities are measured on a market value basis, and a capital requirement is defined to ensure that there is a less than one in 200 chance of insolvency over a one-year time horizon, given the risks to which the businesses are exposed. The methodology for the economic capital calculation is largely aligned to the pan-European Solvency II insurance capital regulations. A key risk appetite metric is the economic coverage ratio, which is calculated by dividing the economic net asset value by the economic capital requirement. The business has a current appetite to remain globally above 140% with a tolerance to 110%. In addition to economic capital, the regulatory solvency ratio is also a metric used to manage risk appetite on an entity basis.
The risk profile of our remaining life insurance manufacturing businesses did not change materially during 1H19. The increase in policyholder liabilities during the period to $93.8bn
(31 December
2018: $87.3bn) was primarily a result of increased net premium income and investment returns recognised in policyholder liabilities.

HSBC Holdings plc
78


Risk

The following table shows the composition of assets and liabilities by contract type.
Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by type of contract16
 
 
With
DPF

Unit-
linked

Other contracts17

Shareholder
assets and
liabilities

Total

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Financial assets
 
71,737

8,052

16,455

7,817

104,061

– trading assets
 





– financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
 
20,349

7,736

3,000

1,610

32,695

– derivatives
 
163


22

3

188

– financial investments at amortised cost
 
34,754

22

12,462

3,994

51,232

– financial investments at fair value through other comprehensive income
 
12,249


456

1,448

14,153

– other financial assets
18
4,222

294

515

762

5,793

Reinsurance assets
 
1,325

72

1,445

2

2,844

PVIF
19



8,083

8,083

Other assets and investment properties
 
2,345

5

190

538

3,078

Total assets at 30 Jun 2019
 
75,407

8,129

18,090

16,440

118,066

Liabilities under investment contracts designated at fair value
 

1,810

3,935


5,745

Liabilities under insurance contracts
 
74,181

6,183

13,430


93,794

Deferred tax
20
192

22

46

1,161

1,421

Other liabilities
 



3,776

3,776

Total liabilities
 
74,373

8,015

17,411

4,937

104,736

Total equity
 



13,330

13,330

Total equity and liabilities at 30 Jun 2019
 
74,373

8,015

17,411

18,267

118,066

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets
 
66,735

7,337

15,552

7,120

96,744

– trading assets
 





– financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
 
17,855

7,099

3,024

1,264

29,242

– derivatives
 
200


33

4

237

– financial investments at amortised cost
 
33,575

70

11,597

4,171

49,413

– financial investments at fair value through other comprehensive income
 
11,499


450

1,385

13,334

– other financial assets
18
3,606

168

448

296

4,518

Reinsurance assets
 
1,255

69

1,368


2,692

PVIF
19



7,149

7,149

Other assets and investment properties
 
2,670

2

235

453

3,360

Total assets at 31 Dec 2018
 
70,660

7,408

17,155

14,722

109,945

Liabilities under investment contracts designated at fair value
 

1,574

3,884


5,458

Liabilities under insurance contracts
 
69,269

5,789

12,272


87,330

Deferred tax
20
179

21

15

1,051

1,266

Other liabilities
 



3,659

3,659

Total liabilities
 
69,448

7,384

16,171

4,710

97,713

Total equity
 



12,232

12,232

Total equity and liabilities at 31 Dec 2018
 
69,448

7,384

16,171

16,942

109,945

For footnotes, see page 79.

79
HSBC Holdings plc


Footnotes to Risk
Credit risk profile
1
Total ECL is recognised in the loss allowance for the financial asset unless total ECL exceeds the gross carrying amount of the financial asset, in which case the ECL is recognised as a provision.

2
Includes only those financial instruments which are subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9. ‘Prepayments, accrued income and other assets’, as presented within the consolidated balance sheet on page 86, includes both financial and non-financial assets.
3
Represents the maximum amount at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default.
4
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI continue to be measured at fair value with the allowance for ECL as a memorandum item. Change in ECL is recognised in ‘Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges’ in the income statement.
5
Purchased or originated credit impaired ('POCI').
6
Days past due ('DPD'). Up-to-date accounts in stage 2 are not shown in amounts.
7
The 31 December 2018 comparative ‘Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers‘ disclosure presents ‘New financial assets originated or purchased’, ‘Assets derecognised (including final repayments)’ and ‘Changes to risk parameters – further lending/repayments’ under ‘Net new lending and further lending/repayments’. To provide greater granularity, these amounts have been separately presented in the 30 June 2019 disclosure. The 31 December 2018 total ECL income statement change of $1,893m is attributable to $501m for the six months ended 30 June 2018 and $1,392m to the six months ended 31 December 2018.
8
For the purposes of this disclosure, gross carrying value is defined as the amortised cost of a financial asset, before adjusting for any loss allowance. As such, the gross carrying value of debt instruments at FVOCI will not reconcile to the balance sheet as it excludes fair value gains and losses.
9
US mortgage-backed securities.
10
Included in loans and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees is $97bn (31 December 2018: $65bn) relating to unsettled reverse repurchase agreements, which once drawn are classified as ‘Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading’.

11
Real estate lending within this disclosure corresponds solely to the industry of the borrower.

 
Liquidity and funding risk profile
12
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Hong Kong branch and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Singapore branch represent the material activities of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation. Each branch is monitored and controlled for liquidity and funding risk purposes as a stand-alone operating entity.
13
The total shown for other principal HSBC operating entities represents the combined position of all the other operating entities overseen directly by the Risk Management Meeting of the Group Management Board.
14
The comparative figure for June 2018 has been re-presented to reflect revised data.


Market risk profile
15
When VaR is calculated at a portfolio level, natural offsets in risk can occur when compared with aggregating VaR at the asset class level. This difference is called portfolio diversification. The asset class VaR maxima and minima reported in the table occurred on different dates within the reporting period. For this reason, we do not report an implied portfolio diversification measure between the maximum (minimum) asset class VaR measures and the maximum (minimum) Total VaR measures in this table.


Insurance manufacturing operations risk profile
16
Does not include associates (Canara HSBC Oriental Bank of Commerce Life Insurance Company Limited).
17
‘Other contracts’ includes term assurance, credit life insurance, universal life insurance and certain investment contracts not included in the ‘Unit-linked’ or ‘With DPF’ columns.
18
Comprise mainly loans and advances to banks, cash and inter-company balances with other non-insurance legal entities.
19
Present value of in-force long-term insurance business.
20
‘Deferred tax’ includes the deferred tax liabilities arising on recognition of PVIF.

HSBC Holdings plc
80


Capital

Capital
 
Page
Capital overview
Capital management
Own funds
Risk-weighted assets
Leverage ratio
Regulatory disclosures
Our objective in managing Group capital is to maintain appropriate levels to support our business strategy, and meet our regulatory and stress testing related requirements.
Capital overview
Capital ratios1
 
At
 
30 Jun
31 Dec

 
2019
2018

 
%
%

Transitional basis
 
 
Common equity tier 1 ratio
14.3
14.0

Tier 1 ratio
17.2
17.0

Total capital ratio
20.1
20.0

End point basis
 
 
Common equity tier 1 ratio

14.3
14.0

Tier 1 ratio

16.9
16.6

Total capital ratio

18.7
19.4

Total regulatory capital and risk-weighted assets1
 
At
 
30 Jun

31 Dec

 
2019

2018

 
$m

$m

Transitional basis



Common equity tier 1 capital
126,949

121,022

Additional tier 1 capital
25,878

26,120

Tier 2 capital
25,432

26,096

Total regulatory capital
178,259

173,238

Risk-weighted assets
885,971

865,318

End point basis

 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital

126,949

121,022

Additional tier 1 capital

22,363

22,525

Tier 2 capital

16,107

24,511

Total regulatory capital

165,419

168,058

Risk-weighted assets

885,971

865,318

RWAs by risk type
 
RWAs

Capital required2

 
$bn

$bn

Credit risk
709.5

56.8

Counterparty credit risk
50.6

4.0

Market risk
34.8

2.8

Operational risk
91.1

7.3

At 30 Jun 2019
886.0

70.9

1
Capital figures and ratios at 30 June 2019 are calculated in accordance with the revisions to the Capital Requirements Regulation (‘CRR II’). Prior period capital figures are reported under the Capital Requirements Regulation and Directive (‘CRD IV’). Unless otherwise stated, all figures are calculated using the EU's regulatory transitional arrangements for IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ in article 473a of the Capital Requirements Regulation.
2
‘Capital required’ represents the minimum total capital charge set at 8% of risk-weighted assets by article 92 of the Capital Requirements Regulation.
 
Capital management
Approach and policy
Our approach to capital management is driven by our strategic and organisational requirements, taking into account the regulatory, economic and commercial environment. We aim to maintain a strong capital base to support the risks inherent in our business and invest in accordance with our strategy, meeting both consolidated and local regulatory capital requirements at all times.
Our policy on capital management is underpinned by a capital management framework and our internal capital adequacy assessment process (‘ICAAP’), which helps enable us to manage our capital in a consistent manner. The framework incorporates a number of different capital measures calculated on an economic capital and regulatory capital basis. The ICAAP is an assessment of our capital position, outlining both regulatory and internal capital resources and requirements with our business model, strategy, performance and planning, risks to capital, and the implications of stress testing to capital.
Our assessment of capital adequacy is aligned to our assessment of risks. These risks include credit, market, operational, pensions, insurance, structural foreign exchange, residual risk and interest rate risk in the banking book.
Planning and performance
Capital and risk-weighted asset (‘RWA’) plans form part of the annual operating plan that is approved by the Board. Revised RWA forecasts are submitted to the Group Management Board on a monthly basis, and reported RWAs are monitored against the plan.
The responsibility for global capital allocation principles rests with the Group Chief Financial Officer. Through our internal governance processes, we seek to maintain discipline over our investment and capital allocation decisions, and seek to ensure that returns on investment meet the Group’s management objectives. Our strategy is to allocate capital to businesses and entities to support growth objectives where returns above internal hurdle levels have been identified and in order to meet their regulatory and economic capital needs.
We manage business returns by using a return on tangible equity (‘RoTE’) measure.
Risks to capital
Outside the stress testing framework, other risks may be identified that have the potential to affect our RWAs and/or capital position. The Downside or Upside scenarios are assessed against our capital management objectives and mitigating actions are assigned as necessary.
We closely monitor and consider future regulatory change. We continue to evaluate the impact upon our capital requirements of regulatory developments, including the amendments to the Capital Requirements Regulation, the Basel III reforms package, and the UK’s withdrawal from the EU. There remains a significant degree of uncertainty due to the number of national discretions within Basel’s reforms, the need for further supporting technical standards to be developed and the lack of clarity regarding their implementation following the UK’s withdrawal from the EU.
Although it remains premature to provide details of an impact, we currently anticipate potential for an increase in RWAs. The primary drivers include changes in market risk, operational risk calculations and credit valuation adjustment (‘CVA’) methodologies, as well as the potential loss of equivalence for certain investments in funds and the introduction of an output floor.
Further details can be found in the ‘Regulatory developments’ section of the Group’s Pillar 3 Disclosures at 30 June 2019.
Stress testing
In addition to annual internal stress tests, we are subject to supervisory stress testing in many jurisdictions. Supervisory stress testing requirements are increasing in frequency and in the granularity with which the results are required. These exercises

81
HSBC Holdings plc


include the programmes of the UK Prudential Regulation Authority (‘PRA’), the US Federal Reserve Board, the European Banking Authority, the European Central Bank and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority, as well as stress tests undertaken in other jurisdictions. We take into account the results of regulatory stress testing and our internal stress tests when assessing our internal capital requirements. The outcome of stress testing exercises carried out by the PRA also feeds into a PRA buffer under Pillar 2 requirements, where required.
Capital generation
HSBC Holdings is the provider of equity capital to its subsidiaries and also provides them with non-equity capital where necessary. These investments are substantially funded by HSBC Holdings’ own capital issuance and profit retention. As part of its capital management process, HSBC Holdings seeks to maintain a prudent balance between the composition of its capital and its investment in subsidiaries, including management of double leverage.
 
Double leverage is a measure of holding company leverage, and reflects the extent to which equity investments in operating entities are funded by holding company debt. Where Group capital requirements are less than the aggregate of operating entity capital requirements, double leverage can be used to improve Group capital efficiency provided it is managed appropriately.
HSBC manages double leverage having close regard to rating agency and regulatory constraints, notably PRA policy in this area. As a matter of long-standing policy, the holding company retains a substantial portfolio of high-quality liquid assets (currently in excess of $12bn) to mitigate holding company cash flow risk arising from double leverage and underpin the strength of support the holding company can offer its subsidiaries in times of stress. Further mitigation is provided by additional tier 1 (‘AT1’) securities issued in excess of the regulatory requirements of our subsidiaries.

Own funds
Own funds disclosure
 
 
At
 
 
30 Jun

31 Dec

 
 
2019

2018

Ref*
 
$m

$m

6
Common equity tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments
161,348

155,483

28
Total regulatory adjustments to common equity tier 1
(34,399
)
(34,461
)
29
Common equity tier 1 capital
126,949

121,022

36
Additional tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments
25,938

26,180

43
Total regulatory adjustments to additional tier 1 capital
(60
)
(60
)
44
Additional tier 1 capital
25,878

26,120

45
Tier 1 capital
152,827

147,142

51
Tier 2 capital before regulatory adjustments
26,625

26,729

57
Total regulatory adjustments to tier 2 capital
(1,193
)
(633
)
58
Tier 2 capital
25,432

26,096

59
Total capital
178,259

173,238

60
Total risk-weighted assets
885,971

865,318

 
Capital ratios
%

%

61
Common equity tier 1 ratio
14.3

14.0

62
Tier 1 ratio
17.2

17.0

63
Total capital ratio
20.1

20.0

*
The references identify the lines prescribed in the EBA template.
At 30 June 2019, our common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) capital ratio increased to 14.3% from 14.0% at 31 December 2018. This was primarily due to CET1 capital growth during the period and was partly offset by the $20.7bn rise in RWAs.
CET1 capital increased in 1H19 by $5.9bn, mainly as a result of:
capital generation of $4.7bn through profits, net of cash and scrip dividends;
a $1.3bn increase in the fair value through other comprehensive income reserve; and
a $0.6bn decrease in threshold deductions as a result of an increase in the CET1 capital base.
 
These increases were partly offset by a $1.6bn increase in the deduction for goodwill and intangible assets.
As part of a review of the Group’s outstanding capital instruments, it was determined that six tier 2 instruments issued by HSBC USA Inc, HSBC Finance Corporation and HSBC Bank Canada should no longer be included in tier 2 capital for the Group. The instruments with a total face value of $1.7bn were previously designated as grandfathered tier 2 under prevailing regulation and contributed $0.7bn to the Group’s tier 2 capital at 31 March 2019. The local capital treatment of these instruments is unchanged.


HSBC Holdings plc
82


Capital


Risk-weighted assets
RWAs
Risk-weighted assets (‘RWAs’) increased by $20.7bn during the first half of the year, including an increase of $1.1bn due to foreign currency translation differences. Excluding foreign currency translation differences, the $19.6bn increase comprised growth of $27.8bn from asset size, $1.4bn from changes in asset quality, and $0.3bn from acquisitions and disposals, partly offset by reductions of $9.6bn due to methodology and policy changes and $0.3bn from model updates.
The following comments describe RWA movements excluding foreign currency translation differences.
Asset size
The $27.8bn increase due to asset size movements included lending growth of $11.5bn in CMB, $3.3bn in RBWM and $1.8bn in GB&M, mostly in Asia, Europe and Latin America.
Corporate Centre RWAs grew by $4.8bn, largely in Asia, notably as a result of a $1.9bn increase in the value of significant holdings and a $1.3bn increase from money market lending.
An increase of $4.6bn in GB&M counterparty credit risks, mostly in Europe, largely comprised mark-to-market movements that included the effects of heightened market uncertainty, increased volumes of securities financing transactions, and new derivative trades. Market risk RWAs increased by $1.8bn, notably due to higher sovereign exposures.
 
Asset quality
The $1.4bn increase in RWAs from asset quality was concentrated in CMB, Corporate Centre and GB&M. There was a $2.4bn increase in Europe and Asia, which was partly offset by a decrease of $1bn across North America and Latin America. These movements were primarily due to changes in portfolio mix.
Acquisitions and disposals
The merger in June between The Saudi British Bank and Alawwal bank increased RWAs attributable to HSBC’s interests in associates by $0.3bn.
Methodology and policy
The $9.6bn reduction in RWAs due to methodology and policy changes largely comprised $11.1bn of management initiatives and a $2.8bn decrease in market risk RWAs due to increased diversification benefits following regulatory approval to expand the scope of consolidation. These were partly offset by a $4.5bn increase in tangible fixed assets within Corporate Centre as a result of implementing IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ with effect from 1 January 2019, recognising right-of-use assets previously accounted for under operating leases.
Model updates
The $0.3bn reduction in RWAs from model updates mainly resulted from the application of internal ratings based models to receivables finance in North America.
RWAs by global business
 
RBWM

CMB

GB&M

GPB

Corporate Centre

Total

 
$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

Credit risk
101.2

303.2

172.6

13.4

119.1

709.5

Counterparty credit risk


48.7

0.3

1.6

50.6

Market risk


32.3


2.5

34.8

Operational risk
27.8

24.4

30.9

2.8

5.2

91.1

At 30 Jun 2019
129.0

327.6

284.5

16.5

128.4

886.0

RWAs by geographical region
 
 
Europe

Asia

MENA

North
America

Latin
America

Total

 
Footnotes
$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

Credit risk
 
224.4

301.9

47.8

104.0

31.4

709.5

Counterparty credit risk
 
29.1

9.6

1.3

9.2

1.4

50.6

Market risk
1
28.6

20.7

1.6

8.6

1.7

34.8

Operational risk
 
27.3

39.5

6.8

11.7

5.8

91.1

At 30 Jun 2019
 
309.4

371.7

57.5

133.5

40.3

886.0

1
Market risk RWAs are non-additive across geographical regions due to diversification effects within the Group.
RWA movement by global businesses by key driver
 
Credit risk, counterparty credit risk and operational risk
 
 
 
RBWM

CMB

GB&M

GPB

Corporate Centre

Market
risk

Total
RWAs

 
$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

RWAs at 1 Jan 2019
126.9

321.2

248.6

16.8

116.0

35.8

865.3

Asset size
3.3

11.5

6.4


4.8

1.8

27.8

Asset quality
(0.2
)
0.7

0.4

(0.2
)
0.7


1.4

Model updates
(0.1
)

(0.2
)



(0.3
)
Methodology and policy
(1.0
)
(6.2
)
(3.3
)
(0.1
)
3.8

(2.8
)
(9.6
)
Acquisitions and disposals




0.3


0.3

Foreign exchange movements
0.1

0.4

0.3


0.3


1.1

Total RWA movement
2.1

6.4

3.6

(0.3
)
9.9

(1.0
)
20.7

RWAs at 30 Jun 2019
129.0

327.6

252.2

16.5

125.9

34.8

886.0


83
HSBC Holdings plc


RWA movement by geographical region by key driver
 
Credit risk, counterparty credit risk and operational risk
 
 
 
Europe

Asia

MENA

North
America

Latin
America

Market
risk

Total
RWAs

 
$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

RWAs at 1 Jan 2019
274.1

340.6

54.8

123.1

36.9

35.8

865.3

Asset size
9.0

12.8

1.0

1.2

2.0

1.8

27.8

Asset quality
1.1

1.3


(0.5
)
(0.5
)

1.4

Model updates
(0.1
)


(0.2
)


(0.3
)
Methodology and policy
(2.6
)
(4.5
)
(0.2
)
0.3

0.2

(2.8
)
(9.6
)
Acquisitions and disposals


0.3




0.3

Foreign exchange movements
(0.7
)
0.8


1.0



1.1

Total RWA movement
6.7

10.4

1.1

1.8

1.7

(1.0
)
20.7

RWAs at 30 Jun 2019
280.8

351.0

55.9

124.9

38.6

34.8

886.0

Leverage ratio
 
 
30 Jun

31 Dec

 
 
2019

2018

Ref*
 
$bn

$bn

20
Tier 1 capital
149.3

143.5

21
Total leverage ratio exposure
2,786.5

2,614.9

 
 
%

%

22
Leverage ratio
5.4

5.5

EU-23
Choice of transitional arrangements for the definition of the capital measure
 Fully phased-in

Fully phased-in

 
UK leverage ratio exposure – quarterly average1
2,550.1

2,464.4

 

%

%

 
UK leverage ratio – quarterly average
5.8

5.8

 
UK leverage ratio – quarter end
5.8

6.0

*
The references identify the lines prescribed in the EBA template.
1
UK leverage ratio here and below denotes the Group’s leverage ratio calculated under the PRA’s UK leverage framework

Our leverage ratio calculated in accordance with the Capital Requirements Regulation was 5.4% at 30 June 2019, down from 5.5% at 31 December 2018, mainly due to balance sheet growth.
The Group’s UK leverage ratio at 30 June 2019 was 5.8%. This measure excludes qualifying central bank balances from the calculation of exposure.
At 30 June 2019, our UK minimum leverage ratio requirement of 3.25% was supplemented by an additional leverage ratio buffer of 0.7% and a countercyclical leverage ratio buffer of 0.2%. These additional buffers translated into capital values of $18.0bn and $6.1bn, respectively. We exceeded these leverage requirements.

 
Regulatory disclosures
Pillar 3 disclosure requirements
Pillar 3 of the Basel regulatory framework is related to market discipline and aims to make financial services firms more
transparent by requiring publication of wide-ranging information on their risks, capital and management. Our
Pillar 3 Disclosures at 30 June 2019 is expected to be published on or around 5 August 2019 on our website, www.hsbc.com/investors.



HSBC Holdings plc
84


Financial statements (unaudited)

Financial statements
 
Page
Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Consolidated balance sheet
Consolidated statement of cash flows
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Consolidated income statement


Half-year to


30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec

 
 
2019

2018

2018


Notes
$m

$m

$m

Net interest income
 
15,240

15,100

15,389

– interest income

27,750

23,422

26,187

– interest expense

(12,510
)
(8,322
)
(10,798
)
Net fee income
2
6,124

6,767

5,853

– fee income
 
7,804

8,469

7,575

– fee expense
 
(1,680
)
(1,702
)
(1,722
)
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
 
5,331

4,883

4,648

Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss
 
2,196

(222
)
(1,266
)
Changes in fair value of long-term debt and related derivatives

88

(126
)
29

Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss

457

345

350

Gains less losses from financial investments

201

124

94

Dividend income

38

41

34

Net insurance premium income

6,323

5,776

4,883

Other operating income

2,034

359

526

Total operating income

38,032

33,047

30,540

Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders

(8,660
)
(5,760
)
(4,047
)
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges

29,372

27,287

26,493

Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
 
(1,140
)
(407
)
(1,360
)
Net operating income

28,232

26,880

25,133

Employee compensation and benefits

(9,255
)
(8,836
)
(8,537
)
General and administrative expenses

(6,372
)
(7,767
)
(7,586
)
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets1

(1,010
)
(568
)
(551
)
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets and goodwill

(512
)
(378
)
(436
)
Total operating expenses

(17,149
)
(17,549
)
(17,110
)
Operating profit

11,083

9,331

8,023

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

1,324

1,381

1,155

Profit before tax

12,407

10,712

9,178

Tax expense

(2,470
)
(2,296
)
(2,569
)
Profit for the period

9,937

8,416

6,609

Attributable to:
 
 




– ordinary shareholders of the parent company

8,507

7,173

5,435

– preference shareholders of the parent company
 
45

45

45

– other equity holders
 
664

530

499

– non-controlling interests

721

668

630

Profit for the period
 
9,937

8,416

6,609



$

$

$

Basic earnings per ordinary share
4
0.42

0.36

0.27

Diluted earnings per ordinary share
4
0.42

0.36

0.27

The accompanying notes on pages 91 to 111, the sections in ‘Global businesses’ (excluding adjusted risk-weighted assets and ‘Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items – global businesses’) on pages 29 to 32, and the following disclosures in the Risk section on pages 58 to 72 form an integral part of these financial statements: ‘Distribution of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements of IFRS 9 are applied, by credit quality and stage allocation’ and ‘Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees’.

For footnotes, see page 90.
For Notes, see page 91.


85
HSBC Holdings plc


Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Half-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec

 
2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Profit for the period
9,937

8,416

6,609

Other comprehensive income/(expense)
 
 
 
Items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss when specific conditions are met:
 
 
 
Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income
1,015

(265
)
22

– fair value gains/(losses)
2,141

(658
)
490

– fair value (gains)/losses transferred to the income statement on disposal
(794
)
329

(424
)
– expected credit losses recognised in income statement
(5
)
(91
)
(3
)
– income taxes
(327
)
155

(41
)
Cash flow hedges
239

(68
)
87

– fair value gains/(losses)
241

(276
)
9

– fair value losses reclassified to the income statement
68

184

133

– income taxes and other movements
(70
)
24

(55
)
Share of other comprehensive income/(expense) of associates and joint ventures
73

(57
)
(7
)
– share for the period
85

(57
)
(7
)
– fair value gains transferred to the income statement on disposal
(12
)


Exchange differences
109

(4,252
)
(2,904
)
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
 
 
 
Remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability
(45
)
297

(626
)
– before income taxes
(50
)
421

(809
)
– income taxes
5

(124
)
183

Changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value upon initial recognition arising from changes in own credit risk
(1,445
)
1,345

1,502

– before income taxes
(1,816
)
1,653

1,953

– income taxes
371

(308
)
(451
)
Equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income
268

(30
)
3

– fair value gains/(losses)
265

(26
)
(45
)
– income taxes
3

(4
)
48

Effects of hyperinflation
113


283

Other comprehensive expense for the period, net of tax
327

(3,030
)
(1,640
)
Total comprehensive income for the period
10,264

5,386

4,969

Attributable to:
 
 
 
– ordinary shareholders of the parent company
8,741

4,229

3,854

– preference shareholders of the parent company
45

45

45

– other equity holders
664

530

499

– non-controlling interests
814

582

571

Total comprehensive income for the period
10,264

5,386

4,969




HSBC Holdings plc
86


Financial statements (unaudited)

Consolidated balance sheet
 
 
 
 
 
At
 
 
30 Jun

31 Dec

 
 
2019

2018

 
Notes
$m

$m

Assets
 
 
 
Cash and balances at central banks

171,090

162,843

Items in the course of collection from other banks

8,673

5,787

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

36,492

35,859

Trading assets
 
271,424

238,130

Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit and loss
 
41,043

41,111

Derivatives
7
233,621

207,825

Loans and advances to banks

82,397

72,167

Loans and advances to customers

1,021,632

981,696

Reverse repurchase agreements  non-trading

233,079

242,804

Financial investments
8
428,101

407,433

Prepayments, accrued income and other assets

168,880

110,571

Current tax assets

804

684

Interests in associates and joint ventures
9
23,892

22,407

Goodwill and intangible assets

25,733

24,357

Deferred tax assets
 
4,412

4,450

Total assets

2,751,273

2,558,124

Liabilities and equity

 
 
Liabilities

 
 
Hong Kong currency notes in circulation

36,492

35,859

Deposits by banks

71,051

56,331

Customer accounts

1,380,124

1,362,643

Repurchase agreements  non-trading

184,497

165,884

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

9,178

5,641

Trading liabilities
 
94,149

84,431

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

165,104

148,505

Derivatives
7
229,903

205,835

Debt securities in issue

103,663

85,342

Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities

152,052

97,380

Current tax liabilities

1,653

718

Liabilities under insurance contracts

93,794

87,330

Provisions
10
3,025

2,920

Deferred tax liabilities
 
2,820

2,619

Subordinated liabilities

22,894

22,437

Total liabilities

2,550,399

2,363,875

Equity

 
 
Called up share capital

10,281

10,180

Share premium account

13,998

13,609

Other equity instruments

22,367

22,367

Other reserves

3,437

1,906

Retained earnings

142,593

138,191

Total shareholders’ equity

192,676

186,253

Non-controlling interests

8,198

7,996

Total equity

200,874

194,249

Total liabilities and equity

2,751,273

2,558,124

For Notes, see page 91.

87
HSBC Holdings plc


Consolidated statement of cash flows

Half-year to

30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec


2019

2018

2018


$m

$m

$m

Profit before tax
12,407

10,712

9,178

Adjustments for non-cash items:






Depreciation and amortisation1
1,522

946

987

Net (gain)/loss from investing activities
(352
)
85

(211
)
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
(1,324
)
(1,381
)
(1,155
)
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries, businesses, associates and joint ventures
(828
)


Change in expected credit losses gross of recoveries and other credit impairment charges
1,347

680

1,600

Provisions including pensions
1,012

1,244

700

Share-based payment expense
288

274

176

Other non-cash items included in profit before tax
(1,401
)
(899
)
(404
)
Change in operating assets

(98,152
)
(68,860
)
14,657

Change in operating liabilities

136,627

71,964

(20,708
)
Elimination of exchange differences2
(9,281
)
(5,967
)
11,168

Dividends received from associates
170

126

784

Contributions paid to defined benefit plans
(153
)
(103
)
(229
)
Tax paid
(1,347
)
(1,116
)
(2,301
)
Net cash from operating activities
40,535

7,705

14,242

Purchase of financial investments
(234,762
)
(207,747
)
(192,824
)
Proceeds from the sale and maturity of financial investments
204,600

210,880

175,176

Net cash flows from the purchase and sale of property, plant and equipment
(532
)
(520
)
(676
)
Net cash flows from purchase/(disposal) of customer and loan portfolios
435

(542
)
338

Net investment in intangible assets
(951
)
(751
)
(1,097
)
Net cash flow on disposal of subsidiaries, businesses, associates and joint ventures
(75
)
(19
)
23

Net cash from investing activities
(31,285
)
1,301

(19,060
)
Issue of ordinary share capital and other equity instruments

4,150

1,851

Cancellation of shares

(986
)
(1,012
)
Net sales of own shares for market-making and investment purposes
27

43

90

Redemption of preference shares and other equity instruments

(6,078
)

Subordinated loan capital repaid
(4,138
)
(4,020
)
(57
)
Dividends paid to shareholders of the parent company and non-controlling interests
(4,271
)
(4,965
)
(5,797
)
Net cash from financing activities
(8,382
)
(11,856
)
(4,925
)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
868

(2,850
)
(9,743
)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period9
311,153

333,912

324,901

Exchange differences in respect of cash and cash equivalents
(46
)
(6,161
)
(4,005
)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period9
311,975

324,901

311,153

For footnotes, see page 90.

HSBC Holdings plc
88


Financial statements (unaudited)

Consolidated statement of changes in equity







Other reserves







Called up share
capital
and share premium

Other
equity
instru-ments

Retained
earnings


Financial assets at FVOCI reserve

Cash
flow
hedging
reserve

Foreign
exchange
reserve

Merger and other
reserves

Total share-holders’ equity

Non-
controlling
interests

Total equity


$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

At 1 Jan 2019
23,789

22,367

138,191

(1,532
)
(206
)
(26,133
)
29,777

186,253

7,996

194,249

Profit for the period


9,216





9,216

721

9,937

Other comprehensive income (net of tax)


(1,297
)
1,202

237

92


234

93

327

– debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income



1,001




1,001

14

1,015

– equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income



201




201

67

268

– cash flow hedges




237



237

2

239

– changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value upon initial recognition arising from changes in own credit risk


(1,445
)




(1,445
)

(1,445
)
– remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability


(38
)




(38
)
(7
)
(45
)
– share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures


73





73


73

– effects of hyperinflation


113





113


113

– exchange differences





92


92

17

109

Total comprehensive income for the period


7,919

1,202

237

92


9,450

814

10,264

Shares issued under employee remuneration and share plans
490


(475
)




15


15

Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon


1,160





1,160


1,160

Dividends to shareholders8


(4,915
)




(4,915
)
(516
)
(5,431
)
Cost of share-based payment arrangements


255





255


255

Other movements


458





458

(96
)
362

At 30 Jun 2019
24,279

22,367

142,593

(330
)
31

(26,041
)
29,777

192,676

8,198

200,874

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 1 Jan 2018
20,337

22,250

139,414

(1,371
)
(222
)
(19,072
)
27,308

188,644

7,580

196,224

Profit for the period


7,748





7,748

668

8,416

Other comprehensive income (net of tax)


1,589

(273
)
(66
)
(4,194
)

(2,944
)
(86
)
(3,030
)
– debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income



(264
)



(264
)
(1
)
(265
)
– equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income



(9
)



(9
)
(21
)
(30
)
– cash flow hedges




(66
)


(66
)
(2
)
(68
)
– changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value upon initial recognition arising from changes in own credit risk


1,346





1,346

(1
)
1,345

– remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability


300





300

(3
)
297

– share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures


(57
)




(57
)

(57
)
– exchange differences





(4,194
)

(4,194
)
(58
)
(4,252
)
Total comprehensive income for the period


9,337

(273
)
(66
)
(4,194
)

4,804

582

5,386

Shares issued under employee remuneration and share plans
582


(570
)




12


12

Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon


606





606


606

Capital securities issued3

4,150






4,150


4,150

Dividends to shareholders


(6,904
)




(6,904
)
(461
)
(7,365
)
Redemption of securities4

(5,827
)
(237
)




(6,064
)

(6,064
)
Cost of share-based payment arrangements


274





274


274

Cancellation of shares5
(986
)

(1,014
)




(2,000
)

(2,000
)
Other movements


2

83




85

(14
)
71

At 30 Jun 2018
19,933

20,573

140,908

(1,561
)
(288
)
(23,266
)
27,308

183,607

7,687

191,294



89
HSBC Holdings plc


Consolidated statement of changes in equity (continued)




Other reserves




Called up
share capital
and share premium

Other
equity
instru-
ments

Retained
earnings

Financial assets at FVOCI reserve

Cash
flow
hedging
reserve

Foreign exchange reserve

Merger and other reserves

Total
share-
holders’
equity

Non-
controlling
interests

Total
equity


$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

At 1 Jul 2018
19,933

20,573

140,908

(1,561
)
(288
)
(23,266
)
27,308

183,607

7,687

191,294

Profit for the period


5,979





5,979

630

6,609

Other comprehensive income
(net of tax)


1,176

28

82

(2,867
)

(1,581
)
(59
)
(1,640
)
– debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income



19




19

3

22

– equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income



9




9

(6
)
3

– cash flow hedges




82



82

5

87

– changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value upon initial recognition arising from changes in own credit risk


1,501





1,501

1

1,502

– remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability


(601
)




(601
)
(25
)
(626
)
– share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures


(7
)




(7
)

(7
)
effects of hyperinflation


283





283


283

– exchange differences





(2,867
)

(2,867
)
(37
)
(2,904
)
Total comprehensive income for the period


7,155

28

82

(2,867
)

4,398

571

4,969

Shares issued under employee remuneration and share plans
139


(40
)




99


99

Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon


888





888


888

Capital securities issued3

1,818






1,818


1,818

Dividends to shareholders


(4,643
)




(4,643
)
(249
)
(4,892
)
Redemption of securities4

(24
)





(24
)

(24
)
Transfers6


(2,200
)



2,200




Cost of share-based payment arrangements


176





176


176

Cancellation of shares7
3,717


(3,984
)



269

2


2

Other movements


(69
)
1




(68
)
(13
)
(81
)
At 31 Dec 2018
23,789

22,367

138,191

(1,532
)
(206
)
(26,133
)
29,777

186,253

7,996

194,249

For footnotes, see page 90.


HSBC Holdings plc
90


Financial statements (unaudited) | Notes on the financial statements

Footnotes to financial statements
1
The impact of the right-of-use assets recognised under IFRS 16 at the beginning of 2019 is not recognised in 2018.
2
The adjustment to bring changes between opening and closing balance sheet amounts to average rates. This is not done on a line-by-line basis, as details cannot be determined without unreasonable expense.
3
During 1H18, HSBC Holdings issued $4,150m of perpetual subordinated contingent convertible capital securities, on which there were $8m of external issuance costs, $34m of intra-Group issuance costs and $8m of tax benefits. During 2H18 HSBC Holdings issued £1,000m and SGD750m of perpetual subordinated contingent convertible capital securities, on which there were $52m of external issuance costs, $15m of intra-Group issuance costs and $3m of tax benefits. Under IFRSs these issuance costs and tax benefits are classified as equity.
4
During 1H18, HSBC Holdings redeemed its $2,200m 8.125% perpetual subordinated capital securities and its $3,800m 8.000% perpetual subordinated capital securities, Series 2, on which there were $172m of external issuance costs. Under IFRSs external issuance costs are classified as equity.
5
For further details refer to Note 32 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2018. Relates to the $2,000m share buy-back announced in May 2018.
6
Permitted transfers from the merger reserve to retained earnings were made when the investment in HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited was previously impaired. A part reversal of this impairment results in a transfer from retained earnings back to the merger reserve of $2,200m.
7
This includes a re-presentation of the cancellation of shares to retained earnings and capital redemption reserve in respect of the 2017 share buy-back, under which retained earnings have been reduced by $3,000m, called up capital and share premium increased by $2,836m and other reserves increased by $164m. The remaining balance relates to the May 2018 share buy-back which completed in August 2018.
8
At 30 June 2019, HSBC changed its accounting practice on the recognition of interim dividends to recognise them on the date of payment rather than the date of declaration, in line with generally accepted accounting practice. Prior periods have not been restated as all the relevant amounts are clearly disclosed, and the impact of the change in practice is not considered material.
9
At 30 June 2019, HSBC changed its accounting practice to include settlement accounts with bank counterparties of one month or less on a net basis. Comparatives have been re-presented and also include other cash equivalents not included in 2018 cash and cash equivalents. The net effect of these changes increased cash and cash equivalents by $10.8bn (30 Jun 2018: $15.2bn and 31 Dec 2018: $10.1bn).



91
HSBC Holdings plc


Notes on the financial statements
 
 
Page
 
 
 
Page
1
Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies
 
9
Interests in associates and joint ventures
2
Net fee income
 
10
Provisions
3
Dividends
 
11
Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees
4
Earnings per share
 
12
Legal proceedings and regulatory matters
5
Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value
 
13
Transactions with related parties
6
Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value
 
14
Events after the balance sheet date
7
Derivatives
 
15
Interim Report 2019 and statutory accounts
8
Financial investments
 
 
 
 
1    
Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies
(a)
Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards
Our interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority and IAS 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and as endorsed by the EU. Therefore, they include an explanation of events and transactions that are significant to an understanding of the changes in HSBC’s financial position and performance since the end of 2018. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Annual Report and Accounts 2018 and the information about the application of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ set out below.
At 30 June 2019, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the half-year to 30 June 2019 affecting these financial statements, and there was no difference between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC.
Standards applied during the half-year to 30 June 2019
IFRS 16 ‘Leases’
On 1 January 2019, we adopted the requirements of IFRS 16 retrospectively. The cumulative effect of initially applying the standard was recognised as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings at that date. Comparatives were not restated. The adoption of the standard increased assets by $5bn and increased financial liabilities by the same amount with no effect on net assets or retained earnings.
On adoption of IFRS 16, we recognised lease liabilities in relation to leases that had previously been classified as ‘operating leases’ in accordance with IAS 17 ‘Leases’. These liabilities were recognised in ’other liabilities’ and measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted at the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate at 1 January 2019. The associated right of use (‘ROU’) assets were recognised in ’other assets’ and measured at the amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments or provisions for onerous leases recognised on the balance sheet at 31 December 2018. In addition, the following practical expedients permitted by the standard were applied:
reliance was placed on previous assessments on whether leases were onerous;
operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months at 1 January 2019 were treated as short-term leases; and
initial direct costs were not included in the measurement of ROU assets for leases previously accounted for as operating leases.
The differences between IAS 17 and IFRS 16 are summarised in the table below:         
IAS 17
IFRS 16
Leases were classified as either finance or operating leases. Payments made under operating leases were charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.
Leases are recognised as an ROU asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is made available for use. Lease payments are allocated between the liability and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease term so as to produce a constant period rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. The ROU asset is depreciated over the shorter of the ROU asset’s useful economic life and the lease term on a straight-line basis.
In determining the lease term, we consider all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option over the planning horizon of five years.
In general, it is not expected that the discount rate implicit in the lease is available so the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used. This is the rate that the lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value in a similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions. The rates are determined for each economic environment in which we operate and for each term by adjusting swap rates with funding spreads (own credit spread) and cross-currency basis where appropriate.

Amendment to IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’
An amendment to IAS 12 was issued in December 2017 as part of the annual improvement cycle. The amendment clarifies that an entity should recognise the tax consequences of dividends where the transactions or events that generated the distributable profits are recognised. This amendment was applied on 1 January 2019 and had no material impact. Comparatives have not been restated.

HSBC Holdings plc
92


Notes on the financial statements (unaudited)

(b)
Use of estimates and judgements
Management believes that our critical accounting estimates and judgements are those that relate to the effect on hedge accounting of the fundamental review and reform of the major interest rate benchmarks, impairment of amortised cost and FVOCI financial assets, goodwill impairment, the valuation of financial instruments, deferred tax assets, provisions for liabilities and interests in associates. There were no changes in the current period to the critical accounting estimates and judgements applied in 2018, which are stated on pages 35 and 226 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
(c)
Composition of Group
There were no material changes in the composition of the Group in the half-year to 30 June 2019.
(d)
Future accounting developments
IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ was issued in May 2017 and has not been endorsed for use in the EU. It sets out the requirements that an entity should apply in accounting for insurance contracts it issues and reinsurance contracts it holds. IFRS 17 is currently effective from
1 January 2021. However, the IASB is consulting on delaying the mandatory implementation date by one year and may make additional changes to the standard. The Group is in the process of implementing IFRS 17. Industry practice and interpretation of the standard is still developing and there may be changes to implementation decisions as practice evolves, therefore the likely impact of its implementation remains uncertain.
(e)
Going concern
The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis, as the Directors are satisfied that the Group and parent company have the resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future. In making this assessment, the Directors have considered a wide range of information relating to present and future conditions, including future projections of profitability, cash flows, capital requirements and capital resources.
(f)
Accounting policies
Except as described above and in footnotes 8 and 9 on page 90, the accounting policies that we applied for these interim condensed consolidated financial statements are consistent with those described on pages 224 to 237 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018, as are the methods of computation.
2
Net fee income
 
Half-year to
 
30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec

 
2019

2018

2018

 
$m

$m

$m

Net fee income by product

 
 
 
Funds under management

1,067

1,149

1,072

Account services

1,034

1,156

1,021

Cards
968

965

991

Credit facilities
805

897

826

Unit trusts
546

613

425

Broking income
544

710

500

Underwriting
446

431

292

Remittances
373

361

417

Global custody
342

378

358

Imports/exports
338

362

347

Insurance agency commission
200

233

171

Other
1,141

1,214

1,155

Fee income
7,804

8,469

7,575

Less: fee expense
(1,680
)
(1,702
)
(1,722
)
Net fee income
6,124

6,767

5,853

Net fee income by global business
 
 
 
Retail Banking and Wealth Management
2,498

2,795

2,403

Commercial Banking
1,781

1,874

1,681

Global Banking and Markets
1,499

1,745

1,484

Global Private Banking
375

389

353

Corporate Centre
(29
)
(36
)
(68
)
3
Dividends
A first interim dividend of $0.10 per ordinary share in respect of the financial year ending 31 December 2019 was declared by the Directors on 3 May 2019. This distribution, amounting to $2,023m, was paid on 5 July 2019.
On 5 August 2019, the Directors declared a second interim dividend of $0.10 per ordinary share in respect of the financial year ending 31 December 2019. This distribution amounts to approximately $2,028m and will be payable on 26 September 2019. No liability is recognised in the financial statements in respect of these dividends.

93
HSBC Holdings plc


Dividends paid to shareholders of HSBC Holdings plc

Half-year to

30 Jun 2019
30 Jun 2018
31 Dec 2018

Per share

Total

Settled in scrip

Per share

Total

Settled in scrip

Per share

Total

Settled in scrip


$

$m

$m

$

$m

$m

$

$m

$m

Dividends paid on ordinary shares


















In respect of previous year:


















– fourth interim dividend
0.21

4,206

1,160

0.21

4,197

393




In respect of current year:


















– first interim dividend1



0.10

2,008

213




– second interim dividend






0.10

1,990

181

– third interim dividend






0.10

1,992

707

Total
0.21

4,206

1,160

0.31

6,205

606

0.20

3,982

888

Total dividends on preference shares classified as equity (paid quarterly)
31.00

45



31.00

45



31.00

45



Total coupons on capital securities classified as equity


664





654





616



Dividends to shareholders


4,915





6,904





4,643



1
At 30 June 2019, HSBC changed its accounting practice on the recognition of interim dividends to recognise them on the date of payment rather than the date of declaration, in line with generally accepted accounting practice. Prior periods have not been restated as all the relevant amounts are clearly disclosed, and the change is not considered material.
Total coupons on capital securities classified as equity
 
 
 
 
Half-year to
 
 
 
 
30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec

 
 
 
 
2019

2018

2018

 
 


Total

Total

Total

 
Footnotes
First call date
Per security
$m

$m

$m

Perpetual subordinated capital securities
1


 
 
 
– $2,200m issued at 8.125%

Apr 2013
$2.032

89


– $3,800m issued at 8.000%

Dec 2015
$2.000

76


Perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities
2


 




– $1,500m issued at 5.625%

Jan 2020
$56.250
42

42

42

– $2,000m issued at 6.875%
 
Jun 2021
$68.750
69

69

69

– $2,250m issued at 6.375%
 
Sep 2024
$63.750
72

72

71

– $2,450m issued at 6.375%

Mar 2025
$63.750
78

78

78

– $3,000m issued at 6.000%
 
May 2027
$60.000
90

90

90

– $2,350m issued at 6.250%
 
Mar 2023
$62.500
73


73

– $1,800m issued at 6.500%

 
Mar 2028
$65.000
58


59

– €1,500m issued at 5.250%
 
Sep 2022
€52.500
45

48

47

– €1,000m issued at 6.000%

Sep 2023
€60.000
34

36

36

– €1,250m issued at 4.750%
 
July 2029
€47.500
34

36

34

– SGD1,000m issued at 4.700%
 
Jun 2022
SGD47.000
17

18

17

– SGD750m issued at 5.000%
 
Sep 2023
SGD50.000
14



– £1,000m issued at 5.875%
 
Sep 2026
£58.750
38



Total



664

654

616

1
In 2H18, HSBC redeemed the $2,200m and $3,800m perpetual subordinated capital securities. 2018 discretionary coupons were paid quarterly on the perpetual subordinated capital securities, in denominations of $25 per security.
2
Discretionary coupons are paid twice a year on the perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities, in denominations of 1,000 per security in each security’s issuance currency.

4
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, excluding own shares held. Diluted earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing the basic earnings, which require no adjustment for the effects of dilutive potential ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, excluding own shares held, plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares.
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company
 
Half-year to
 
30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec

 
2019

2018

2018

 
$m

$m

$m

Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company
9,216

7,748

5,979

Dividend payable on preference shares classified as equity
(45
)
(45
)
(45
)
Coupon payable on capital securities classified as equity
(664
)
(530
)
(499
)
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company
8,507

7,173

5,435


HSBC Holdings plc
94


Notes on the financial statements (unaudited)

Basic and diluted earnings per share
 
 
Half-year to
 
 
30 Jun 2019
30 Jun 2018
31 Dec 2018


Profit

Number
of shares

Amount per share

Profit

Number
of shares

Amount per share

Profit

Number
of shares

Amount per share


Footnotes
$m

(millions)

$

$m

(millions)

$

$m

(millions)

$

Basic
1
8,507

20,124

0.42

7,173

19,998

0.36

5,435

19,786

0.27

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares



65





86





83



Diluted
1
8,507

20,189

0.42

7,173

20,084

0.36

5,435

19,869

0.27

1
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding (basic) or assuming dilution (diluted).
5
Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value
The accounting policies, control framework and hierarchy used to determine fair values at 30 June 2019 are consistent with those applied for the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
Financial instruments carried at fair value and bases of valuation
 
 
Valuation techniques
 
 
Quoted
market price
 Level 1

Using
observable
inputs
Level 2

With significant
unobservable
inputs
Level 3

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

Recurring fair value measurements
 
 
 
 
At 30 Jun 2019
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
Trading assets
203,783

61,968

5,673

271,424

Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
26,361

8,095

6,587

41,043

Derivatives
1,307

230,384

1,930

233,621

Financial investments
262,977

81,547

2,363

346,887

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
Trading liabilities
73,475

20,625

49

94,149

Financial liabilities designated at fair value
8,549

151,159

5,396

165,104

Derivatives
1,436

226,434

2,033

229,903

 
At 31 Dec 2018
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
Trading assets
178,100

53,271

6,759

238,130

Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
23,125

12,494

5,492

41,111

Derivatives
1,868

203,534

2,423

207,825

Financial investments
263,885

78,882

2,000

344,767

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
Trading liabilities
66,300

18,073

58

84,431

Financial liabilities designated at fair value
6,815

136,362

5,328

148,505

Derivatives
2,845

201,234

1,756

205,835

Transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair values
 
Assets
Liabilities
 
Financial investments

Trading assets

Designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value

Derivatives

Trading liabilities

Designated at fair value

Derivatives

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

At 30 Jun 2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transfers from Level 1 to Level 2
1,526

663


23

117



Transfers from Level 2 to Level 1
2,696

1,252

347

111

198


117

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 Dec 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transfers from Level 1 to Level 2
367

435

2

1

79



Transfers from Level 2 to Level 1
17,861

4,959

85

128

1,821


138

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are deemed to occur at the end of each quarterly reporting period. Transfers into and out of levels of the fair value hierarchy are primarily attributable to observability of valuation inputs and price transparency.

95
HSBC Holdings plc


Fair value adjustments
We adopt the use of fair value adjustments when we consider there are additional factors that would be considered by a market participant that are not incorporated within the valuation model. We classify fair value adjustments as either ‘risk-related’ or ‘model-related’. The majority of these adjustments relate to GB&M. Movements in the level of fair value adjustments do not necessarily result in the recognition of profits or losses within the income statement. For example, as models are enhanced, fair value adjustments may no longer be required. Similarly, fair value adjustments will decrease when the related positions are unwound, but this may not result in profit or loss.
Global Banking and Markets fair value adjustments
 
At
 
30 Jun 2019
31 Dec 2018
 
GB&M

Corporate Centre

GB&M

Corporate Centre

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

Type of adjustment
 
 
 
 
Risk-related
1,107

128

1,042

138

– bid-offer
418

71

430

76

– uncertainty
114

2

99

6

– credit valuation adjustment
411

48

442

52

– debit valuation adjustment
(129
)

(198
)

– funding fair value adjustment
265

7

256

4

– other
28


13


Model-related
76

3

79

3

– model limitation
68

3

79

3

– other
8




Inception profit (Day 1 P&L reserves)1 
99


85


 
1,282

131

1,206

141

1
See Note 7 on the financial statements on page 101.
A description of our risk-related and model-related adjustments is provided on pages 252 and 253 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
Fair value valuation bases
Financial instruments measured at fair value using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs – Level 3
 
Assets
Liabilities
 
Financial investments

Trading assets

Designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss

Derivatives

Total

Trading liabilities

Designated at fair value

Derivatives

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Private equity including strategic investments
611

10

6,125


6,746

7



7

Asset-backed securities
1,116

1,099

30


2,245





Loans held for securitisation

1

43


44





Structured notes

3



3

42

5,396


5,438

Derivatives with monolines



55

55





Other derivatives



1,875

1,875



2,014

2,014

Other portfolios
636

4,560

389


5,585



19

19

At 30 Jun 2019
2,363

5,673

6,587

1,930

16,553

49

5,396

2,033

7,478

Private equity including strategic investments
427

20

5,106


5,553

12



12

Asset-backed securities
1,030

1,140

32


2,202





Loans held for securitisation


49


49





Structured notes

3



3

46

5,328


5,374

Derivatives with monolines



65

65





Other derivatives



2,358

2,358



1,755

1,755

Other portfolios
543

5,596

305


6,444



1

1

At 31 Dec 2018
2,000

6,759

5,492

2,423

16,674

58

5,328

1,756

7,142

The basis for determining the fair value of the financial instruments in the table above is explained on pages 253 and 254 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.

HSBC Holdings plc
96


Notes on the financial statements (unaudited)

Reconciliation of fair value measurements in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy
Movement in Level 3 financial instruments
 
 
Assets
Liabilities
 
 
Financial investments

Trading assets

Designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss

Derivatives

Trading liabilities

Designated at fair value

Derivatives

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

At 1 Jan 2019
 
2,000

6,759

5,492

2,423

58

5,328

1,756

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss
 

(2
)
195

(9
)
(4
)
246

591

– net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
 

(2
)

(9
)
(4
)

591

– changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
 


195



246


Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income
1
191

(18
)
6

(6
)
(1
)
(6
)
(10
)
– financial investments: fair value gains/(losses)
 
193







– exchange differences
 
(2
)
(18
)
6

(6
)
(1
)
(6
)
(10
)
Purchases
 
243

1,145

1,145


5

118


New issuances
 

154




818


Sales
 
(6
)
(487
)
(87
)

(9
)
(180
)

Settlements
 
(240
)
(1,691
)
(184
)
94


(396
)
(136
)
Transfers out
 
(4
)
(409
)
(20
)
(622
)
(9
)
(550
)
(189
)
Transfers in
 
179

222

40

50

9

18

21

At 30 Jun 2019
 
2,363

5,673

6,587

1,930

49

5,396

2,033

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at
30 Jun 2019
 

2

67

257

(23
)
(7
)
(320
)
– net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis

 

2


257

(23
)

(320
)
– changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss

 


67



(7
)

At 1 Jan 2018
 
1,767

5,080

3,958

2,444

93

4,107

1,949

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss
 
253

228

245

126

(2
)
(460
)
(185
)
– net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis

 

228


126

(2
)

(185
)
– changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
 


245



(460
)

– gains less losses from financial investments at fair value through other comprehensive income
 
253







Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income (‘OCI’)
1
64

(201
)
(92
)
(56
)
(2
)
(72
)
(34
)
– financial investments: fair value gains/(losses)
 
57







– cash flow hedges: fair value gains/(losses)
 


6

6



2

– exchange differences
 
7

(201
)
(98
)
(62
)
(2
)
(72
)
(36
)
Purchases
 
242

4,032

1,201


2

46


New issuances
 

975



5

1,309


Sales
 
(24
)
(1,212
)
(98
)

(4
)


Settlements
 
(70
)
(1,682
)
(213
)
137


(172
)
317

Transfers out
 
(373
)
(941
)
(31
)
(199
)
(17
)
(479
)
(235
)
Transfers in
 
369

268

36

18


76

58

At 30 Jun 2018
 
2,228

6,547

5,006

2,470

75

4,355

1,870

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at
30 Jun 2018
 

(47
)
177

44

(5
)
82

(111
)
– net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis

 

(47
)

44

(5
)

(111
)
– changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
 


177



82



97
HSBC Holdings plc


Movement in Level 3 financial instruments (continued)
 
 
Assets
Liabilities
 
 
Financial investments

Trading assets

Designated
at fair value
through profit
or loss

Derivatives

Trading liabilities

Designated
at fair value

Derivatives

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

At 1 Jul 2018
 
2,228

6,547

5,006

2,470

75

4,355

1,870

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss
 
(2
)
56

363

471

(2
)
(177
)
440

– net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis

 

56


471

(2
)

440

– changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
 


363



(177
)

– gains less losses from financial investments at fair value through other comprehensive income
 
(2
)






Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income (‘OCI’)
1
(47
)
(73
)
(15
)
(57
)
(1
)
(72
)
(48
)
– financial investments: fair value gains/(losses)
 
(42
)






– exchange differences
 
(5
)
(73
)
(15
)
(57
)
(1
)
(72
)
(48
)
Purchases
 
33

345

971


1

30


New issuances
 




1

1,133


Sales
 
(27
)
(377
)
(297
)

(7
)


Settlements
 
(71
)
(339
)
(328
)
(328
)

140

(335
)
Transfers out
 
(312
)
(461
)
(254
)
(138
)
(7
)
(633
)
(229
)
Transfers in
 
198

1,061

46

5


552

58

At 31 Dec 2018
 
2,000

6,759

5,492

2,423

58

5,328

1,756

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 31 Dec 2018
 

42

22

298


192

(240
)
– net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis

 

42


298



(240
)
– changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss

 


22



192


1
Included in ‘financial investments: fair value gains/(losses)’ in the current year and ‘exchange differences’ in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are deemed to occur at the end of each quarterly reporting period. Transfers into and out of levels of the fair value hierarchy are primarily attributable to observability of valuation inputs and price transparency.
Effect of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonably possible alternatives
The following table shows the sensitivity of Level 3 fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions:
Sensitivity of fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions
 
 
Reflected in
profit or loss
Reflected in other
comprehensive income
 
 
Favourable
changes

Unfavourable
changes

Favourable
changes

Unfavourable
changes

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

$m

Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities
1
298

(303
)


Financial assets and liabilities designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value
 
461

(355
)


Financial investments
 
43

(46
)
26

(26
)
At 30 Jun 2019
 
802

(704
)
26

(26
)
 
Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities
1
320

(270
)


Financial assets and liabilities designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value
 
344

(279
)


Financial investments
 
48

(51
)
15

(10
)
At 30 Jun 2018
 
712

(600
)
15

(10
)
 
Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities
1
269

(257
)


Financial assets and liabilities designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
 
394

(310
)


Financial investments
 
34

(36
)
23

(22
)
At 31 Dec 2018
 
697

(603
)
23

(22
)
1
‘Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities’ is presented as one category to reflect the manner in which these financial instruments are risk-managed.

HSBC Holdings plc
98


Notes on the financial statements (unaudited)

Sensitivity of fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions by Level 3 instrument type
 
Reflected in
profit or loss
Reflected in other
comprehensive income
 
Favourable
changes

Unfavourable
changes

Favourable
changes

Unfavourable
changes

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

Private equity including strategic investments
482

(376
)


Asset-backed securities
56

(29
)
26

(26
)
Loans held for securitisation
1

(1
)


Structured notes
7

(7
)


Derivatives with monolines
1

(1
)


Other derivatives
161

(175
)


Other portfolios
94

(115
)


At 30 Jun 2019
802

(704
)
26

(26
)
 
Private equity including strategic investments
357

(288
)


Asset-backed securities
71

(40
)
15

(10
)
Loans held for securitisation
1

(1
)


Structured notes
15

(12
)


Derivatives with monolines




Other derivatives
200

(166
)


Other portfolios
68

(93
)


At 30 Jun 2018
712

(600
)
15

(10
)
 
Private equity including strategic investments
400

(317
)


Asset-backed securities
62

(34
)
23

(22
)
Loans held for securitisation
1

(1
)


Structured notes
13

(13
)


Derivatives with monolines




Other derivatives
157

(153
)


Other portfolios
64

(85
)


At 31 Dec 2018
697

(603
)
23

(22
)
The sensitivity analysis aims to measure a range of fair values consistent with the application of a 95% confidence interval.
Methodologies take account of the nature of the valuation technique employed, as well as the availability and reliability of observable
proxy and historical data.
When the fair value of a financial instrument is affected by more than one unobservable assumption, the table above reflects the most
favourable or the most unfavourable change from varying the assumptions individually.

99
HSBC Holdings plc


Key unobservable inputs to Level 3 financial instruments
The following table lists key unobservable inputs to Level 3 financial instruments, and provides the range of those inputs at 30 June 2019. The core range of inputs is the estimated range within which 90% of the inputs fall.
There has been no change to the key unobservable inputs to Level 3 financial instruments and inter-relationships therein, which are detailed on pages 256 and 257 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
Quantitative information about significant unobservable inputs in Level 3 valuations
 
 
Fair value
Valuation technique
Key unobservable inputs
 
 
 
 
Assets

Liabilities

Full range of inputs
Core range of inputs1
 
Footnotes
$m

$m

Lower
Higher

Lower

Higher

Private equity including strategic investments
 
6,746

7

See footnote 2
See footnote 2







Asset-backed securities
 
2,245


 
 
 
 
 
 
– CLO/CDO
3
401


Market proxy
Prepayment rate
0%
9%

0%

9%

 
 

Market proxy
Bid quotes
0
101


101

– other ABSs
 
1,844


Market proxy
Bid quotes
0
103

71

99

Loans held for securitisation
 
44


 
 
 
 
 
 
Structured notes
 
3

5,438

 
 
 
 
 
 
– equity-linked notes
 

3,922

Model – option model
Equity volatility
7%
65%

10%

53%

 
 


Model – option model
Equity correlation
6%
93%

6%

82%

– fund-linked notes
 

17

Model – option model
Fund volatility
5%
21%

5%

21%

– FX-linked notes
 

1,397

Model – option model
FX volatility
1%
31%

3%

27%

– other
 
3

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives with monolines
 
55


Model – discounted cash flow
Credit spread
1%
1.4%

1%

1.4%

Other derivatives
 
1,875

2,014

 
 
 
 
 
 
– interest rate derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
securitisation swaps
 
217

709

Model – discounted
cash flow
Prepayment rate
6%
7%

6%

7%

long-dated swaptions
 
732

40

Model – option model
IR volatility
9%
36%

14%

33%

other
 
258

163

 
 
 
 
 
 
– FX derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FX options
 
150

234

Model – option model
FX volatility
1%
31%

4%

14%

other
 
114

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
– equity derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
long-dated single stock options
 
249

347

Model – option model
Equity volatility
0%
97%

4%

97%

other
 
83

374

 
 
 
 
 
 
– credit derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
other
 
72

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other portfolios
 
5,585

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
– structured certificates
 
1,515


Model – discounted
cash flow
Credit volatility
2%
4%

2%

4%

– repurchase agreements
 
2,086


 
 







– other
4
1,984

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
At 30 Jun 2019
 
16,553

7,478

 
 
 
 
 
 


HSBC Holdings plc
100


Notes on the financial statements (unaudited)

Quantitative information about significant unobservable inputs in Level 3 valuations (continued)
 
 
Fair value
Valuation technique
 
 
 
 
 
Assets

Liabilities

Key unobservable inputs
Full range of inputs
Core range of inputs1
 
Footnotes
$m

$m

Lower
Higher
Lower
Higher
Private equity including strategic investments
 
5,553

12

See footnote 2
See footnote 2
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Asset-backed securities
 
2,202


 
 
 
 
 
 
– CLO/CDO
3
394


Market proxy
Prepayment rate
0%
10%
0%
10%
 
 
 
Market proxy
Bid quotes
0
100
50
100
– other ABSs
 
1,808


Market proxy
Bid quotes
0
271
71
99
Loans held for securitisation
 
49


 
 
 
 
 
 
Structured notes
 
3

5,374

 
 
 
 
 
 
– equity-linked notes
 

3,882

Model – option model
Equity volatility
8%
79%
13%
53%
 
 
 
Model – option model
Equity correlation
17%
93%
40%
77%
– fund-linked notes
 

83

Model – option model
Fund volatility
21%
21%
21%
21%
– FX-linked notes
 

1,382

Model – option model
FX volatility
1%
27%
3%
25%
– other
 
3

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives with monolines
 
65


Model – discounted
cash flow
Credit spread
0.2%
1%
0.2%
1%
Other derivatives
 
2,358

1,755

 
 
 
 
 
 
– interest rate derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
securitisation swaps
 
233

700

Model – discounted
cash flow
Prepayment rate
6%
7%
6%
7%
long-dated swaptions
 
1,019

27

Model – option model
IR volatility
13%
39%
14%
36%
other
 
250

148

 
 
 
 
 
 
– FX derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FX options
 
186

244

Model – option model
FX volatility
1%
27%
7%
12%
other
 
113

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
– equity derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
long-dated single stock options
 
215

267

Model – option model
Equity volatility
5%
83%
5%
81%
other
 
310

216

 
 
 
 
 
 
– Credit derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other
 
32

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other portfolios
 
6,444

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
– structured certificates
 
3,013


Model – discounted
cash flow
Credit volatility
2%
4%
2%
4%
– other
4
3,431

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 Dec 2018
 
16,674

7,142

 
 
 
 
 
 
1
The core range of inputs is the estimated range within which 90% of the inputs fall.
2
See notes on page 256 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
3
Collateralised loan obligation/collateralised debt obligation.
4
’Other’ includes a range of smaller asset holdings.
6
Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value
The bases for measuring the fair values of loans and advances to banks and customers, financial investments, deposits by banks, customer accounts, debt securities in issue, subordinated liabilities and non-trading repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements are explained on pages 258 and 259 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value on the balance sheet
 
At 30 Jun 2019
At 31 Dec 2018
 
Carrying
amount

Fair
value

Carrying
amount

Fair
value

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

Assets
 
 
 
 
Loans and advances to banks
82,397

82,485

72,167

72,169

Loans and advances to customers
1,021,632

1,023,961

981,696

985,077

Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
233,079

233,137

242,804

242,857

Financial investments – at amortised cost
81,214

83,924

62,666

62,079

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
Deposits by banks
71,051

71,034

56,331

56,308

Customer accounts
1,380,124

1,380,598

1,362,643

1,362,945

Repurchase agreements – non-trading
184,497

184,495

165,884

165,884

Debt securities in issue
103,663

104,238

85,342

85,430

Subordinated liabilities
22,894

26,888

22,437

25,341

Other financial instruments not carried at fair value are typically short term in nature and reprice to current market rates frequently. Accordingly, their carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value.

101
HSBC Holdings plc


7
Derivatives
Notional contract amounts and fair values of derivatives by product contract type held by HSBC
 
Notional contract amount
Fair value amount
 
Assets and liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
 
Trading

Hedging

Trading

Hedging

Total

Trading

Hedging

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Foreign exchange
8,167,223

30,119

73,788

437

74,225

73,226

663

73,889

Interest rate
28,855,791

182,018

237,022

1,301

238,323

230,001

3,093

233,094

Equities
1,268,944


8,356


8,356

8,837


8,837

Credit
410,473


4,956


4,956

5,880


5,880

Commodity and other
95,725


1,779


1,779

2,221


2,221

Gross total fair values
38,798,156

212,137

325,901

1,738

327,639

320,165

3,756

323,921

Offset








(94,018
)




(94,018
)
At 30 Jun 2019
38,798,156

212,137

325,901

1,738

233,621

320,165

3,756

229,903

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange
7,552,462

29,969

85,959

458

86,417

82,494

653

83,147

Interest rate
24,589,916

163,271

155,293

1,080

156,373

154,257

2,261

156,518

Equities
1,256,550


10,198


10,198

10,750


10,750

Credit
346,596


3,414


3,414

3,776


3,776

Commodity and other
74,159


1,134


1,134

1,355


1,355

Gross total fair values
33,819,683

193,240

255,998

1,538

257,536

252,632

2,914

255,546

Offset








(49,711
)




(49,711
)
At 31 Dec 2018
33,819,683

193,240

255,998

1,538

207,825

252,632

2,914

205,835

The notional contract amounts of derivatives held for trading purposes and derivatives designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date, not amounts at risk. Derivative assets and liabilities increased during 1H19, reflecting changes in yield curves and the number of outstanding contracts.
Derivatives valued using models with unobservable inputs
The following table shows the difference between the fair value at initial recognition, which is the transaction price, and the value that would have been derived had valuation techniques used for subsequent measurement been applied at initial recognition, less subsequent releases.
Unamortised balance of derivatives valued using models with significant unobservable inputs
 
 
Half-year to
 
 
30 Jun

30 Jun

31 Dec



2019

2018

2018


Footnotes
$m

$m

$m

Unamortised balance at beginning of period

86

106

80

Deferral on new transactions

90

86

75

Recognised in the income statement during the period

(78
)
(90
)
(68
)
– amortisation

(36
)
(52
)
(44
)
– subsequent to unobservable inputs becoming observable

(6
)
(1
)
(1
)
– maturity, termination or offsetting derivative

(36
)
(37
)
(23
)
Exchange differences


(2
)
(2
)
Other

1

(20
)
1

Unamortised balance at end of period
1
99

80

86

1
This amount is yet to be recognised in the consolidated income statement.
Hedge accounting derivatives
The notional contract amounts of derivatives held for hedge accounting purposes indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date, not amounts at risk.
Notional contract amounts of derivatives held for hedging purposes by product type
 
At 30 Jun 2019
At 31 Dec 2018
 
Cash flow
hedges

Fair value
hedges

Cash flow
hedges

Fair value
hedges

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

Foreign exchange
22,604

15

24,954

15

Interest rate
44,222

137,796

39,720

123,551

Total
66,826

137,811

64,674

123,566

The Group applies hedge accounting in respect of certain consolidated net investments. Hedging is undertaken using forward foreign exchange contracts or by financing with foreign currency borrowings. At 30 June 2019, the notional contract values of outstanding financial instruments designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations were $7,500m (31 December 2018: $5,000m).

HSBC Holdings plc
102


Notes on the financial statements (unaudited)

8
Financial investments
Carrying amounts of financial investments
 
 
30 Jun

31 Dec

 
 
2019

2018

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

Financial investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
 
346,887

344,767

– treasury and other eligible bills
 
75,470

96,642

– debt securities
 
269,471

246,371

– equity securities
 
1,851

1,657

– other instruments
1
95

97

Debt instruments measured at amortised cost
2
81,214

62,666

– treasury and other eligible bills
 
6,744

679

– debt securities
 
74,470

61,987

At the end of the period
 
428,101

407,433

1
‘Other Instruments’ are comprised of loans and advances.
2
Fair value: $83.9bn (31 December 2018: $62.1bn).
9
Interests in associates and joint ventures
At 30 June 2019, the carrying amount of HSBC’s interests in associates and joint ventures was $23,892m (31 December 2018: $22,407m).
Principal associates of HSBC
 
At
 
30 Jun 2019
31 Dec 2018
 
Carrying
amount

Fair
value1

Carrying
amount

Fair
value1

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

Bank of Communications Co., Limited
18,166

10,734

17,754

10,991

The Saudi British Bank
4,496

6,512

3,557

5,222

1
Principal associates are listed on recognised stock exchanges. The fair values are based on the quoted market prices of the shares held (Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy).
In June, the merger between The Saudi British Bank (‘SABB’) and Alawwal bank (‘Alawwal’) became effective. The merger involved SABB issuing a fixed number of new shares to Alawwal’s shareholders in exchange for the transfer of Alawwal’s net assets and cancellation of its shares. HSBC’s 40.0% interest in SABB reduced to 29.2% of the combined entity, resulting in a dilution gain of $828m recognised in HSBC’s consolidated income statement for the half-year to 30 June 2019. The dilution gain represents the difference between the carrying amount of HSBC’s interest in SABB that was derecognised proportionate to the percentage reduction, and HSBC’s share of the increase in the combined entity’s net assets. The combined entity continues to be an associate of HSBC.
Bank of Communications Co., Limited
The Group’s investment in Bank of Communications Co., Limited (‘BoCom’) is classified as an associate. Significant influence in BoCom was established via representation on BoCom’s Board of Directors and participation in a technical cooperation and exchange programme (‘TCEP’). Under the TCEP, a number of HSBC staff have been seconded to assist in the maintenance of BoCom’s financial and operating policies. Investments in associates are recognised using the equity method of accounting in accordance with IAS 28, whereby the investment is initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter for the post-acquisition change in the Group’s share of BoCom’s net assets. An impairment test is required if there is any indication of impairment.
Impairment testing
At 30 June 2019, the fair value of the Group’s investment in BoCom had been below the carrying amount for approximately 86 months. As a result, the Group performed an impairment test on the carrying amount, which confirmed that there was no impairment at 30 June 2019 as the recoverable amount as determined by a value-in-use (‘VIU’) calculation was higher than the carrying value.
 
At
 
30 Jun 2019
31 Dec 2018
 
VIU

Carrying
value

Fair
value

VIU

Carrying
value

Fair
value

 
$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

$bn

BoCom
20.2

18.2

10.7

18.0

17.8

11.0

The increase in VIU for the first half of 2019 was principally driven by BoCom’s actual performance exceeding earlier forecasts, and upward revisions to management’s best estimates of BoCom’s future earnings.

103
HSBC Holdings plc


In future periods, the VIU may increase or decrease depending on the effect of changes to model inputs. The main model inputs are described below and are based on factors observed at period-end. The factors that could result in a change in the VIU and an impairment include a short-term underperformance by BoCom, a change in regulatory capital requirements, or an increase in uncertainty regarding the future performance of BoCom resulting in a downgrade of the future asset growth or profitability. An increase in the discount rate as a result of an increase in the risk premium or risk-free rates could also result in a reduction of VIU and an impairment. At the point where the carrying value exceeds the VIU, impairment would be recognised.
If the Group did not have significant influence in BoCom, the investment would be carried at fair value rather than the current carrying value.
Basis of recoverable amount
The impairment test was performed by comparing the recoverable amount of BoCom, determined by a VIU calculation, with its carrying amount. The VIU calculation uses discounted cash flow projections based on management’s best estimates of future earnings available to ordinary shareholders prepared in accordance with IAS 36. Significant management judgement is required in arriving at the best estimate. There are two main components to the VIU calculation. The first component is management’s best estimate of BoCom’s earnings, which is based on explicit forecasts over the short to medium term. This results in forecast earnings growth that is lower than recent historical actual growth and also reflects the uncertainty arising from the current economic outlook. Earnings beyond the short to medium term are then extrapolated in perpetuity using a long-term growth rate to derive a terminal value, which comprises the majority of the VIU. The second component is the capital maintenance charge (‘CMC’), which is management’s forecast of the earnings that need to be withheld in order for BoCom to meet regulatory capital requirements over the forecast period, meaning that CMC is deducted when arriving at management’s estimate of future earnings available to ordinary shareholders. The principal inputs to the CMC calculation include estimates of asset growth, the ratio of risk-weighted assets to total assets, and the expected minimum regulatory capital requirements. An increase in the CMC as a result of a change to these principal inputs would reduce VIU. Additionally, management considers other factors, including qualitative factors, to ensure that the inputs to the VIU calculation remain appropriate.
Key assumptions in value-in-use calculation
We used a number of assumptions in our VIU calculation, in accordance with the requirements of IAS 36:
Long-term profit growth rate: 3% (31 December 2018: 3%) for periods after 2022. This does not exceed forecast GDP growth in mainland China and is consistent with forecasts by external analysts.
Long-term asset growth rate: 3% (31 December 2018: 3%) for periods after 2022. This is the rate that assets are expected to grow to achieve long-term profit growth of 3%.
Discount rate: 11.82% (31 December 2018: 11.82%). This is based on a capital asset pricing model (‘CAPM’) calculation for BoCom, using market data. Management also compares the rate derived from the CAPM with discount rates from external sources. The discount rate used is within the range of 10.3% to 14.3% (31 December 2018: 10.4% to 15.0%) indicated by external sources.
Expected credit losses as a percentage of customer advances: ranges from 0.88% to 0.94% (31 December 2018: 0.73% to 0.79%) in the short to medium term. This reflects increases due to the US-China trade tensions. For periods after 2022, the ratio is 0.70% (31 December 2018: 0.70%), which is slightly higher than the historical average.
Risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets: 61% (31 December 2018: 62%) for all forecast periods. This is slightly higher than BoCom’s actual results and the forecasts disclosed by external analysts.
Cost-income ratio: ranges from 38.1% to 38.9% (31 December 2018: 38.7% to 39.0%) in the short to medium term. This is slightly higher than the forecasts disclosed by external analysts.
Effective tax rate: ranges from 13.9% to 22.0% (31 December 2018:13.8% to 22.3%) in the short to medium term. This reflects an expected increase towards the long-term assumption. For periods after 2022, the rate is 22.5% (31 December 2018: 22.5%), which is slightly higher than the historical average.
Capital requirements: Capital adequacy ratio of 11.5% (31 December 2018: 11.5%) and tier 1 capital adequacy ratio of 9.5% (31 December 2018: 9.5%). This is based on the minimum regulatory requirements.
The following table shows the change to each key assumption in the VIU calculation that on its own would reduce the headroom to nil:
Key assumption
Changes to key assumption to reduce headroom to nil
Long-term profit growth rate
Decrease by 87 basis points
Long-term asset growth rate

Increase by 74 basis points
Discount rate
Increase by 106 basis points
Expected credit losses as a percentage of customer advances
Increase by 14 basis points
Risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets
Increase by 515 basis points
Cost-income ratio
Increase by 327 basis points
Long-term effective tax rate
Increase by 750 basis points
Capital requirements – capital adequacy ratio

Increase by 97 basis points
Capital requirements – tier 1 capital adequacy ratio

Increase by 172 basis points


HSBC Holdings plc
104


Notes on the financial statements (unaudited)

The following table further illustrates the impact on VIU of reasonably possible changes to key assumptions. This reflects the sensitivity of the VIU to each key assumption on its own. It is possible that more than one favourable and/or unfavourable change may occur at the same time. The selected rates of reasonably possible changes to key assumptions are largely based on external analysts’ forecasts, which can change period to period.
Sensitivity of VIU to reasonably possible changes in key assumptions
 
Favourable change
Unfavourable change
 
 
Increase
in VIU

VIU

 
Decrease
in VIU

VIU

 
bps

$bn

$bn

bps

$bn

$bn

At 30 Jun 2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term profit growth rate


20.2

(50
)
(1.2
)
19.0

Long-term asset growth rate
(50
)
1.2

21.4



20.2

Discount rate
(72
)
1.7

21.9

38

(0.8
)
19.4

Expected credit losses as a percentage of customer advances
2019 to 2022: 0.90%
2023 onwards: 0.69%

0.2

20.4

2019 to 2022: 0.95%
2023 onwards: 0.79%

(1.1
)
19.1

Risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets
(125
)
0.5

20.7

150

(0.6
)
19.6

Cost-income ratio
(190
)
1.4

21.6



20.2

Long-term effective tax rate
(345
)
1.0

21.2

250

(0.7
)
19.5

Earnings in short to medium term – compound annual growth rate1
102

1.0

21.2

(272
)
(1.7
)
18.5

Capital requirements – capital adequacy ratio


20.2

273

(6.2
)
14.0

Capital requirements – tier 1 capital adequacy ratio


20.2

273

(4.5
)
15.7

At 31 Dec 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term profit growth rate
100

2.6

20.6

(10
)
(0.2
)
17.8

Long-term asset growth rate
(10
)
0.3

18.3

100

(2.8
)
15.3

Discount rate
(142
)
3.2

21.3

28

(0.5
)
17.5

Expected credit losses as a percentage of customer advances
2018 to 2022: 0.70%
2023 onwards: 0.65%

0.9

18.9

2018 to 2022: 0.83% 2023 onwards: 0.77%

(1.0
)
17.0

Risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets
(140
)
0.5

18.6

80

(0.3
)
17.8

Cost-income ratio
(160
)
1.1

19.2

200

(1.4
)
16.7

Long-term effective tax rate
(280
)
0.7

18.7

250

(0.6
)
17.5

Earnings in short to medium term – compound annual growth rate1,2
204

1.1

19.1

(366
)
(1.8
)
16.2

Capital requirements – capital adequacy ratio


18.0

258

(5.0
)
13.0

Capital requirements – tier 1 capital adequacy ratio


18.0

243

(3.2
)
14.8

1
Based on management’s explicit forecasts over the short to medium term.
2
Amounts at 31 December 2018 have been updated to align with the 2019 approach to describe the impact of the change in isolation.
Considering the interrelationship of the changes set out in the table above, management estimates that the reasonably possible range of VIU is $17.5bn to $21.3bn (31 December 2018: $15.5bn to $19.6bn). The range is based on the favourable/unfavourable change in the earnings in the short- to medium-term and long-term expected credit losses as a percentage of customer advances as set out in the table above. All other long-term assumptions, the discount rate and the basis of the CMC have been kept unchanged when determining the reasonably possible range of the VIU.
10
Provisions
 
Restructuring
costs

Legal proceedings
and regulatory
matters

Customer
remediation

Other
provisions

Total

 
$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

Provisions (excluding contractual commitments)
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 Dec 2018
130

1,128

788

357

2,403

Additions
224

99

687

100

1,110

Amounts utilised
(148
)
(80
)
(389
)
(42
)
(659
)
Unused amounts reversed
(21
)
(30
)
(35
)
(78
)
(164
)
Exchange and other movements
(15
)
10

(4
)
(131
)
(140
)
At 30 Jun 2019
170

1,127

1,047

206

2,550

Contractual commitments1










At 31 Dec 2018








517

Net change in expected credit loss provision and other movements








(42
)
At 30 Jun 2019








475

Total provisions










At 31 Dec 2018








2,920

At 30 Jun 2019








3,025

1
The contractual commitments provision includes off-balance sheet loan commitments and guarantees, for which expected credit losses are provided under IFRS 9.
Further details of ‘Legal proceedings and regulatory matters’ are set out in Note 12. Legal proceedings include civil court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings brought against HSBC companies (whether by way of claim or counterclaim); or civil disputes that may, if not

105
HSBC Holdings plc


settled, result in court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings. ‘Regulatory matters’ refers to investigations, reviews and other actions carried out by, or in response to, the actions of regulators or law enforcement agencies in connection with alleged wrongdoing by HSBC.
Customer remediation refers to HSBC’s activities to compensate customers for losses or damages associated with a failure to comply with regulations or to treat customers fairly. Customer remediation is often initiated by HSBC in response to customer complaints and/or industry developments in sales practices, and is not necessarily initiated by regulatory action. Further details of customer remediation are set out in this note.
Further disclosure on ‘ECL on undrawn loan commitments and financial guarantees’ can be found in the ‘Credit risk’ section of the Interim Management Report on page 51.
Payment protection insurance
At 30 June 2019, $847m (31 December 2018: $555m) of the customer remediation provision relates to the estimated liability for redress in respect of the possible mis-selling of payment protection insurance (‘PPI’) policies in previous years. The balance at 31 December 2018 was $555m, of which $327m had been utilised in the six months to 30 June 2019.
An increase in provisions of $615m was recognised during the six months to 30 June 2019, primarily reflecting:
i.
an adjustment to expected future complaint volumes to reflect the automatic conversion of information requests between 29 June 2019 and 29 August 2019. The provision has been updated to reflect the incremental increase in complaints which this is expected to generate;
ii.
an industry-wide exercise by the Official Receiver to pursue redress amounts in respect of bankrupt and insolvent customers. This reflects the obligation of the Official Receiver to identify and attain their assets and to then disperse them to those who are owed funds; and
iii.
an increased level of information requests and complaint experience together with increased levels of forecast information requests and therefore complaints for the remaining period to 29 August 2019.
The provision was also increased for the operational expenses related to these populations of potential claims.
The estimated liability for redress is calculated on the basis of the total premiums paid by the customer plus simple interest of 8% per annum (or the rate inherent in the related loan product where higher). The basis for calculating the redress liability is the same for single premium and regular premium policies. Future estimated redress levels are based on the historically observed redress per policy.
A total of 5.4 million PPI policies have been sold since 2000, generating estimated revenue of $3.4bn at 2019. The gross written premiums on these policies were approximately $4.4bn. At 30 June 2019, it is estimated that contact will be made with regard to
2.9 million policies, representing 54% of total policies sold. This estimate includes inbound complaints as well as the Group’s proactive contact exercise on certain policies (‘outbound contact’).
The following table details the cumulative number of complaints received at 30 June 2019 and the number of claims expected in the future:
Cumulative PPI complaints received to 30 June 2019 and future claims expected
 
Footnotes
Cumulative
to 30 Jun 2019

Future
expected

Inbound complaints (000s of policies)
1
1,891

359

Outbound contact (000s of policies)
 
685


Response rate to outbound contact
 
44%

n/a

Average uphold rate per claim
2
78%

83%

Average redress per claim ($)
 
2,798

2,544

Information requests (000s of policies)
 

964

Complaints to the Financial Ombudsman Service (‘FOS’) (000s of policies)
 
171

3

Average uphold rate per FOS complaint
 
38%

28%

1
Excludes invalid claims for which no PPI policy exists.
2
Claims include inbound and responses to outbound contact.
The PPI provision is based upon assumptions and estimates. Consequently, actual complaint volumes may vary from the future expected volumes set out above. In particular, in the lead-up to 29 August 2019, the volume and quality of information requests could differ significantly from that included in arriving at the provision. HSBC continued to monitor complaint and information request volumes and other available information up until the date of the approval of the Interim Report to ensure the provision estimate was appropriate.
A 100,000 increase/decrease in the total inbound complaints would increase/decrease the redress provision by approximately $211m.
A 50,000 increase/decrease in the total information requests would increase/decrease the redress provision by approximately $18m.

HSBC Holdings plc
106


Notes on the financial statements (unaudited)

11
Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees
 
 
At
 

30 Jun  

31 Dec  

 
 
2019

2018

 
Footnotes
$m

$m

Guarantees and contingent liabilities:
 
 
 
– financial guarantees
 
21,290

23,518

– performance and other guarantees
 
74,614

71,484

– other contingent liabilities
 
1,471

1,408

At the end of the period
 
97,375

96,410

Commitments:
1
 
 
– documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions
 
6,671

7,083

– forward asset purchases and forward deposits placed
 
99,208

67,265

– standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend
 
711,989

705,918

At the end of the period

 
817,868

780,266

1
Includes $629,891m of commitments at 30 June 2019 (31 December 2018: $592,008m), to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied where HSBC has become party to an irrevocable commitment.
The preceding table discloses the nominal principal amounts of off-balance sheet liabilities and commitments for the Group, which represent the maximum amounts at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and the clients default. As a significant portion of guarantees and commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total of the nominal principal amounts is not indicative of future liquidity requirements. The expected credit loss provision relating to guarantees and commitments is disclosed in Note 10.
Approximately half the guarantees have a term of less than one year, while guarantees with terms of more than one year are subject to HSBC’s annual credit review process.
Contingent liabilities arising from legal proceedings, regulatory and other matters against Group companies are disclosed in Notes 10
and
12.
12
Legal proceedings and regulatory matters
HSBC is party to legal proceedings and regulatory matters in a number of jurisdictions arising out of its normal business operations. Apart from the matters described below, HSBC considers that none of these matters are material. The recognition of provisions is determined in accordance with the accounting policies set out in Note 1 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018. While the outcome of legal proceedings and regulatory matters is inherently uncertain, management believes that, based on the information available to it, appropriate provisions have been made in respect of these matters as at 30 June 2019 (see Note 10). Where an individual provision is material, the fact that a provision has been made is stated and quantified, except to the extent that doing so would be seriously prejudicial. Any provision recognised does not constitute an admission of wrongdoing or legal liability. It is not practicable to provide an aggregate estimate of potential liability for our legal proceedings and regulatory matters as a class of contingent liabilities.
Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC
Bernard L. Madoff (‘Madoff’) was arrested in December 2008 and later pleaded guilty to running a Ponzi scheme. His firm, Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC (‘Madoff Securities’), is being liquidated in the US by a trustee (the ‘Trustee’).
Various non-US HSBC companies provided custodial, administration and similar services to a number of funds incorporated outside the US whose assets were invested with Madoff Securities. Based on information provided by Madoff Securities as at 30 November 2008, the purported aggregate value of these funds was $8.4bn, including fictitious profits reported by Madoff.
Based on information available to HSBC, the funds’ actual transfers to Madoff Securities minus their actual withdrawals from Madoff Securities during the time HSBC serviced the funds are estimated to have totalled approximately $4bn. Various HSBC companies have been named as defendants in lawsuits arising out of Madoff Securities’ fraud.
US litigation: The Trustee has brought lawsuits against various HSBC companies and others in the US Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the ‘US Bankruptcy Court’), seeking recovery of transfers from Madoff Securities to HSBC in an amount not yet pleaded or determined. HSBC and other parties to the actions have moved to dismiss the Trustee’s claims. The US Bankruptcy Court granted HSBC’s motion to dismiss with respect to certain of the Trustee’s claims in November 2016. In February 2019, the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (the ‘Second Circuit Court of Appeals’) reversed that dismissal and remanded the cases to the US Bankruptcy Court. Further proceedings in the US Bankruptcy Court have been stayed pending the filing and disposition of a petition by HSBC and other parties to the US Supreme Court.
Fairfield Sentry Limited, Fairfield Sigma Limited and Fairfield Lambda Limited (together, ‘Fairfield’) (in liquidation since July 2009) have brought a lawsuit in the US against fund shareholders, including HSBC companies that acted as nominees for clients, seeking restitution of redemption payments. In December 2018, the US Bankruptcy Court issued an opinion, which ruled in favour of the defendants’ motion to dismiss in respect of certain claims by the liquidators for Fairfield and granted a motion by the liquidators to file amended complaints. As a result of that opinion, all claims against one of the HSBC companies have been dismissed, and certain claims against the remaining HSBC defendants have also been dismissed. In May 2019, the liquidators appealed certain issues from the US Bankruptcy Court opinion to the US District Court for the Southern District of New York (the ’New York District Court’).
UK litigation: The Trustee has filed a claim against various HSBC companies in the High Court of England and Wales, seeking recovery of transfers from Madoff Securities to HSBC in an amount not yet pleaded or determined. The deadline for service of the claim has been extended to September 2019 for UK-based defendants and November 2019 for all other defendants.
Bermuda litigation: In January 2009, Kingate Global Fund Limited and Kingate Euro Fund Limited (together, ‘Kingate’) brought an action against HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited (‘HBBM’) for recovery of funds held in Kingate’s accounts, fees and dividends. In June 2019,

107
HSBC Holdings plc


the Trustee, Kingate and HBBM entered into a global settlement agreement pursuant to which the Trustee and Kingate released HBBM from any and all claims arising out of or relating to Kingate including all pending litigation in the US, UK and Bermuda. This settlement is subject to final approval from courts in the US and British Virgin Islands.
Cayman Islands litigation: In February 2013, Primeo Fund Limited (‘Primeo’) (in liquidation since April 2009) brought an action against HSBC Securities Services Luxembourg (‘HSSL’) and Bank of Bermuda (Cayman) Limited (now known as HSBC Cayman Limited), alleging breach of contract and breach of fiduciary duty and claiming damages and equitable compensation. The trial concluded in February 2017 and, in August 2017, the court dismissed all claims against the defendants. In September 2017, Primeo appealed to the Court of Appeal of the Cayman Islands and, in June 2019, the Court of Appeal of the Cayman Islands dismissed Primeo’s claims against HSSL and HSBC Cayman Limited. Primeo has the right to appeal to the UK Privy Council.
Luxembourg litigation: In April 2009, Herald Fund SPC (‘Herald’) (in liquidation since July 2013) brought an action against HSSL before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking restitution of cash and securities that Herald purportedly lost because of Madoff Securities’ fraud, or money damages. The Luxembourg District Court dismissed Herald’s securities restitution claim, but reserved Herald’s cash restitution claim and its claim for money damages. Herald has appealed this judgment to the Luxembourg Court of Appeal, where the matter is pending. In late 2018, Herald brought additional claims against HSSL and HSBC Bank plc (‘HSBC Bank’) before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking further restitution and damages.
In October 2009, Alpha Prime Fund Limited (‘Alpha Prime’) brought an action against HSSL before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking the restitution of securities, or the cash equivalent, or money damages. This action has been temporarily suspended at the plaintiffs’ request. In December 2018, Alpha Prime brought additional claims before the Luxembourg District Court seeking damages against various HSBC companies.
In December 2014, Senator Fund SPC (‘Senator’) brought an action against HSSL before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking restitution of securities, or the cash equivalent, or money damages. In April 2015, Senator commenced a separate action against the Luxembourg branch of HSBC Bank asserting identical claims before the Luxembourg District Court. In December 2018, Senator brought additional claims against HSSL and HSBC Bank Luxembourg branch before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking restitution of Senator’s securities or money damages.
Ireland litigation: In November 2013, Defender Limited brought an action against HSBC Institutional Trust Services (Ireland) Limited (‘HTIE’) and others, based on allegations of breach of contract and claiming damages and indemnification for fund losses. The trial commenced in October 2018. In December 2018, the Irish High Court issued a judgment in HTIE’s favour on a preliminary issue, holding that Defender Limited had no effective claim against HTIE. This judgment concluded the trial without further issues in dispute being heard. In February 2019, Defender Limited appealed the judgment.
There are many factors that may affect the range of possible outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of the various Madoff-related proceedings described above, including but not limited to the multiple jurisdictions in which the proceedings have been brought. Based upon the information currently available, management’s estimate of the possible aggregate damages that might arise as a result of all claims in the various Madoff-related proceedings is up to or exceeding $500m, excluding costs and interest. Due to uncertainties and limitations of this estimate, the ultimate damages could differ significantly from this amount.
Anti-money laundering and sanctions-related matters
In December 2012, among other agreements, HSBC Holdings plc (‘HSBC Holdings’) agreed to an undertaking with the UK Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) and consented to a cease-and-desist order with the US Federal Reserve Board (‘FRB’), both of which contained certain forward-looking anti-money laundering (‘AML’) and sanctions-related obligations. HSBC also agreed to retain an independent compliance monitor (who is, for FCA purposes, a ‘Skilled Person’ under section 166 of the Financial Services and Markets Act and, for FRB purposes, an ‘Independent Consultant’) to produce periodic assessments of the Group’s AML and sanctions compliance programme (the ‘Skilled Person/Independent Consultant’). In December 2012, HSBC Holdings also entered into an agreement with the Office of Foreign Assets Control (‘OFAC’) regarding historical transactions involving parties subject to OFAC sanctions. The Skilled Person/Independent Consultant will continue to conduct country reviews and provide periodic reports for a period of time at the FCA’s and FRB’s discretion. The role of the Skilled Person/Independent Consultant is discussed on page 85 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
Through the Skilled Person/Independent Consultant’s country-level reviews, as well as internal reviews conducted by HSBC, certain potential AML and sanctions compliance issues have been identified that HSBC is reviewing further with the FRB, FCA and/or OFAC. The Financial Crimes Enforcement Network of the US Treasury Department, as well as the Civil Division of the US Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of New York, are investigating the collection and transmittal of third-party originator information in certain payments instructed over HSBC’s proprietary payment systems. The FCA is also conducting an investigation into HSBC Bank’s compliance with UK money laundering regulations and financial crime systems and controls requirements. HSBC is cooperating with all of these investigations.
In May 2014, a shareholder derivative action was filed by a shareholder of HSBC Holdings purportedly on behalf of HSBC Holdings, HSBC Bank USA N.A. (‘HSBC Bank USA’), HSBC North America Holdings Inc. and HSBC USA Inc. (the ‘Nominal Corporate Defendants’) in New York state court against certain current and former directors and officers of the Nominal Corporate Defendants (the ‘Individual Defendants’). The complaint alleges that the Individual Defendants breached their fiduciary duties to the Nominal Corporate Defendants and caused a waste of corporate assets by allegedly permitting and/or causing the conduct underlying the five-year deferred prosecution agreement with the US Department of Justice (‘DoJ’), entered into in December 2012. In November 2015, the New York state court granted the Nominal Corporate Defendants’ motion to dismiss. In November 2018, the appellate court reversed the New York state court’s decision and reinstated the action; furthermore, in March 2019, the appellate court denied the Nominal Corporate Defendants’ motion for reargument or for leave to appeal to the New York Court of Appeals. In February 2019, the Nominal Corporate Defendants and most of the Individual Defendants filed a further motion to dismiss in New York state court, where the matter is pending.
In July 2014, a claim was filed in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice against HSBC Holdings and a former employee purportedly on behalf of a class of persons who purchased HSBC common shares and American Depositary Shares between July 2006 and July 2012. The complaint, which seeks monetary damages of up to CA$20bn, alleges that the defendants made statutory and common law misrepresentations in documents released by HSBC Holdings and its wholly-owned indirect subsidiary, HSBC Bank Canada, relating to HSBC’s compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act, AML, sanctions and other laws. In September 2017, the Ontario Superior Court of Justice dismissed the statutory claims against HSBC Holdings and the former employee for lack of jurisdiction, and stayed the common law misrepresentation claim against HSBC Holdings on the basis of forum non conveniens. In October 2017, the plaintiff appealed to the Court of Appeal for Ontario and, in July 2018, that appeal was dismissed. In October 2018, the plaintiff applied for leave to appeal to the Supreme Court of Canada and, in March 2019, the plaintiff’s application for leave to appeal was denied.

HSBC Holdings plc
108


Notes on the financial statements (unaudited)

Since November 2014, a number of lawsuits have been filed in federal courts in the US against various HSBC companies and others on behalf of plaintiffs who are, or are related to, victims of terrorist attacks in the Middle East or of cartel violence in Mexico. In each case, it is alleged that the defendants aided and abetted the unlawful conduct of various sanctioned parties in violation of the US Anti-Terrorism Act. Currently, 10 actions are pending in federal court in New York, with one on appeal. In July 2018, in one case, the New York District Court granted HSBC’s motion to dismiss, while in a different case, the magistrate judge issued a recommendation that the New York District Court should deny the defendants’ motion to dismiss. The plaintiffs appealed the decision in the case granting dismissal and that appeal is pending. Motions to dismiss were filed in two other cases; the court in one of those cases granted HSBC’s motion in March 2019. The plaintiffs in that case are now seeking to amend their complaint. The six remaining actions are at a very early stage.
In July 2018, a claim was issued against HSBC Holdings in the High Court of England and Wales alleging that HSBC Holdings made untrue and/or misleading statements and/or omissions in public statements between 2007 and 2012 regarding compliance by HSBC with AML, anti-terrorist financing and sanctions laws, regulations and requirements, and the regulatory compliance of HSBC more generally.
There are many factors that may affect the range of outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of these matters, which could be significant.
Tax-related investigations
Various tax administration, regulatory and law enforcement authorities around the world, including in the US, Belgium, Argentina, India and Spain, are conducting investigations and reviews of HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) SA (‘HSBC Swiss Private Bank’) and other HSBC companies in connection with allegations of tax evasion or tax fraud, money laundering and unlawful cross-border banking solicitation.
HSBC continues to cooperate in ongoing investigations by the DoJ and the US Internal Revenue Service regarding whether certain HSBC companies and employees, including those associated with HSBC Swiss Private Bank and an HSBC company in India, acted appropriately in relation to certain customers who may have had US tax reporting obligations. In connection with these investigations, HSBC Swiss Private Bank, with due regard for Swiss law, has produced records and other documents to the DoJ. In August 2013, the DoJ informed HSBC Swiss Private Bank that it was not eligible for the ‘Program for Non-Prosecution Agreements or Non-Target Letters for Swiss Banks’ since a formal investigation had previously been authorised. These investigations remain pending.
In November 2014, HSBC Swiss Private Bank was placed under formal criminal examination in Belgium for alleged historical tax-related offences. In June 2017, Belgian authorities also placed HSBC Holdings and HSBC Private Bank Holdings (Suisse) SA, a Swiss holding company, under formal criminal examination. In June 2019, HSBC Swiss Private Bank reached a settlement in principle to resolve the Belgian authorities’ investigation. The settlement in principle is subject to court approval, and there can be no assurance that the proposed resolution will be approved. Management’s estimate of the expected outflow under the settlement in principle is already covered by the existing amount provisioned for this matter.
In November 2014, the Argentine tax authority initiated a criminal action against various individuals, including current and former HSBC employees. The criminal action includes allegations of tax evasion, conspiracy to launder undeclared funds and an unlawful association among HSBC Swiss Private Bank, HSBC Bank Argentina, HSBC Bank USA and certain HSBC employees, which allegedly enabled numerous HSBC customers to evade their Argentine tax obligations. HSBC is cooperating with this ongoing investigation.
In February 2015, the Indian tax authority issued a summons and request for information to an HSBC company in India. In August 2015 and November 2015, HSBC companies received notices issued by two offices of the Indian tax authority, alleging that the Indian tax authority had sufficient evidence to initiate prosecution against HSBC Swiss Private Bank and an HSBC company in Dubai for allegedly abetting tax evasion of four different Indian individuals and/or families and requesting that the HSBC companies show cause as to why such prosecution should not be initiated. HSBC Swiss Private Bank and the HSBC company in Dubai have responded to the show cause notices. HSBC is cooperating with this ongoing investigation.
As at 30 June 2019, HSBC has recognised a provision for these various matters in the amount of $629m. There are many factors that may affect the range of outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of these investigations and reviews. Due to uncertainties and limitations of these estimates, the ultimate penalties could differ from this amount.
In light of the media attention regarding these matters, it is possible that other tax administration, regulatory or law enforcement authorities will also initiate or enlarge similar investigations or regulatory proceedings.
London interbank offered rates, European interbank offered rates and other benchmark interest rate investigations and litigation
Euro interest rate derivatives: In December 2016, the European Commission (the ‘EC’) issued a decision finding that HSBC, among other banks, engaged in anti-competitive practices in connection with the pricing of euro interest rate derivatives in early 2007. The EC imposed a fine on HSBC based on a one-month infringement. HSBC has appealed the decision.
US dollar Libor: Beginning in 2011, HSBC and other panel banks have been named as defendants in a number of private lawsuits filed in the US with respect to the setting of US dollar Libor. The complaints assert claims under various US laws, including US antitrust and racketeering laws, the US Commodity Exchange Act (‘US CEA’) and state law. The lawsuits include individual and putative class actions, most of which have been transferred and/or consolidated for pre-trial purposes before the New York District Court.
In 2017 and 2018, HSBC reached agreements with plaintiffs to resolve putative class actions brought on behalf of the following five groups of plaintiffs: persons who purchased US dollar Libor-indexed bonds; persons who purchased US dollar Libor-indexed exchange-traded instruments; US-based lending institutions that made or purchased US dollar Libor-indexed loans (the ‘Lender class’); persons who purchased US dollar Libor-indexed interest rate swaps and other instruments directly from the defendant banks and their affiliates (the ‘OTC class’); and persons who purchased US dollar Libor-indexed interest rate swaps and other instruments from certain financial institutions that are not the defendant banks or their affiliates. During 2018, the New York District Court granted final approval of the settlements with the OTC and Lender classes. The remaining settlements are subject to final court approval. Additionally, a number of other US dollar Libor-related actions remain pending against HSBC in the New York District Court and the Second Circuit Court of Appeals.
Intercontinental Exchange (‘ICE’) Libor: Between January and March 2019, HSBC and other panel banks were named as defendants in three putative class actions filed in the New York District Court on behalf of persons and entities who purchased instruments paying interest indexed to US dollar ICE Libor from a panel bank. The complaints allege, among other things, misconduct related to the suppression of this benchmark rate in violation of US antitrust and state law. In July 2019, the three putative class actions were consolidated, and the plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint. This matter is at a very early stage.

109
HSBC Holdings plc


Singapore interbank offered rate (‘Sibor’), Singapore swap offer rate (‘SOR’) and Australia bank bill swap rate (‘BBSW’): In July and August 2016, HSBC and other panel banks were named as defendants in two putative class actions filed in the New York District Court on behalf of persons who transacted in products related to the Sibor, SOR and BBSW benchmark rates. The complaints allege, among other things, misconduct related to these benchmark rates in violation of US antitrust, commodities and racketeering laws, and state law.
In the Sibor/SOR litigation, following a decision on the defendants’ motion to dismiss in October 2018, the claims against a number of HSBC entities were dismissed, and the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (‘HBAP’) remains the only HSBC defendant in this action. In October 2018, HBAP filed a motion for reconsideration of the decision based on the issue of personal jurisdiction; this motion was denied in April 2019. Also in October 2018, the plaintiff filed a third amended complaint naming only the Sibor panel members, including HBAP, as defendants; the court dismissed the third amended complaint in its entirety in July 2019.
In the BBSW litigation, in November 2018, the court dismissed all foreign defendants, including all the HSBC entities, on personal jurisdiction grounds. In April 2019, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint, which the defendants have moved to dismiss.
There are many factors that may affect the range of outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of these matters, which could be significant.
Foreign exchange-related investigations and litigation
Various regulators and competition authorities around the world, including in the EU, Switzerland, Brazil and South Africa, are conducting investigations and reviews into trading by HSBC and others on the foreign exchange markets. HSBC is cooperating with these investigations and reviews.
In January 2018, HSBC Holdings entered into a three-year deferred prosecution agreement with the Criminal Division of the DoJ (the ‘FX DPA’), regarding fraudulent conduct in connection with two particular transactions in 2010 and 2011. This concluded the DoJ’s investigation into HSBC’s historical foreign exchange activities. Under the terms of the FX DPA, HSBC has a number of ongoing obligations, including implementing enhancements to its internal controls and procedures in its Global Markets business, which will be the subject of annual reports to the DoJ. In addition, HSBC agreed to pay a financial penalty and restitution.
In December 2016, Brazil’s Administrative Council of Economic Defense (‘CADE’) initiated an investigation into the onshore foreign exchange market and identified a number of banks, including HSBC, as subjects of its investigation.
In February 2017, the Competition Commission of South Africa referred a complaint for proceedings before the South African Competition Tribunal against 18 financial institutions, including HSBC Bank, for alleged misconduct related to the foreign exchange market in violation of South African antitrust laws. In April 2017, HSBC Bank filed an exception to the complaint based on a lack of jurisdiction and statute of limitations. In January 2018, the South African Competition Tribunal approved the provisional referral of additional financial institutions, including HSBC Bank USA, to the proceedings. In June 2019, the South African Competition Tribunal issued a decision requiring the Competition Commission to revise its complaint. Several financial institutions named in the complaint, including HSBC Bank USA, have appealed part of the decision to the Competition Appeal Court of South Africa, and the Competition Commission has cross-appealed.
In October 2018, HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank received an information request from the EC concerning potential coordination in foreign exchange options trading. This matter is at an early stage.
In late 2013 and early 2014, various HSBC companies and other banks were named as defendants in various putative class actions consolidated in the New York District Court. The consolidated complaint alleged, among other things, that the defendants conspired to manipulate the WM/Reuters foreign exchange benchmark rates. In September 2015, HSBC reached an agreement with the plaintiffs to resolve the consolidated action, and the court granted final approval of the settlement in August 2018.
A putative class action complaint making similar allegations on behalf of retail customers of foreign exchange products was filed in the US District Court for the Northern District of California in 2015, and was subsequently transferred to the New York District Court where it remains pending. In 2017, putative class action complaints making similar allegations on behalf of purported ‘indirect’ purchasers of foreign exchange products were filed in New York and were subsequently consolidated in the New York District Court, where they remain pending.
In September 2018, various HSBC companies and other banks were named as defendants in two motions for certification of class actions filed in Israel alleging foreign exchange-related misconduct. In July 2019, the Tel Aviv Court allowed the plaintiffs to consolidate their claims and file a motion for certification of the consolidated class action. In November and December 2018, complaints alleging foreign exchange-related misconduct were filed in the New York District Court and the High Court of England and Wales against HSBC and other defendants, by certain plaintiffs that opted out of the US class action settlement. These matters are at an early stage. It is possible that additional civil actions will be initiated against HSBC in relation to its historical foreign exchange activities.
There are many factors that may affect the range of outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of these matters, which could be significant.
Precious metals fix-related litigation
Gold: Beginning in March 2014, numerous putative class actions were filed in the New York District Court and the US District Courts for the District of New Jersey and the Northern District of California, naming HSBC and other members of The London Gold Market Fixing Limited as defendants. The complaints allege that, from January 2004 to June 2013, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of gold and gold derivatives for their collective benefit in violation of US antitrust laws, the US CEA and New York state law. The actions were consolidated in the New York District Court. The defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated action was granted in part and denied in part in October 2016. In June 2017, the court granted the plaintiffs leave to file a third amended complaint, naming a new defendant. The court has denied the pre-existing defendants’ request for leave to file a joint motion to dismiss, and discovery is proceeding.
Beginning in December 2015, numerous putative class actions under Canadian law were filed in the Ontario and Quebec Superior Courts of Justice against various HSBC companies and other financial institutions. The plaintiffs allege that, among other things, from January 2004 to March 2014, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of gold and gold derivatives in violation of the Canadian Competition Act and common law. These actions are at an early stage.
Silver: Beginning in July 2014, numerous putative class actions were filed in the US District Courts for the Southern and Eastern Districts of New York, naming HSBC and other members of The London Silver Market Fixing Limited as defendants. The complaints allege that,

HSBC Holdings plc
110


Notes on the financial statements (unaudited)

from January 2007 to December 2013, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of silver and silver derivatives for their collective benefit in violation of US antitrust laws, the US CEA and New York state law. The actions were consolidated in the New York District Court. The defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated action was granted in part and denied in part in October 2016. In June 2017, the court granted the plaintiffs leave to file a third amended complaint, which names several new defendants. The court has denied the pre-existing defendants’ request for leave to file a joint motion to dismiss, and discovery is proceeding.
In April 2016, two putative class actions under Canadian law were filed in the Ontario and Quebec Superior Courts of Justice against various HSBC companies and other financial institutions. The plaintiffs in both actions allege that, from January 1999 to August 2014, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of silver and silver derivatives in violation of the Canadian Competition Act and common law. The Ontario action is at an early stage. The Quebec action has been temporarily stayed.
Platinum and palladium: Between late 2014 and early 2015, numerous putative class actions were filed in the New York District Court, naming HSBC and other members of The London Platinum and Palladium Fixing Company Limited as defendants. The complaints allege that, from January 2008 to November 2014, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of platinum group metals (‘PGM’) and PGM-based financial products for their collective benefit in violation of US antitrust laws and the US CEA. In March 2017, the defendants’ motion to dismiss the second amended consolidated complaint was granted in part and denied in part. In June 2017, the plaintiffs filed a third amended complaint. The defendants filed a joint motion to dismiss, which remains pending.
Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of these matters, including the timing or any possible impact on HSBC, which could be significant.
Film finance litigation
In July and November 2015, two actions were brought by individuals against HSBC Private Bank (UK) Limited (‘PBGB’) in the High Court of England and Wales seeking damages on various alleged grounds, including breach of duty to the claimants, in connection with their participation in certain Ingenious film finance schemes. These actions are ongoing.
In December 2018, a separate action was brought against PBGB in the High Court of England and Wales by multiple claimants seeking damages for alleged unlawful means conspiracy and dishonest assistance in connection with lending provided by PBGB to third parties in respect of certain Ingenious film finance schemes in which the claimants participated. In June 2019, a similar claim was issued against PBGB in the High Court of England and Wales by additional claimants. These matters are at early stages.
In February 2019, PBGB received a letter before claim by investors in Eclipse film finance schemes asserting various claims against PBGB and others in connection with their roles in facilitating the design, promotion and operation of such schemes. This matter is at an early stage.
It is possible that additional actions or investigations will be initiated against PBGB as a result of its historical involvement in the provision of certain film finance-related services.
Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable to predict the resolution of these matters, including the timing or possible aggregate impact, which could be significant.
Other regulatory investigations, reviews and litigation
HSBC Holdings and/or certain of its affiliates are subject to a number of other investigations and reviews by various regulators and competition and law enforcement authorities, as well as litigation, in connection with various matters relating to the firm’s businesses and operations, including:
an investigation by the DoJ regarding US Treasury securities trading practices;
investigations by the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission regarding (a) certain swap dealer trading conduct; and (b) swap data reporting and other regulatory issues related to prior periods;
an investigation by the Swiss Competition Commission in connection with the setting of Euribor and Japanese yen Libor;
an information request from the UK Competition and Markets Authority concerning the financial services sector;
putative individual and class actions brought in the New York District Court relating to the credit default swap market, the Mexican government bond market and the US government-sponsored enterprise bond market, and putative class actions brought in the New York District Court and in the Superior and Federal Courts in Canada relating to the market for US dollar-denominated supranational sovereign and agency bonds;
putative class actions brought in the US District Court for the Northern District of Texas and a claim issued in the High Court of England and Wales in connection with HSBC Bank’s role as a correspondent bank to Stanford International Bank Ltd from 2003 to 2009; and
litigation brought against various HSBC companies in the US courts relating to residential mortgage-backed securities, based primarily on (a) claims brought against HSBC Bank USA in connection with its role as trustee on behalf of various securitisation trusts; and (b) claims against several HSBC companies seeking that the defendants repurchase various mortgage loans.
There are many factors that may affect the range of outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of these matters, which could be significant.
13
Transactions with related parties
There were no changes in the related party transactions described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2018 that have had a material effect on the financial position or performance of HSBC in the half-year to 30 June 2019. All related party transactions that took place in the half-year to 30 June 2019 were similar in nature to those disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.

111
HSBC Holdings plc


14
Events after the balance sheet date
In its assessment of events after the balance sheet date, HSBC considered, among other risks, the events related to the process of the UK’s withdrawal from the European Union that occurred between 30 June 2019 and the date when the financial statements were authorised for issue, and concluded that no adjustments to the financial statements were required.
A second interim dividend in respect of the financial year ending 31 December 2019 was declared by the Directors on 5 August 2019, as described in Note 3.
On 5 August 2019, the Board approved a share buy-back of up to $1.0bn.
15
Interim Report 2019 and statutory accounts
The information in this Interim Report 2019 is unaudited and does not constitute statutory accounts within the meaning of section 434 of the Companies Act 2006. This Interim Report 2019 was approved by the Board of Directors on 5 August 2019. The statutory accounts of HSBC Holdings plc for the year ended 31 December 2018 have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales in accordance with section 447 of the Companies Act 2006. The Group’s auditor PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’) has reported on those accounts. Its report was unqualified, did not include a reference to any matters to which PwC drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying its report and did not contain a statement under section 498(2) or (3) of the Companies Act 2006.

HSBC Holdings plc
112


Additional information

Shareholder information
 
 
 
Page
 
 
 
Page
1
Directors’ interests
 
11
Corporate governance
2
Employee share plans
 
12
Changes in Directors’ details
3
Other equity instruments

 
13
Going concern basis
4
Notifiable interests in share capital
 
14
Telephone and online share dealing service
5
Dealings in HSBC Holdings listed securities
 
15
Stock symbols
6
First interim dividend for 2019
 
16
Copies of the Interim Report 2019 and shareholder enquiries and communications
7
Second interim dividend for 2019
 
8
Proposed interim dividends for 2019
 
 
 
 
9
Earnings release
 
 
 
 
10
Final results
 
 
 
 
1
Directors’ interests
According to the register of Directors’ interests maintained by HSBC Holdings pursuant to section 352 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, at 30 June 2019 (or date of retirement from the Board, if earlier) the Directors of HSBC Holdings had the following interests, all beneficial unless otherwise stated, in the shares or debentures of HSBC and its associates:
Directors’ interests – shares and debentures
 
 
 
At 30 Jun 2019
 
Footnotes
At
1 Jan 2019

Beneficial
owner

Child
under 18
or spouse

Jointly with another person

Trustee

Total
interests

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Kathleen Casey
1
9,635

9,880




9,880

Laura Cha
 
10,200

10,200




10,200

Henri de Castries
 
18,064

18,524




18,524

Lord Evans of Weardale
4
12,892

12,892




12,892

John Flint
2
827,691

1,055,160

 
5,439


1,060,599

Irene Lee
 
11,172

11,456




11,456

José Meade
5






Heidi Miller
1
4,420

4,530




4,530

Marc Moses
2
1,533,039

1,713,955




1,713,955

David Nish
 
50,000

 
50,000



50,000

Ewen Stevenson
2
6,420

170,239




170,239

Jonathan Symonds
 
43,821

38,823

4,998



43,821

Jackson Tai
1,3
56,075

32,800

11,965

21,750


66,515

Mark Tucker
 
288,381

295,728




295,728

Pauline van der Meer Mohr
 
15,000

15,000




15,000

On 5 August 2019, John Flint stepped down as Group Chief Executive and as a Director of HSBC Holdings.
1
Kathleen Casey has an interest in 1,976, Heidi Miller has an interest in 906 and Jackson Tai has an interest in 13,303 listed American Depositary Shares (‘ADSs’), which are categorised as equity derivatives under Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong. Each ADS represents five HSBC Holdings ordinary shares.
2
Executive Directors’ other interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares arising from the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans and the HSBC Share Plan 2011 are set out on the following pages. At 30 June 2019, the aggregate interests under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, including interests arising through employee share plans, were: John Flint – 2,224,917; Marc Moses – 3,498,991; and Ewen Stevenson – 1,116,160. Each Director’s total interests represents less than 0.04% of the shares in issue and 0.04% of the shares in issue excluding treasury shares.
3
Jackson Tai’s holding includes a non-beneficial interest in 11,965 shares of which he is custodian.
4
Lord Evans of Weardale retired from the Board on 12 April 2019.
5
José Meade joined the Board on 1 March 2019.
Savings-related share option plan
HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plan
 
 
 
 
 
 
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares
 
Date of award
Footnotes
Exercise
price (£)

Exercisable
Held at

Held at

from
until
1 Jan 2019

30 Jun 2019

John Flint
22 September 2015
1
4.0472

1 November 2018
30 April 2019
4,447


21 September 2018
 
5.4490

1 November 2023
30 April 2024
5,505

5,505

On 5 August 2019, John Flint stepped down as Group Chief Executive and as a Director of HSBC Holdings.
1
Options over 4,447 shares were exercised on 13 March 2019. The market value on the date of exercise was £6.2010.
There are no performance criteria for savings-related share options. No changes have been made to the terms of these awards since they were made. See page 114 for more details on the savings-related share option plans. The market value per ordinary share at 30 June 2019 was £6.5690. The highest and lowest market values per ordinary share during the half-year to 30 June 2019 were £6.8060 and £6.1240. Market value is the mid-market price derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List on the relevant date. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, the options are categorised as unlisted physically settled equity derivatives.


113
HSBC Holdings plc


HSBC Share Plan 2011
Conditional awards of deferred shares
Vesting of deferred share awards is normally subject to the Director remaining an employee on the vesting date. The awards may vest at an earlier date in certain circumstances. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, interests in conditional share awards are categorised as the interests of the beneficial owner.
Deferred share awards
 
 
 
 
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares
Date of award
 
Year in which
awards may vest
Awards held at

Awards made during
the period to 30 Jun 2019
Awards vested during
the period to 30 Jun 20191
Awards
held at

Footnotes
1 Jan
2019

Number

Monetary value

Number

Monetary value

30 Jun
20191

 
 
 
 
 
£000

 
£000

 
John Flint
29 Feb 2016
2
2017–2019
50,866



52,162

324


27 Feb 2017
3
2020–2024
109,879





112,679

26 Feb 2018
4
2021–2025
166,014





166,014

25 Feb 2019
5
2019
 
155,252

968

155,252

968


Marc Moses
29 Feb 2016
2
2017–2019
21,370



21,915

136


25 Feb 2019
5
2019
 
106,174

662

106,174

662


Ewen Stevenson
28 May 2019
6
2020–2025

703,933

4,676




703,933

28 May 2019
7
2022–2026

241,988

1,509

 
 
241,988

28 May 2019
8
2019

84,397

561

84,397

561


On 5 August 2019, John Flint stepped down as Group Chief Executive and as a Director of HSBC Holdings.
1
Includes any additional shares arising from dividend equivalents.
2
At the date of the award (29 February 2016), the market value per share was £4.6735. Shares equivalent in number to those that vest under the award (net of tax liabilities) must be retained for six months from the vesting date. On 13 March 2019, the final tranche of the award vested. On that date, the market value per share was £6.2099.
3
At the date of the award (27 February 2017), the market value per share was £6.5030. Shares equivalent in number to those that vest under the award (net of tax liabilities) must be retained for six months from the vesting date. The award will vest in five equal annual tranches commencing in March 2020.
4
At the date of the award (26 February 2018), the market value per share was £7.2340. Shares equivalent in number to those that vest under the award (net of tax liabilities) must be retained for one year from the vesting date. The award will vest in five equal annual tranches commencing in March 2021.
5
The non-deferred award vested immediately on 25 February 2019 and was based on the market value of £6.2350. Shares equivalent in number to those that vest under the award (net of tax liabilities) must be retained for one year from the vesting date.
6
At the date of the award (28 May 2019), the market value per share was £6.6430 and was taken on 30 November 2018. Shares equivalent in number to those that vest under the award (net of tax liabilities) must be retained for up to one year from the vesting date. The award will vest in annual tranches commencing in March 2020. The award replaces the 2015 to 2018 LTIPs forfeited by the Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc (‘RBS’) and will be subject to any performance adjustments assessed and disclosed in the relevant annual report and accounts of RBS.
7
At the date of the award (28 May 2019), the market value per share was £6.2350 and was taken on 22 February 2019. Shares equivalent in number to those that vest under the award (net of tax liabilities) must be retained for up to one year from the vesting date. The award will vest in five annual tranches commencing in March 2022. The award is in respect of 2018 performance year granted based on Ewen Stevenson’s maximum opportunity under RBS’s policy and the outcome of the 2018 scorecard as disclosed in RBS's Annual Report and Accounts 2018. The number of shares that vest may be adjusted based on any ‘pre-vest performance test’ assessed and disclosed in RBS’s Annual Report and Accounts.
8
The award vested immediately on 28 May 2019. Shares equivalent in number to those that vested under the award (net of tax liabilities) must be retained for six months from the vesting date. The market value per share was £6.6430 and was taken on 30 November 2018. The award replaces awards forfeited by RBS.
Conditional awards under the Group Performance Share Plan
The Group Performance Share Plan (‘GPSP’) is a plan designed to offer long-term incentives governed by the rules of the HSBC Share Plan 2011. Vesting of GPSP awards is normally subject to the Director remaining an employee on the vesting date. Any shares (net of tax) that the Director becomes entitled to on the vesting date are subject to a retention requirement until cessation of employment. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, interests in awards are categorised as beneficial.
Group Performance Share Plan
 
 
 
 
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares
 
Date of award
 
Year in which awards may vest
Awards
held at

Awards made during
the period to 30 Jun 2019
Awards vested during
the period to 30 Jun 20191
Awards
held at

 
Footnotes
1 Jan
2019

Number

Monetary value

Number

Monetary value

30 Jun
20191

 
 
 
 
 
 
£000

 
£000

 
John Flint
10 Mar 2014
2
2019
155,242



159,197

997


2 Mar 2015
 
2020
32,562





33,392

29 Feb 2016
 
2021
56,359





57,795

Marc Moses
10 Mar 2014
2
2019
464,034



475,857

2,981


2 Mar 2015
 
2020
250,140





256,513

29 Feb 2016
 
2021
283,898





291,132

On 5 August 2019, John Flint stepped down as Group Chief Executive and as a Director of HSBC Holdings.
1
Includes additional shares arising from dividend equivalents.
2
On 11 March 2019, the deferred awards granted in 2014 vested. On that date, the market value per share was £6.2636.

HSBC Holdings plc
114


Additional information

Long-term incentive awards
The long-term incentive award is an award of shares with a three-year performance period. At the end of this performance period and subject to the award terms, the number of shares that vest will be determined based on an assessment against financial and non-financial measures. Subject to that assessment, the shares will vest in five equal annual instalments. On vesting, awards are subject to a retention period of up to one year. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, interests in awards are categorised as beneficial.
Long-term incentive awards
 
 
 
 
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares
 
Date of award
Footnotes
Year in which
awards may vest
Awards held at

Awards made during
the period to 30 Jun 2019
Awards vested during
the period to 30 Jun 2019
Awards
held at

 
1 Jan
2019

Number

Monetary value

Number

Monetary value

30 Jun
2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
£000

 
£000

 
John Flint
25 Feb 2019
1

2022–2026

788,933

4,919



788,933

Marc Moses
27 Feb 2017
 
2020–2024
373,908





383,436

26 Feb 2018
 
2021–2025
395,388





395,388

25 Feb 2019
1

2022–2026

458,567

2,859



458,567

On 5 August 2019, John Flint stepped down as Group Chief Executive and as a Director of HSBC Holdings.
1
Awards were made on 25 February 2019 and were based on the market value of £6.2350.
No Directors held any short position (as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong) in the shares or debentures of HSBC Holdings and its associated corporations. Save as stated in the tables above, none of the Directors had an interest in any shares or debentures of HSBC Holdings or any associates at the beginning or at the end of the period, and none of the Directors or members of their immediate families were awarded or exercised any right to subscribe for any shares or debentures in any HSBC corporation during the period. Since 30 June 2019, the interests of each of the following Directors have increased by the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares shown against their name:
Increase in Directors’ interests since 30 June 2019
 
 
 
Footnotes
HSBC Holdings
ordinary shares

Beneficial owner
 
 
Henri de Castries
1
223

John Flint
2
2,455

Irene Lee
1
137

Heidi Miller
1, 3
50

Marc Moses
2
11,215

Mark Tucker
1
3,562

On 5 August 2019, John Flint stepped down as Group Chief Executive and as a Director of HSBC Holdings.
1
Additional shares arising from scrip dividends.
2
Comprises dividend equivalents on deferred share awards, GPSP awards and long-term incentive awards granted under the HSBC Share Plan 2011.
3
Heidi Miller had an interest in 916 ADSs, which are categorised as equity derivatives under Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong. Each ADS represents five HSBC Holdings ordinary shares.
2
Employee share plans
Share options and discretionary awards of shares are granted under HSBC share plans to help align the interests of employees with those of shareholders. The following are particulars of outstanding options, including those held by employees working under employment contracts that are regarded as ‘continuous contracts’ for the purposes of the Hong Kong Employment Ordinance. The options were granted for nil consideration. No options have been granted to substantial shareholders, suppliers of goods or services, or in excess of the individual limit for each share plan. No options were cancelled by HSBC during the period to 30 June 2019.
A summary for each plan of the total number of options granted, exercised or lapsed during the period is shown in the following table. Particulars of options held by Directors of HSBC Holdings are set out on page 112. Further details required to be disclosed pursuant to Chapter 17 of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited are available on our website at www.hsbc.com, and on the website of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited at www.hkex.com.hk. Copies may be obtained upon request from the Group Company Secretary, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ.
All-employee share plans
The HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan is an all-employee share plan under which eligible employees have been granted options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. The HSBC International Employee Share Purchase Plan was introduced in 2013 and includes employees based in 27 jurisdictions, although no options are granted under this plan.
For options granted under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan, employees save up to £500 each month over a period of three or five years. Employees may elect within six months following the third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of the relevant savings contract, to use these savings, to exercise the options. Alternatively, the employee may elect to have the savings, plus (where applicable) any interest or bonus, repaid in cash. In the case of redundancy, ceasing employment on grounds of injury or disability, retirement, death, the transfer of the employing business to another party, or a change of control of the employing company, options may be exercised before completion of the relevant savings contract. In certain limited circumstances, in accordance with the plan rules, the exercise period of options granted under the all-employee share plans may be extended.

115
HSBC Holdings plc


Under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan, the option exercise price has been determined by reference to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date, then applying a discount of 20%. The HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan has an expiry date of 23 May 2025 (at which time the plan may be extended with approval from shareholders) unless the Directors resolve to terminate the plan at an earlier date.
HSBC Holdings All-employee Share Option Plans
 
 
 
 
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares
Dates of award
Exercise price
Exercisable
 
At 1 Jan
2019

Granted in period

Exercised in period

Lapsed in period

At 30 Jun
 2019

from
to
from
to
from
to
Footnotes
Savings-Related Share Option Plan
1
 
 
 
 
 
20 Sep 2013
21 Sep
2018
(£)
4.0472

(£)
5.9640

1 Nov 2018
30 April 2024
 
57,065,513


3,128,857

1,940,389

51,996,267

1
The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £6.4560.
3
Other equity instruments
Additional tier 1 capital – contingent convertible securities
We continue to issue contingent convertible securities that are included in our capital base as fully CRR II-compliant additional tier 1 capital securities on an end point basis. These securities are marketed principally and subsequently allotted to corporate investors and fund managers. The net proceeds of the issuances are used for our general corporate purposes and to further strengthen our capital base to meet requirements under CRR II. These securities bear a fixed rate of interest until their initial call dates. After the initial call dates, if they are not redeemed, the securities will bear interest at rates fixed periodically in advance for five-year periods based on credit spreads, fixed at issuance, above prevailing market rates. Interest on the contingent convertible securities will be due and payable only at our sole discretion, and we have sole and absolute discretion at all times to cancel for any reason (in whole or part) any interest payment that would otherwise be payable on any payment date. Distributions will not be paid if they are prohibited under UK banking regulations or if we have insufficient reserves or fail to meet the solvency conditions defined in the securities’ terms.
The contingent convertible securities are undated and are repayable at our option in whole at the initial call date or on any fifth anniversary after this date. In addition, the securities are repayable at our option in whole for certain regulatory or tax reasons. Any repayments require the prior consent of the PRA. These securities rank pari passu with our dollar and sterling preference shares and therefore rank ahead of ordinary shares. The contingent convertible securities will be converted into fully paid ordinary shares at a predetermined price, should our consolidated end point CET1 ratio fall below 7.0%. Therefore, in accordance with the terms of the securities, if the end point CET1 ratio breaches the 7.0% trigger, the securities will convert into ordinary shares at fixed contractual conversion prices in the issuance currencies of the relevant securities, equivalent to £2.70 at the prevailing rate of exchange on the issuance date, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. During the first half of 2019, HSBC did not issue contingent convertible securities.
4
Notifiable interests in share capital
At 30 June 2019, HSBC Holdings had received the following notification of major holdings of voting rights pursuant to the requirements of Rule 5 of the UK Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules:
BlackRock, Inc. gave notice on 21 May 2019 that on 20 May 2019 it had an indirect interest in HSBC Holdings of 1,223,934,536 ordinary shares, qualifying financial instruments with 21,503,997 voting rights that may be acquired if the instruments are exercised or converted, and financial instruments with similar economic effect to qualifying financial instruments which refer to 6,191,087 voting rights. These represented 6.04%, 0.10% and 0.03%, respectively, of the total voting rights at 20 May 2019.
At 30 June 2019, as recorded in the register maintained by HSBC Holdings pursuant to section 336 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong:
BlackRock, Inc. gave notice on 22 May 2019 that on 17 May 2019 it had the following interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares: a long position of 1,352,436,957 shares and a short position of 12,345,929 representing 6.58% and 0.06%, respectively, of the ordinary shares in issue at 17 May 2019.
Ping An Asset Management Co., Ltd. gave notice on 2 November 2018 that on 1 November 2018 it had a long position of 1,418,925,452 in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, representing 7.01% of the ordinary shares in issue at that date.
The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation gave notice on 18 September 2018 that on 14 September 2018 it had the following interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares: a long position of 1,123,775,445 shares and a short position of 812,085,965 shares, representing 5.55% and 4.01% respectively, of the ordinary shares in issue at that date. The notification includes the shares held in custody under the HSBC Holdings plc American Depositary Receipt programme.
5
Dealings in HSBC Holdings listed securities
HSBC has policies and procedures that, except where permitted by statute and regulation, prohibit it undertaking specified transactions in respect of its securities listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (‘HKEx’). Except for the share buy-back and dealings as intermediaries or as trustees by subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings, neither HSBC Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries has purchased, sold or redeemed any of its securities listed on HKEx during the half-year ended 30 June 2019.
6
First interim dividend for 2019
The first interim dividend for 2019 of $0.10 per ordinary share was paid on 5 July 2019.

HSBC Holdings plc
116


Additional information

7
Second interim dividend for 2019
On 5 August 2019, the Directors declared a second interim dividend in respect of 2019 of $0.10 per ordinary share. The ordinary shares in London, Hong Kong, Paris and Bermuda, and the American Depositary Shares (‘ADSs’) in New York, will be quoted ex-dividend on 15 August 2019. The dividend will be payable on 26 September 2019 to holders of record on 16 August 2019.
The dividend will be payable in US dollars, sterling or Hong Kong dollars, or a combination of these currencies, at the forward exchange rates quoted by HSBC Bank plc in London at or about 11.00am on 16 September 2019. A scrip dividend will also be offered. Particulars of these arrangements will be sent to shareholders on or about 28 August 2019 and elections must be received by 12 September 2019.
The dividend will be payable on ordinary shares held through Euroclear France, the settlement and central depositary system for Euronext Paris, on 26 September 2019 to the holders of record on 16 August 2019. The dividend will be payable in US dollars or as a scrip dividend. Particulars of these arrangements will be announced through Euronext Paris on 6 August 2019, 23 August 2019 and 27 September 2019.
The dividend will be payable on ADSs, each of which represents five ordinary shares, on 26 September 2019 to holders of record on 16 August 2019. The dividend of $0.50 per ADS will be payable by the depositary in US dollars or as a scrip dividend of new ADSs. Particulars of these arrangements will be sent to holders on or about 28 August 2019 and elections will be required to be made by 6 September 2019. Alternatively, the cash dividend may be invested in additional ADSs by participants in the dividend reinvestment plan operated by the depositary.
Any person who has acquired ordinary shares registered on the Principal Register in the UK, the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register or the Bermuda Overseas Branch Register but who has not lodged the share transfer with the Principal Registrar, the Hong Kong or Bermuda Branch Registrar should do so before 4.00pm local time on 16 August 2019 in order to receive the dividend.
Ordinary shares may not be removed from or transferred to the Principal Register in the UK, the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register or the Bermuda Overseas Branch Register on 16 August 2019. Any person wishing to remove ordinary shares to or from each register must do so before 4.00pm local time on 15 August 2019.
Transfers of ADSs must be lodged with the depositary by 11.00am local time on 16 August 2019 in order to receive the dividend.
ADS dividend fee
In order to cover costs associated with the management of the American Depositary Receipt programme, which was previously covered by fees generated from issuance and cancellation, a dividend fee will be introduced on cash dividends paid on ADSs, in line with common market practice. ADS holders who receive a cash dividend will be charged a fee, which will be deducted by the depositary, of $0.005 per ADS per cash dividend. This will commence from the 2019 third interim cash dividend payment payable on 20 November 2019. No fee will be deducted from the second interim dividend for 2019.
Dividend on preference shares
A quarterly dividend of $15.50 per 6.20% non-cumulative US dollar preference share, Series A (‘Series A dollar preference share’), (equivalent to a dividend of $0.3875 per Series A American Depositary Share, each of which represents one-fortieth of a Series A dollar preference share), and £0.01 per Series A sterling preference share is payable on 15 March, 15 June, 15 September and 15 December 2019 for the quarter then ended at the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of HSBC Holdings plc. Accordingly, the Board of HSBC Holdings plc has declared a quarterly dividend be payable on 16 September 2019 to holders of record on 30 August 2019.
8
Proposed interim dividends for 2019
The Board has adopted a policy of paying quarterly dividends on ordinary shares, under which it is intended to have a pattern of three equal interim dividends with a variable fourth interim dividend. The proposed timetables for dividends payable on ordinary shares in respect of 2019 that have not yet been declared are as follows:
Interim dividends for 2019 not yet declared
 
Footnotes
Third interim
dividend for 2019
Fourth interim
dividend for 2019
Announcement

2 Oct 2019
18 Feb 2020
Shares quoted ex-dividend in London, Hong Kong, New York, Paris and Bermuda

10 Oct 2019
27 Feb 2020
Record date in London, Hong Kong, New York, Paris and Bermuda
1
11 Oct 2019
28 Feb 2020
Payment date

20 Nov 2019
14 Apr 2020
1
Removals from or transfers to the Principal Register in the UK, the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register or the Bermuda Overseas Branch Register will not be permitted on these dates.
9
Earnings release
An earnings release for the three-month period ending 30 September 2019 is expected to be issued on 28 October 2019.
10
Final results
The results for the year to 31 December 2019 are expected to be announced on 18 February 2020.

117
HSBC Holdings plc


11
Corporate governance
We are subject to corporate governance requirements in both the UK and Hong Kong. Throughout the six months ended 30 June 2019, we complied with the applicable provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code and also the requirements of the Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code. The UK Corporate Governance Code is available at www.frc.org.uk and the Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code is available at www.hkex.com.hk.
Under the Hong Kong Code, the audit committee should be responsible for the oversight of all risk management and internal control systems, unless expressly addressed by a separate risk committee. Our Group Risk Committee is responsible for oversight of internal control, other than internal financial controls, and risk management systems.
The Board has codified obligations for transactions in HSBC Group securities in accordance with the requirements of the Market Abuse Regulation and the rules governing the listing of securities on the HKEx, save that the HKEx has granted waivers from strict compliance with the rules that take into account accepted practices in the UK, particularly in respect of employee share plans.
Following specific enquiries, all Directors have confirmed that they have complied with their obligations in respect of transacting in Group securities throughout the period.
There have been no material changes to the information disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts 2018 in respect of the remuneration of employees, remuneration policies, bonus and share option plans and training schemes. Details of the number of employees are provided on page 25.
The remuneration policy for our Directors, as disclosed on pages 176 to 194 of our Annual Report and Accounts 2018, along with the change to the maximum pension allowance for our current and new executive Directors from 30% to 10% of salary, announced on
15 March 2019, was approved by our shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 12 April 2019.
12
Changes in Directors’ details
Changes in current Directors’ details since the date of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018, which are required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 13.51(2) and Rule 13.51B(1) of the Hong Kong Listing Rules, are set out below.
Kathleen Casey
Appointed as a member of the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee on 12 April 2019.
Jonathan Evans
Retired from the Board and resigned as Chair of the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee on 12 April 2019.
John Flint 
Appointed as Global Commissioner of New Climate Economy on 27 March 2019.
Irene Lee
Resigned as an independent non-executive Director of Cathay Pacific Airways Limited on 15 May 2019.
José Meade
Appointed to the Board and as a member of the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee on 1 March 2019.
Appointed as a non-executive Director of ALFA S.A.B. de C.V on 28 March 2019.
Appointed as a member of the Group Risk Committee on 1 June 2019.
David Nish
Resigned as a Director of Zurich Insurance Group on 1 April 2019.
Noel Quinn
Appointed to the Board on 5 August 2019.
Jackson Tai
Resigned as a non-executive Director of Koninklijke Philips N.V. on 31 March 2019.
Resigned as a non-executive Director of Canada Pension Plan Investment Board on 31 March 2019.
Appointed as Chair of the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee on 12 April 2019.
Mark Tucker
Appointed as non-executive Chairman of Discovery Limited on 1 March 2019.
Appointed as Chairman of TheCityUK on 31 May 2019.
† On 5 August 2019, John Flint stepped down as Group Chief Executive and as a Director of HSBC Holdings.
13
Going concern basis
As mentioned in Note 1 ‘Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies’ on page 91, the financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis as the Directors are satisfied that the Group and parent company have the resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future. In making this assessment, the Directors considered a wide range of information relating to present and future conditions, including future projections of profitability, cash flows, capital requirements and capital resources.
In particular, HSBC’s principal activities, business and operating models, strategic direction and top and emerging risks are addressed in the Overview section; a financial summary, including a review of the consolidated income statement and consolidated balance sheet, is provided in the Interim Management Report section; HSBC’s objectives, policies and processes for managing credit, liquidity and market risk are described in the Risk section of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018; and HSBC’s approach to capital management and allocation is described in the Capital section of the Annual Report and Accounts 2018.
14
Telephone and online share dealing service
For shareholders on the Principal Register who are resident in the UK, with a UK postal address, and who hold an HSBC Bank plc personal current account, the HSBC InvestDirect share dealing service is available for buying and selling HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. Details are available from: HSBC InvestDirect, Forum 1, Parkway, Whiteley PO15 7PA; or UK telephone: +44 (0) 3456 080848, or from an overseas telephone: +44 (0) 1226 261090; or website: www.hsbc.co.uk/investments/products-and-services/invest-direct.

HSBC Holdings plc
118


Additional information

15
Stock symbols
HSBC Holdings plc ordinary shares trade under the following stock symbols:
London Stock Exchange
HSBA*
Hong Kong Stock Exchange
5
New York Stock Exchange (ADS)
HSBC
Euronext Paris
HSB
Bermuda Stock Exchange
HSBC.BH
*HSBC’s primary market
 
16
Copies of the Interim Report 2019 and shareholder enquiries and communications
Further copies of the Interim Report 2019 may be obtained from Global Communications, HSBC Holdings plc, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ, United Kingdom; from Communications (Asia), The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, 1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong; or from US Communications, HSBC Bank USA, N.A., 1 West 39th Street, 9th Floor, New York, NY 10018, USA. The Interim Report 2019 may also be downloaded from the HSBC website, www.hsbc.com.
Shareholders may at any time choose to receive corporate communications in printed form or to receive notifications of their availability on HSBC’s website. To receive notifications of the availability of a corporate communication on HSBC’s website by email, or to revoke or amend an instruction to receive such notifications by email, go to www.hsbc.com/ecomms. If you provide an email address to receive electronic communications from HSBC, we will also send notifications of your dividend entitlements by email. If you received a notification of the availability of this document on HSBC’s website and would like to receive a printed copy or, if you would like to receive future corporate communications in printed form, please write or send an email (quoting your shareholder reference number) to the appropriate Registrar at the address given below. Printed copies will be provided without charge.
Any enquiries relating to your shareholdings on the share register (for example transfers of shares, change of name or address, lost share certificates or dividend cheques) should be sent to the Registrar at the address given below. The Registrars offer an online facility, Investor Centre, which enables shareholders to manage their shareholding electronically.
Principal Register
Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register
Bermuda Overseas Branch Register
Computershare Investor Services PLC
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS99 6ZZ
United Kingdom
Computershare Hong Kong Investor
Services Limited
Rooms 1712-1716, 17th Floor
Hopewell Centre
183 Queen’s Road East
Hong Kong
Investor Relations Team
HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
37 Front Street
Hamilton HM 11
Bermuda
Telephone: +44 (0) 370 702 0137
Email: via website
Web: www.investorcentre.co.uk/contactus


Telephone: +852 2862 8555
Email: hsbc.ecom@computershare.com.hk
Web: www.investorcentre.com/hk


Telephone: +1 441 299 6737
Email: hbbm.shareholder.services@hsbc.bm
Web: www.investorcentre.com/bm


Any enquiries relating to ADSs should be sent to the depositary at:
The Bank of New York Mellon
Shareowner Services
PO Box 505000
Louisville, KY 40233-5000
USA
Telephone (US): +1 877 283 5786
Telephone (international): +1 201 680 6825
Email: shrrelations@cpushareownerservices.com
Web: www.mybnymdr.com
Any enquiries relating to shares held through Euroclear France, the settlement and central depositary system for NYSE Euronext Paris, should be sent to the paying agent:
CACEIS Corporate Trust
14, rue Rouget de Lisle
92130 Issy-les-Moulineaux
France
Telephone: +33 1 57 78 34 28
Email: ct-service-ost@caceis.com
Website: www.caceis.com
A Chinese translation of this and future documents may be obtained on request from the Registrar. Please also contact the Registrar if you have received a Chinese translation of this document and do not wish to receive such translations in future.
Persons whose shares are held on their behalf by another person may have been nominated to receive communications from HSBC pursuant to section 146 of the UK Companies Act 2006 (‘nominated person’). The main point of contact for a nominated person remains the registered shareholder (for example your stockbroker, investment manager, custodian or other person who manages the investment on your behalf). Any changes or queries relating to a nominated person’s personal details and holding (including any administration thereof) must continue to be directed to the registered shareholder and not HSBC’s Registrar. The only exception is where HSBC, in exercising one of its powers under the UK Companies Act 2006, writes to nominated persons directly for a response.
textchineseir.jpg

119
HSBC Holdings plc


Abbreviations
Currencies
 
CA$
Canadian dollar
Euro
HK$
Hong Kong dollar
RMB
Chinese renminbi
SGD
Singapore dollar
$
United States dollar
Abbreviation
 
1H18
First half of 2018
1H19
First half of 2019
1Q18
First quarter of 2018
1Q19
First quarter of 2019
2H18
Second half of 2018
2Q18
Second quarter of 2018
2Q19
Second quarter of 2019
4Q18
Fourth quarter of 2018
A
 
ABS
Asset-backed security
ADS
American Depositary Share
AIBL
Average interest-bearing liabilities

AIEA
Average interest-earning assets
AML
Anti-money laundering
ANP
Annualised new business premiums

B
 
Basel Committee
Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
Basel III
Basel Committee’s reforms to strengthen global capital and liquidity rules
BoCom
Bank of Communications Co., Limited, one of China’s largest banks
BoE
Bank of England
Bps
Basis points. One basis point is equal to one hundredth of a percentage point
BSM
Balance Sheet Management
C
 
C&L
Credit and Lending
CAPM
Capital asset pricing model
CDO
Collateralised debt obligation
CEA
Commodity Exchange Act (US)
CET1
Common equity tier 1
CLO
Collateralised loan obligation
CMB
Commercial Banking, a global business
CMC
Capital maintenance charge
CODM
Chief Operating Decision Maker
CRR
Credit risk rating
CRR II
Revisions to the Capital Requirements Regulation


CRD IV
Capital Requirements Regulation and Directive
CVA
Credit valuation adjustment
D
 
DoJ
Department of Justice (US)
DPA
Deferred prosecution agreement (US)
DPD
Days past due
DPF
Discretionary participation feature of insurance and investment contracts
E
 
EBA
European Banking Authority
EC
European Commission
ECL
Expected credit losses. In the income statement, ECL is recorded as a change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges. In the balance sheet, ECL is recorded as an allowance for financial instruments to which only the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied.
Eonia
Euro Overnight Index Average

ESG
Environmental, social and governance
EU
European Union
Euribor
European interbank offered rate
 
F
 
FCA
Financial Conduct Authority (UK)
FICC
Fixed Income, Currencies and Commodities
FOS
Financial Ombudsman Service
FRB
Federal Reserve Board (US)
FTE
Full-time equivalent staff
FVOCI
Fair value through other comprehensive income

FX
Foreign exchange
FX DPA
Three-year deferred prosecution agreement with the US Department of Justice, entered into in January 2018

G
 
GAAP
Generally accepted accounting principles

GB&M
Global Banking and Markets, a global business
GDP
Gross domestic product
GLCM
Global Liquidity and Cash Management

Global Markets
HSBC’s capital markets services in Global Banking and Markets
GMB
Group Management Board
GPB
Global Private Banking, a global business
GPSP
Group Performance Share Plan
Group
HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings
GTRF
Global Trade and Receivables Finance
H
 
HKEx
The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited
HNAH
HSBC North America Holdings Inc.
Hong Kong
Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China
HSBC
HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings
HSBC Bank
HSBC Bank plc
HSBC Bank Middle East
HSBC Bank Middle East Limited
HSBC Bank USA
HSBC Bank USA, N.A., HSBC’s retail bank in the US
HSBC Finance
HSBC Finance Corporation, the US consumer finance company (formerly Household International, Inc.)
HSBC France
HSBC’s French banking subsidiary, formerly CCF S.A.
HSBC Holdings
HSBC Holdings plc, the parent company of HSBC
HSBC Private Bank Suisse
HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) SA, HSBC’s private bank in Switzerland
HSBC UK
HSBC UK Bank plc
HSBC USA
The sub-group, HSBC USA Inc and HSBC Bank USA, consolidated for liquidity purposes
HSI
HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.
HSSL
HSBC Securities Services (Luxembourg)
HTIE
HSBC Institutional Trust Services (Ireland) Limited
I
 
IAS
International Accounting Standards
IASB
International Accounting Standards Board
Ibor
Interbank offered rate
ICAAP
Internal capital adequacy assessment process

IFRSs
International Financial Reporting Standards
IRB
Internal ratings-based
ISDA
International Swaps and Derivatives Association
J
 
Jaws
Adjusted jaws measures the difference between the rates of change in adjusted revenue and adjusted operating
expenses.

L
 
LCR
Liquidity coverage ratio
LFRF
Liquidity and funding risk management framework
LGD
Loss given default
Libor
London interbank offered rate
LTV
Loan to value
M
 
Madoff Securities
Bernard L Madoff Investment Securities LLC
Mainland China
People’s Republic of China excluding Hong Kong
and Macau
MBS
US mortgage-backed security

HSBC Holdings plc
120


Additional information


MENA
Middle East and North Africa
MREL
EU minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities
N
 
NII
Net interest income
NIM
Net interest margin
NSFR
Net stable funding ratio
O
 
OCC
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (US)
OFAC
Office of Foreign Assets Control

ORMF
Operational risk management framework
P
 
PBT
Profit before tax
PD
Probability of default
POCI
Purchased or originated credit impaired

PPI
Payment protection insurance product
PRA
Prudential Regulation Authority (UK)
PRD
Pearl River Delta (China)
Premier
HSBC Premier, HSBC’s premium personal global banking service
PVIF
Present value of in-force long-term insurance business
PwC
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and its network of firms
R
 
RBWM
Retail Banking and Wealth Management, a global business
Repo
Sale and repurchase transaction
Reverse repo
Security purchased under commitments to sell
RMBS
Residential mortgage-backed securities
RNIV
Risk not in VaR
RoE
Return on equity
RoTE
Return on tangible equity. It is calculated as reported profit attributable to ordinary shareholders less changes in goodwill and the present value of in-force long-term insurance business, divided by average tangible shareholders’ equity
ROU
Right of use
RWAs
Risk-weighted assets
S
 
SABB
The Saudi British Bank
SEC
Securities and Exchange Commission (US)
 
ServCo group
Separately incorporated group of service companies planned in response to UK ringfencing proposals
Sibor
Singapore interbank offered rate
T
 
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, the founding member of HSBC
U
 
UAE
United Arab Emirates
UK
United Kingdom
US
United States of America
US run-off portfolio
Includes the run-off CML residential mortgage loan portfolio of HSBC Finance on an IFRSs management basis
V
 
VaR
Value at risk
VIU
Value in use


121
HSBC Holdings plc


This document comprises the Interim Report 2019 and information herein has been filed on Form 6-K with the US Securities and Exchange Commission for HSBC Holdings plc and its subsidiary and associated undertakings.

HSBC Holdings PLC
Incorporated in England with limited liability. Registered in England: number 617987

Registered Office and Group Head Office
8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ, United Kingdom
Web: www.hsbc.com

© Copyright HSBC Holdings plc 2019
All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of HSBC Holdings plc.
Published by Group Finance, HSBC Holdings plc, London
 
Designed by Superunion, London (cover and ‘Overview’ section) and by Group Finance, HSBC Holdings plc, London (rest of the Interim Report 2019)

Photography
Our strategy (page 4): Boat navigating off the coast of Thailand. Taken by Joanna S Ellis, who supports with retail customer due diligence and is based in India
Global businesses (page 10): Hong Kong skyline at night. Taken by John Oldham, who works in the legal team in the UK
How we do business (page 15): Fish off Raja Ampat, Indonesia, one of the world’s most diverse marine regions. Taken by Faith Li, who works in asset management in China
Risk (page 16): Raindrops on a peacock feather. Taken by Noman Anwar, who works in communications in Bangladesh
Inside back cover: Crowds below an escalator in Incheon Airport, South Korea. Taken by Michael Hu, who works in China’s finance team












SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 6-K and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this interim report on its behalf.

HSBC Holdings plc

 
By:
/s/ Ewen Stevenson
 
Name: Ewen Stevenson
 
Title: Group Chief Financial Officer

Dated: 5 August 2019


HSBC Holdings plc
122